S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2016

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   8731   32-0434904
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

5375 Medpace Way

Cincinnati, Ohio 45227

(513) 579-9911

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Dr. August J. Troendle

President and Chief Executive Officer

Jesse J. Geiger

Chief Financial Officer

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

5375 Medpace Way

Cincinnati, Ohio 45227

(513) 579-9911

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Howard A. Sobel, Esq.
Gregory P. Rodgers, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Fax: (212) 751-4864
 

Glenn R. Pollner, Esq.

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Telephone: (212) 351-4000

Fax: (212) 351-4035

 

 

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS DECLARED EFFECTIVE.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

  PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE (1)(2)
 

AMOUNT OF

REGISTRATION FEE

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $150,000,000.00   $15,105.00

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Includes the offering price of shares of common stock that may be sold if the option to purchase additional shares of common stock granted by the Registrant to the underwriters is exercised.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JUNE 24, 2016

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

            Shares

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

Medpace Holdings, Inc. is offering              shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $             and $             per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MEDP.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors ” beginning on page 20 to read about factors you should consider before purchasing our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                        $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Medpace Holdings, Inc., before expenses

   $         $     

 

 

(1)    We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, has indicated an interest to purchase up to $         million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, Dr. Troendle may determine to increase or reduce the amount of his indication of interest, or otherwise elect not to purchase any shares. It is also possible that the number of shares, if any, allocated to Dr. Troendle in the offering may be smaller than the amount of his indication of interest. Any allocation of shares in the offering to Dr. Troendle shareholder will be made at our direction. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by Dr. Troendle as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about             . We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional             shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $            , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses will be $            .

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Jefferies   Credit Suisse
UBS Investment Bank   Wells Fargo Securities

Co-Managers

Baird   William Blair

 

 

Prospectus dated             , 2016.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     20   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     46   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     48   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     49   

CAPITALIZATION

     50   

DILUTION

     51   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     53   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     58   

BUSINESS

     87   

MANAGEMENT

     103   

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     109   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     119   

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     124   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     126   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     131   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     133   

UNDERWRITING

     137   

LEGAL MATTERS

     144   

EXPERTS

     144   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     144   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as

 

i


Table of Contents

to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

TRADEMARKS

We own or have the rights to use various trademarks referred to in this prospectus, including, among others, Medpace and ClinTrak and their respective logos. Solely for convenience, we may refer to trademarks in this prospectus without the TM and ® symbols. Such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our rights to our trademarks. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY INFORMATION

Market data used throughout this prospectus is based on management’s knowledge of the industry and the good faith estimates of management. All of management’s estimates presented herein are based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge. We also relied, to the extent available, upon management’s review of independent industry surveys and publications prepared by a number of sources and other publicly available information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus and while we believe that each of the publications, studies and surveys used throughout this prospectus are prepared by reputable sources, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources.

All of the market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the estimated market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information, which in part is derived from management’s estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise and has not been verified by any independent source. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in our estimates and beliefs and in the estimates prepared by independent parties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

GLOSSARY

We define the terms below that appear throughout this prospectus as follows:

Backlog.” Backlog represents anticipated future net service revenue from net new business awards that have not commenced or are currently in process but not complete.

Large pharmaceutical companies.” Large pharmaceutical companies represent the top 20 pharmaceutical companies by worldwide prescription drug sales in the year ended December 31, 2014 as classified by Evaluate Ltd in EvaluatePharma© World Preview 2015 Outlook to 2020, an industry report.

Mid-sized pharmaceutical companies.” Mid-sized pharmaceutical companies represent pharmaceutical companies with at least $250 million in sales in the year ended December 31, 2014, based on publicly available data and management’s knowledge, that are not classified as a top 20 pharmaceutical company by Evaluate Ltd in EvaluatePharma© World Preview 2015 Outlook to 2020, an industry report.

Net new business awards.” Net new business awards are new business awards net of award modifications and cancellations that had previously been recognized in backlog during the period. New business awards represent the value of anticipated future net service revenue that has been awarded during the period that is recognized in backlog. This value is recognized upon the signing of a contract or receipt of a written pre-contract confirmation from a customer that confirms an agreement in principle on budget and scope. New business awards also include contract amendments, or changes in scope, where the customer has provided written authorization for changes in budget and scope or has approved us to perform additional work as of the measurement date. Awards may not be recognized as

 

ii


Table of Contents

backlog after consideration of a number of factors, including whether (i) the relevant net service revenue is expected only after a pending regulatory hurdle, which might result in cancellation of the study, (ii) the customer funding needed for commencement of the study is not believed to have been secured or (iii) study timelines are uncertain or not well defined. In addition, study amounts that extend beyond a three-year timeline are not included in backlog.

Phase I.” Phase I trials are typically conducted in healthy individuals or, on occasion, in patients, and typically involve 20 to 80 subjects and range from a few months to several years. These trials are designed to establish the basic safety, dose tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion of the clinical product candidate, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and if possible, early evidence of effectiveness. If the trial establishes the basic safety and metabolism of the clinical product candidate, Phase II trials are generally initiated.

Phase II.” Phase II trials are conducted in a limited population of patients with the disease or condition that the clinical product candidate is intended to treat. These trials typically test a few hundred patients and last on average 12 to 18 months. Phase II trials are typically designed to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the clinical product candidate for specific targeted diseases or conditions, and to determine dose tolerance, optimal dosage and dosing schedule. Phase II trials are sometimes divided into two phases: Phase IIa trials typically evaluate the dose response of the clinical product candidate and Phase IIb trials typically evaluate the efficacy of the clinical product candidate at the prescribed doses. If the Phase II trials indicate that the clinical product candidate may be safe and effective, Phase III trials are generally initiated.

Phase III.” Phase III trials evaluate the clinical product candidate in significantly larger and more diverse patient populations than Phase I and II trials and are conducted at multiple, geographically dispersed sites. On average, this phase lasts from one to three years. Depending on the size and complexity, Phase III CRO contracts may include multiple sequential trials. During this phase, the clinical product candidate’s overall benefit/risk ratio and the basis for product approval are established. If the clinical product candidate successfully completes Phase III, then the sponsor may submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, or Biologics License Application for approval by the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or a similar marketing authorization application for approval by non-U.S. regulatory agencies.

Phase IV.” Phase IV or “post-approval” trials are intended to monitor the drug’s long-term risks and benefits, to analyze different dosage levels, to evaluate different safety and efficacy parameters in target populations or to substantiate marketing claims. Phase IV trials typically enroll thousands of patients and last from six months to several years. The FDA may require Phase IV testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved drugs which have been commercialized, and the FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing programs.

Small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies.” Small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies represent biotechnology companies that have less than $250 million in sales in the year ended December 31, 2014, based on publicly available data and management’s knowledge.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Certain financial measures presented in this prospectus, such as EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow, are not recognized under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. Management uses EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow or comparable metrics:

 

  n   as a measurement used in evaluating our operating performance on a consistent basis;

 

  n   as a consideration to assess incentive compensation for our employees;

 

  n   for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget; and

 

  n   to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our operational strategies.

We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash and non-recurring items. While we believe these financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors, because not all companies use identical calculations, this presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and should not be considered as an alternative to performance measures derived in

 

iii


Table of Contents

accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA is calculated as net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc. before income tax expense, interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization with Adjusted EBITDA being further adjusted for unusual and other items. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We utilize Free Cash Flow as a measure of profitability and an assessment of our ability to generate cash. Free Cash Flow is a commonly utilized metric that companies provide to investors, although the calculation of Free Cash Flow may not be comparable to other similarly titled metrics of other companies and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and the principal portion of payments related to campus leases classified for accounting purposes as deemed landlord liabilities.

Adjusted Net Income measures our operating performance by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc. to include cash expenditures related to rental payments on leases classified for accounting purposes as deemed landlord liabilities, and exclude amortization expense, certain stock based compensation award non-cash expenses, certain litigation expenses, deferred financing fees and certain other non-recurring items. Management uses this measure to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business, but includes certain items such as depreciation, interest expense and tax expense, which are otherwise excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. We believe the presentation of Adjusted Net Income enhances our investors’ overall understanding of the financial performance and cash flow of our business. You should not consider Adjusted Net Income as an alternative to net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings Inc., determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as an indicator of operating performance.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. See the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for our U.S. GAAP results. Additionally, for reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow to our closest reported U.S. GAAP measures and a further discussion of these metrics, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Medpace,” “the Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Medpace Holdings, Inc., its consolidated subsidiaries and its predecessor entities.

Throughout this prospectus, we present financial information for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the consummation of the Transaction (as defined below) on April 1, 2014 and the period succeeding the consummation of the Transaction, respectively. References to the “Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014” refer to the period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and references to the “Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014” refer to the period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014.

Overview

We are one of the world’s leading clinical contract research organizations, or CROs, by revenue, solely focused on providing scientifically-driven outsourced clinical development services to the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Our mission is to accelerate the global development of safe and effective medical therapeutics. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors by our disciplined operating model centered on providing full-service Phase I-IV clinical development services and our therapeutic expertise. We believe this combination results in timely and cost-effective delivery of clinical development services for our customers. We believe that we are a partner of choice for small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies based on our ability to consistently utilize our full-service, disciplined operating model to deliver timely and high-quality results for our customers. Accordingly, we believe we are well positioned to continue to expand our market share and sustain margins in the growing $23 billion overall Phase I-IV CRO market.

We were founded in 1992 by Dr. August J. Troendle, an industry pioneer, as a Phase II-IV-focused CRO with a strong, scientifically-driven and disciplined operating model, and we continue today as a founder-led enterprise with Dr. Troendle retaining a significant ownership stake in Medpace. Throughout our 24-year history, we have grown almost exclusively organically, with our core founding members having been integrally involved in developing and instilling our differentiated culture and operating philosophy across our company. We focus on conducting clinical trials across all major therapeutic areas, with particular strength in Cardiology, Metabolic Disease, Oncology, Endocrinology, Central Nervous System, or CNS, Anti-Viral and Anti-Infective, or AVAI, as well as therapeutic expertise in Medical Devices. Our global platform includes approximately 2,200 employees across 35 countries, providing our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations as well as local regulatory expertise and market knowledge.

Our singular focus on executing our disciplined, full-service operating model is a core tenet of our differentiated approach. Our operating model entails partnering with our customers from the beginning of the clinical trial process and holistically navigating all subsequent components of the process. This approach differs from other leading CROs that provide functional or partial outsourcing services as a core component of their business. We believe our full-service approach allows us to deliver timely and high-quality results for our customers. By clearly communicating and aligning our expectations with those of our customers at the beginning of an engagement, we develop a trusted relationship where our customers typically grant us greater control over the clinical trial process. This results in greater accountability on our part and, we believe, more

 



 

1


Table of Contents

consistent delivery of our services. We believe our partnering approach, coupled with our full-service, scientifically-driven model, ensures efficient and high-quality trial execution, limits changes in the scope of trials and enables timely completion of trials.

We focus on providing clinical development solutions primarily to companies that recognize the benefits of utilizing our full-service outsourcing model. We believe our model is particularly attractive to small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies, which seek specialized capabilities and infrastructure required for complex and global clinical trials, including therapeutic expertise, insightful protocol design, project feasibility assessment and timely and high-quality trial execution. We expect that outsourced development expenditures for small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies will continue to outpace outsourced development expenditures for the broader biopharmaceutical market. We believe we can expand our market share with this customer segment given our continued strategic focus and the attractiveness of our model to these companies. Furthermore, as the clinical development and regulatory processes grow increasingly more global and complex, we believe large pharmaceutical companies will increasingly recognize the benefits of our disciplined, full-service operating model. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated 55.7%, 29.3% and 15.0% of our net service revenue from small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies, mid-sized pharmaceutical companies and large pharmaceutical companies, respectively.

We believe that our model, focused on full-service delivery, and our attractive customer mix have resulted in robust levels of historical revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA margins and strong Free Cash Flow. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated total net service revenue of $320.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $101.2 million, representing net service revenue and Adjusted EBITDA compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 21.7% and 26.2%, respectively, since 2012. Our net (loss) income for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $(8.7) million, $(14.3) million, $(1.2) million and $24.8 million, respectively, partially as a result of non-cash amortization expense associated with identified intangible assets acquired as part of the Transaction. Over the last 15 years, we have maintained average Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 34%, while significantly scaling our business organically and expanding globally. Additionally, we have consistently demonstrated an ability to convert Adjusted EBITDA into Free Cash Flow. Our annual Free Cash Flow conversion, defined as Free Cash Flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA, has averaged 81.7% since 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $84.1 million, $62.5 million, $12.8 million and $98.1 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, and for a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow, also a non-GAAP measure, to net cash provided by operating activities, see “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Additionally, as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had total long-term debt, net, of $378.5 million and $377.9 million outstanding, respectively. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of this indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Our Market

CRO Market Size

We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that total global biopharmaceutical clinical development expenditures were approximately $100 billion in 2014. We further estimate, based on these industry sources, that the portion of these expenditures attributable to Phase I-IV clinical development services was $44 billion, of which we estimate $23 billion was outsourced. In addition, based on these industry sources, we estimate the CRO market will experience a CAGR of approximately 6% from 2014 through 2019, growing to approximately $31 billion in 2019, as a result of increasing biopharmaceutical clinical development expenditures combined with increased outsourcing penetration.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

CRO Market Trends

Increasing Development Expenditures. We estimate that biopharmaceutical development expenditures will grow from approximately $100 billion in 2014 to approximately $114 billion in 2019, representing a CAGR of approximately 3%. We believe that the growth in development expenditures is primarily attributed to the heightened pace of biopharmaceutical innovation, pressure on companies to replenish pipelines with new therapies, the favorable regulatory environment and the significant amount of capital raised by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies during the last several years. In line with the significant capital raised by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, based upon financial data available from FactSet Research Systems Inc., a provider of financial information, as of September 30, 2015, the companies comprising the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index, or NBI, had approximately $109.3 billion in cash available to support ongoing clinical development. This figure represents a 24.7% increase above the cash balance of approximately $87.6 billion held by the companies comprising the NBI as of December 31, 2014, and a 111.5% increase above the cash balance of approximately $51.7 billion held by companies comprising the NBI as of December 31, 2010.

Increasing Outsourcing Penetration. Outsourcing penetration is the percentage of biopharmaceutical clinical development costs that are outsourced to CROs. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that approximately 52% of Phase I-IV clinical development expenditures were outsourced in 2014. Driven by increased clinical trial complexity, the need for regulatory and therapeutic expertise and global access to patient populations, we expect outsourcing penetration will reach approximately 62% in 2019.

Pressures Facing Biopharmaceutical Industry. The biopharmaceutical industry continues to experience significant challenges, including regulatory and pricing pressures resulting from healthcare reform, intensifying generic competition, pipeline failures and the need for continued innovation. In order to combat these challenges and maintain revenue growth and operating margins, biopharmaceutical companies increasingly seek clinical expertise and seek to outsource clinical services to CROs to accelerate clinical development and maximize commercialization success.

Increasing Clinical Trial Complexity. Clinical trial design and structure has become increasingly complex based on regulatory agency sophistication, more complicated protocols and a growing focus by biopharmaceutical companies on developing new cutting-edge drug therapies. This growing complexity brings new challenges in study feasibility, site selection, patient recruitment and retention.

Small- and Mid-Sized Biopharmaceutical Segment

We believe small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies are important to the continued growth of the CRO industry. These companies are primary centers of innovation, developing new, cutting-edge therapies for niche or previously untreatable diseases, which frequently require sophisticated clinical trials. These companies have limited ability to conduct global clinical trials independently, and as a result, they typically seek a strategic partner that can provide the therapeutic experience and infrastructure required to deliver timely completion of complex, global clinical trials. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that outsourced development expenditures for these companies will grow at a CAGR of 10% from 2014 to 2019, outpacing the estimated overall biopharmaceutical market CAGR of 6%. In 2014, we estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies outsourced approximately 69% of their development expenditures, representing an estimated addressable CRO market of approximately $7 billion, which we estimate, based on these same sources, will increase to approximately 76%, representing an estimated addressable CRO market of approximately $11 billion in 2019.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on positive trends in the CRO industry based on our key competitive strengths set forth below:

Disciplined and Integrated Full-Service Model. Since our founding in 1992, we have focused on building and executing our disciplined, full-service operating model to provide clinical development services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. At the center of our differentiated operating model is our full-service focused, end-to-end approach to delivering clinical development services. We partner with customers from the beginning of the clinical trial process and holistically navigate all subsequent components of the process. While many CROs engage in functional or partial outsourcing services as a significant component of their business model, we take a disciplined approach and do not typically provide such piecemeal services. We have developed and consistently utilize effective standard operating procedures, or SOPs, that we believe result in high-quality and timely clinical development outcomes for our customers. Additionally, our operating model utilizes our proprietary ClinTrak clinical trial management software, or ClinTrak, which is customized and streamlined to our SOPs. We believe that a full-service approach delivers greater efficiency, better quality and, ultimately, higher value for our customers.

High-Science Approach with Deep Therapeutic Expertise. Our therapeutic expertise encompasses areas that are among the largest, most complex and fastest growing in pharmaceutical development, including Oncology, Cardiology, Metabolic Disease, Endocrinology, CNS and AVAI, as well as Medical Devices. Our core therapeutic expertise covers the therapeutic areas where a majority of all drugs are currently in development, as identified by Citeline Pharma R&D Annual Review 2016, an industry publication. Collectively, these areas constituted 82.7% of our backlog as of March 31, 2016. We leverage the insights of our senior leaders who have specific therapeutic expertise to employ a high-science approach to our projects. In clinical trial execution, our therapeutic leads are embedded into every aspect of the process from start to finish. Our scientific and medical staff is fundamental to delivering high-quality trial execution and enabling timely completion of complex processes.

Attractive and Diversified Customer Base. We have a strong track record of serving our core customer base of small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies, which we believe represents an attractive growth opportunity. We believe outsourced development expenditures in our core customer base will outpace the growth of the broader biopharmaceutical market. While we estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that the overall biopharmaceutical market will grow its outsourced development expenditures for Phase I-IV clinical development and laboratory services at a 6% CAGR from 2014 to 2019, we expect the small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical outsourced development expenditures will grow at a 10% CAGR during this period.

In addition, we have a highly diversified customer base comprising many of the largest global biopharmaceutical companies, as well as high-growth small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated 55.7%, 29.3% and 15.0% of our net service revenue from small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies, mid-sized pharmaceutical companies and large pharmaceutical companies, respectively. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, our largest customer accounted for 8.1% and 6.9% of our net service revenue, respectively, and our top 10 customers represented 39.5% and 39.9% of our net service revenue, respectively.

Partner of Choice for Biopharmaceutical Customers. Based on our extensive operating history and therapeutic experience, we believe that we have established a reputation as a partner of choice to our core customer segment of small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Acting as incubators of pharmaceutical development, small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies are responsible for a number of innovative drug candidates currently being developed to address unmet medical needs. These biopharmaceutical customers, sometimes new to the clinical development process, seek to partner with us based on our differentiated approach and expertise to execute trials in a timely and efficient manner. We believe we are viewed as a strategic and trusted partner by these customers given our full-service approach, disciplined

 



 

4


Table of Contents

operating model and significant therapeutic expertise. As a result, our customers often grant us significant autonomy in executing clinical trials for their most valued assets.

Global Platform with Scalable Infrastructure. We believe that we are one of the leading CROs with the scale and therapeutic expertise necessary to effectively conduct global clinical trials. We began our disciplined international expansion in 2004 and have since increased the breadth and depth of our international footprint significantly, with approximately 46% of our clinical operations employees located outside of North America as of March 31, 2016. We now offer our services through a highly skilled staff of approximately 2,200 employees across 35 countries as of March 31, 2016.

Strong Financial Performance. We have a proven track record of strong organic growth and achieved significant revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth and robust Free Cash Flow over the past several years. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we achieved net service revenue of $320.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $101.2 million, which represent a CAGR of 21.7% and 26.2%, respectively, since 2012. Our net (loss) income for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $(8.7) million, $(14.3) million, $(1.2) million and $24.8 million, respectively, partially as a result of non-cash amortization expense associated with identified intangible assets acquired as part of the Transaction. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, our Adjusted EBITDA margin was 31.6%. Additionally, we have consistently demonstrated an ability to convert Adjusted EBITDA into Free Cash Flow. Our annual Free Cash Flow conversion, defined as Free Cash Flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA, has averaged 81.7% since 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $84.1 million, $62.5 million, $12.8 million and $98.1 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, and for a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow, also a non-GAAP measure, to net cash provided by operating activities, see “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Additionally, as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had total long-term debt, net, of $378.5 million and $377.9 million outstanding, respectively. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of this indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Highly Regarded, Experienced and Committed Management Team. We are led by a dedicated and experienced senior management team with significant industry experience and knowledge focused on clinical development. We were founded in 1992 by Dr. August J. Troendle, an industry pioneer, and we continue today as a founder-led enterprise with Dr. Troendle retaining a significant ownership stake in Medpace. Our management team has been responsible for developing our scientifically-driven, disciplined operating model, building our global platform and realizing our significant organic growth in revenue and earnings. Our senior management team has an average tenure with Medpace of 12 years, including four senior managers with over 20 years with us, and brings a healthy balance of significant experience with Medpace, regulators and other companies in the industry, including public companies.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

Continued Focus on Organic Growth. Our strong organic growth has been the result of consistently reinvesting our positive cash flow to support our therapeutic capabilities, service offerings and global expansion. As a founder-led enterprise, we intend to continue to emphasize preserving our unique culture and operating philosophy as we grow our scientific capabilities and clinical trial expertise by further investing in human capital. In addition to leveraging our operating model, we intend to continue to selectively hire employees to strengthen and expand our expertise in high-growth therapeutic areas, including Oncology, CNS and AVAI. We methodically look to hire employees early in their careers and thoroughly train them to excel in our disciplined operating model, while instilling within them our corporate culture and philosophy. We apply this same training and standardization globally in order to maintain consistency and minimize inefficiencies in our operations.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Continue to Sustain Industry-Leading Margins. Over the last 15 years, we have maintained average Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 34%. We intend to continue to maintain industry-leading margins (compared to our public competitors) while growing organically. We believe the key to sustaining margins is through the execution of our disciplined operating philosophy and full-service business model. Furthermore, we intend to continue to develop our centralized operations at our corporate headquarters in order to maintain standardization and consistency across our global operations.

Leverage Our Experience and Reputation in the Attractive, High-Growth Clinical Development Market. Our customers value the knowledge and therapeutic expertise we have developed from a long history of successfully executing clinical trials. As the regulatory landscape adapts to greater clinical trial complexity, we believe that biopharmaceutical companies will increasingly engage CROs with the requisite global resources as well as therapeutic and regulatory expertise to assume full responsibility of the clinical trial process. Based on our successful execution of clinical trials across many therapeutic areas in multiple countries, as well as our focus on closely partnering with our customers through all aspects of the clinical trial process, we believe we have developed a strong reputation in the industry as a leading CRO. We believe that this reputation positions us to continue capturing additional share of the attractive, high-growth clinical development market as the industry increasingly recognizes the benefits of our operating model.

Deepen Existing and Develop New Relationships with Our Core Customer Segment. We look to continue to deepen our long-standing relationships with existing customers through new engagements and expand our relationships with new small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical customers. As a strategic partner of choice, we clearly communicate and align our expectations with our customers at the beginning of an engagement to develop a close working relationship that is built on trust. We believe this trust, supported by our high-quality execution and frequent dialogue with our customers’ key decision makers, positions us to be awarded additional business in existing and new therapies, allowing us to grow alongside our customers and leading to an increasingly significant, and growing, contribution from repeat business. While our successes to date have built a substantial customer base, we believe that there is opportunity for continued growth and penetration in our core customer segment. We place our therapeutic leads alongside our sales team to actively participate in the procurement of new customers whose portfolios align with our therapeutic expertise, which we believe further differentiates us from our competitors.

Pursue Selective and Complementary Bolt-On Acquisitions. We intend to augment our organic growth with targeted acquisitions to expand our current capabilities and service offerings that are complementary to our full-service model. Our acquisition strategy is driven by our comprehensive commitment to serve customer needs. While we are continuously assessing the market for attractive opportunities, we do so selectively with a focus on targeting opportunities to acquire and integrate complementary and strategic, non-transformative acquisitions within the CRO sector in order to strengthen our competitive position and provide enhanced value to our customers.

Position Ourselves to Increase Our Presence Among Large Pharmaceutical Companies as These Customers Adopt and Appreciate the Full-Service Approach. Given the growing pressures large pharmaceutical companies are facing, these companies seek solutions beyond simply outsourcing clinical development. These companies are increasingly seeking strategic partnerships that provide more holistic clinical development services and also the expertise that CRO partners offer. We have witnessed a noticeable shift by large pharmaceutical companies away from lower-value, functional outsourcing service providers toward full-service CROs. Given our differentiated operating model, we believe larger pharmaceutical companies will be increasingly appreciative of our proven approach to clinical development and expertise, and we intend to actively market the strength and depth of our services to these companies.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements for up to five years that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, among other matters:

 

  n   exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

  n   exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;

 

  n   exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

  n   an exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and

 

  n   reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new and revised accounting standards. An emerging growth company can, therefore, delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of that extended transition period and, as a result, we plan to comply with new and revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of those standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new and revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We will remain an emerging growth company for five years unless, prior to that time, we (i) have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, (ii) have a market value for our common stock held by non-affiliates of more than $700 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter of the fiscal year when a determination is made whether we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or (iii) issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of some of the reduced disclosure obligations listed above in this prospectus, and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our elections, which may cause a less active trading market for our common stock and more volatility in our stock price.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Investing in our common stock involves a number of risks, including the following:

 

  n   The potential loss, delay or non-renewal of our contracts, or the non-payment by our customers for services that we have performed, could adversely affect our results.

 

  n   Our backlog may not convert to net service revenue at our historical conversion rates.

 

  n   Our operating results have historically fluctuated between fiscal quarters and years and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect the market price of our stock after this offering.

 

  n   Our operating margins could decrease due to increased pricing pressure or other pressures.

 



 

7


Table of Contents
  n   If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, government regulations and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be adversely affected.

 

  n   Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate expenditures and R&D budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.

 

  n   We face intense competition in many areas of our business and, if we do not compete effectively, our business may be harmed.

 

  n   Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations and may otherwise restrict our activities.

 

  n   Cinven (defined below) and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, will collectively own a substantial majority of our outstanding common stock after this offering, and they will have control over decisions that require the approval of shareholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for a vote. In addition, their interests may be different from or conflict with yours.

 

  n   Upon the listing of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” below, which you should carefully read and consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation would likely be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The Transaction

In April 2014, investment funds managed by Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited, or Cinven, a private equity firm, acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc., or Medpace IntermediateCo, for an aggregate purchase price of $921.3 million. In connection with the acquisition, certain employees of the Company, through Medpace Investors, LLC, or MPI, agreed to contribute shares held in Medpace IntermediateCo in exchange for a percentage stake in Medpace Holdings, Inc. We refer to these transactions, collectively, as the “Transaction.” Immediately following the Transaction, Cinven and MPI owned approximately 75% and 25%, respectively, of Medpace Holdings, Inc. For an overview of our ownership structure following this offering, see “—Our Structure.”

Prior to the Transaction, CCMP Capital, or CCMP, a private equity firm, held 80% of our equity interests and the noncontrolling interests were held by certain current and former members of management, along with former members of the board of directors of Medpace, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary.

Our Private Equity Sponsor

The Cinven group is a leading private equity firm, founded in 1977, with offices in Guernsey, London, Frankfurt, Paris, Madrid, Milan, Luxembourg, Hong Kong and New York. The group focuses on investments across six core sectors: Healthcare, Financial Services, Business Services, Consumer, Industrials and Technology and Media and Telecommunications. Its funds acquire high-quality companies and work with them to help them grow and develop. The Cinven group is a responsible investor, seeking to build long-term value through sustainable growth in the portfolio companies of its funds with consideration for their employees, suppliers, local communities, the environment and society. Since 1977, the Cinven group has completed transactions valued at in excess of 85 billion.

Upon the completion of this offering, Cinven will own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Accordingly, Cinven will be able to exert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—Cinven and our Chief Executive Officer and founder will collectively own a substantial majority of our outstanding common stock following this offering and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other shareholders” and “Principal Shareholders.”

Our Structure

The diagram below reflects a simplified overview of our organizational structure following this offering (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom):

 

LOGO

 

(1)    In conjunction with the Transaction, we entered into a new credit agreement, which provided for a $530.0 million term loan, or the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility, or the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and, together with the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As of March 31, 2016, as described under “Use of Proceeds,” on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we would have had approximately $             million of outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and no borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. For additional information about our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We are a Delaware corporation and were incorporated on February 18, 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 5375 Medpace Way, Cincinnati, Ohio 45227, and our telephone number is (513) 579-9911. Our corporate website address is www.medpace.com. Our website and the information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares (              shares if the underwriters’ exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay $             million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. In the event that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of such shares to repay additional borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; however, we may change this policy in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 20 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before investing in our common stock.

 

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “MEDP.”

Except as otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on             shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and excludes:

 

  n                       shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share; and

 

  n   an additional                     shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the Plan, including pursuant to equity awards to be granted in connection with this offering, as described in “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Offering Grants to Employees under the 2016 Incentive Award Plan.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  n   assumes the initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus);

 

  n   assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock;

 



 

11


Table of Contents
  n   assumes the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering; and

 

  n   reflects a                  -for-                  stock split of our common stock, which we expect to effectuate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, has indicated an interest to purchase up to $                 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, Dr. Troendle may determine to increase or reduce the amount of his indication of interest, or otherwise elect not to purchase any shares. It is also possible that the number of shares, if any, allocated to Dr. Troendle in the offering may be smaller than the amount of his indication of interest. Any allocation of shares in the offering to Dr. Troendle shareholder will be made at our direction. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by Dr. Troendle as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

 

 



 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial and other data for the periods ending on and as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor) and December 31, 2015 (Successor) from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods.

The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transaction and the period succeeding the Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of Medpace Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor period and Successor period.

The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. You should read the information set forth below together with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
(In thousands, except per share
data)
  THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1,

2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Service revenue, net

  $ 87,800      $ 76,030      $ 320,101      $ 219,791      $ 70,250      $ 244,270   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

    11,786        7,003        38,958        28,708        7,679        28,620   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    99,586        83,033        359,059        248,499        77,929        272,890   

Operating expenses:

             

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

    46,981        39,125        163,707        117,550        38,759        119,779   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

    11,786        7,003        38,958        28,708        7,679        28,620   

Selling, general and administrative

    13,509        11,742        56,998        29,465        10,203        35,109   

Acquisition and integration

                         9,297        12,420          

Impairment of goodwill

                  9,313                        

Depreciation

    1,773        1,573        6,379        4,610        1,832        6,665   

Amortization

    12,668        17,201        63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    86,717        76,644        338,497        246,052        76,092        214,027   

 

 

 



 

13


Table of Contents

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
(In thousands, except per share
data)
  THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1,

2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 
 

Income from operations

    12,869        6,389        20,562        2,447        1,837        58,863   

Other (expense) income, net:

             

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

    (935     (976     (1,133     (301     1,213        (1,718

Interest expense, net

    (5,973     (7,073     (27,259     (23,185     (3,272     (18,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (6,908     (8,049     (28,392     (23,486     (2,059     (19,718
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    5,961        (1,660     (7,830     (21,039     (222     39,145   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    2,513        (1,601     843        (6,703     1,014        14,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,448      $ (59   $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

             

Basic

  $ 0.08      $ (0.00   $ (0.20   $ (0.34   $ (0.05   $ 0.99   

Diluted

  $ 0.08      $ (0.00   $ (0.20   $ (0.34   $ (0.05   $ 0.95   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    44,044        41,808        42,317        41,673        25,047        25,204   

Diluted

    44,044        41,808        42,317        41,673        25,047        26,150   

Unaudited Pro Forma Data:

             

Pro forma as adjusted net income (loss) per common share (1):

             

Basic

             

Diluted

             

Pro forma as adjusted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (1):

             

Basic

             

Diluted

             
 

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 12,721      $ 4,795      $ 84,117      $ 62,539      $ 12,807      $ 98,142   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,424     (685     (6,432     (907,640     (827     (4,472

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (380     (30,293     (116,489     900,171        (17,968     (95,851

 

 

 



 

14


Table of Contents

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
(In thousands)   THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
APRIL 1,
2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER
31, 2014
    THREE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Other Financial Data:

             

EBITDA (2)

  $ 26,375      $ 24,187      $ 88,950      $ 63,178      $ 10,081      $ 87,664   

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

    25,759        23,447        101,216        70,450        21,710        85,409   

Adjusted net income (2)

    11,552        10,809        40,445        26,685        9,715        41,407   

Free Cash Flow (2)

    8,896        3,881        76,360        57,030        11,552        93,581   

Backlog (at period end) (3)

    448,123        405,850        429,659        394,023        386,047        359,341   

Net new business awards (4)

    106,370        91,112        359,538        231,918        97,220        291,577  
           

 

 

 

(In thousands)    AS OF
MARCH 31,
2016
    AS ADJUSTED
AS OF
MARCH 31,
2016 (5)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,181     

Restricted cash

     2,761     

Accounts receivable, net and unbilled services

     75,006     

Working capital

     (24,067  

Total assets

     993,996     

Total long-term debt, net

     378,457     

Total liabilities

     576,134     

Total shareholders’ equity

     417,862     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     993,996     

 

 

(1)   We present certain information on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give pro forma effect to the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and the application of the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering to repay $         million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

Pro forma as adjusted net income (loss) reflects (i) the decrease in interest expense, net resulting from the repayment of $         million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with the net proceeds from this offering, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” and (ii) increases in income tax expense due to higher income before income taxes resulting from a decrease in interest expense, net as a result of the repayment of $         million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility as described in (i) above as if each of these events had occurred on January 1, 2015. Pro forma as adjusted basic net income (loss) per common share consists of pro forma as adjusted net income (loss) divided by the pro forma as adjusted basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Pro forma as adjusted diluted net income (loss) per common share consists of pro forma as adjusted net income (loss) divided by the pro forma as adjusted diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

The table below provides a summary of net income (loss) used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share on a pro forma as adjusted basis for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,448       $ (8,673

Reduction of interest expense

     

Tax effect of the above adjustments

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net income (loss)

      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the calculation of pro forma as adjusted basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share gives effect to the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) as if this event had occurred on January 1, 2015.

The table below provides a summary of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share on a pro forma as adjusted basis:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
   YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

     

Common shares sold in this offering

     
  

 

  

 

Pro forma as adjusted weighted average common share outstanding—basic

     

Incremental shares from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options

     
  

 

  

 

Pro forma as adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

     
  

 

  

 

 

 

(2)   We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are measures used by management to assess operating performance. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are not presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, are not measures of financial condition or profitability and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or net cash provided by operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as applicable, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual non-recurring items. Management uses EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow or comparable metrics:

 

  n   as a measurement used in evaluating our operating performance on a consistent basis;

 

  n   as a consideration to assess incentive compensation for our employees;

 

  n   for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget; and

 

  n   to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our operational strategies.

We believe that the inclusion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus is useful to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash and non-recurring items. While we believe these financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors, because not all companies use identical calculations, this presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and should not be considered as an alternative to performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA is calculated as net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc. before income tax expense, interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization with Adjusted EBITDA being further adjusted for unusual and other items reflected in the reconciliation table below. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by usual or non-recurring items.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n   they do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

  n   they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n   they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  n   although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

  n   they do not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

  n   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the non-cash component of certain stock based awards related to fair value adjustments and unusual non-recurring stock awards;

 

  n   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations, as discussed in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus; and

 

  n   other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally.

We utilize Free Cash Flow as a measure of profitability and an assessment of our ability to generate cash. Free Cash Flow is a commonly utilized metric that companies provide to investors, although the calculation of Free Cash Flow may not be comparable to other similarly titled metrics of other companies and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and the principal portion of payments related to campus leases classified for accounting purposes as deemed landlord liabilities.

Adjusted Net Income measures our operating performance by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc. to include cash expenditures related to rental payments on leases classified for accounting purposes as deemed landlord liabilities, and exclude amortization expense, certain stock based compensation award non-cash expenses, certain litigation expenses, deferred financing fees and certain other non-recurring items. Management uses this measure to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business, but includes certain items such as depreciation, interest expense and tax expense, which are otherwise excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. We believe the presentation of Adjusted Net Income enhances our investors’ overall understanding of the financial performance and cash flow of our business. You should not consider Adjusted Net Income as an alternative to net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc., determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as an indicator of operating performance.

 



 

17


Table of Contents

See the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for our U.S. GAAP results. Set forth below are the reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow to our closest reported U.S. GAAP measures.

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
(In thousands)   THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,

2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

             

Net income (loss) as reported

  $ 3,448      $ (59   $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   

Interest expense, net

    5,973        7,073        27,259        23,185        3,272        18,000   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    2,513        (1,601     843        (6,703     1,014        14,301   

Depreciation

    1,773        1,573        6,379        4,610        1,832        6,665   

Amortization

    12,668        17,201        63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    26,375        24,187        88,950        63,178        10,081        87,664   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense: liability awards mark-to-market and CEO award (a)

           173        9,780                        

Private equity transaction related cost (b)

                         9,297        12,420          

Corporate campus lease payments (c)

    (930     (930     (3,720     (2,773     (918     (3,635

Litigation matters (d)

           17        (3,107     748        127        1,380   

Impairment of goodwill

                  9,313                        

Other transaction expenses (e)

    314                                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 25,759      $ 23,447      $ 101,216      $ 70,450      $ 21,710      $ 85,409   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income:

             

Net income (loss) as reported

  $ 3,448      $ (59   $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   

Amortization

    12,668        17,201        63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   

Stock compensation expense: liability awards mark-to-market and CEO award (a)

           173        9,780                        

Private equity transaction related cost (b)

                         9,297        12,420          

Corporate campus lease payments—principal portion (c)

    (369     (229     (1,292     (1,284     (165       

Litigation matters (d)

           17        (3,107     748        127        1,380   

Impairment of goodwill

                  9,313                        

Deferred financing fees (e)

    672        655        2,687        2,064        371        1,918   

Other transaction expenses (f)

    314                                      

Income tax effect of adjustments (39.0%)

    (5,181     (6,949     (31,405     (26,226     (7,001     (10,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 11,552      $ 10,809      $ 40,445      $ 26,685      $ 9,715      $ 41,407   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow:

             

Cash flow provided by operating activities

  $ 12,721      $ 4,795      $ 84,117      $ 62,539      $ 12,807      $ 98,142   

Less: Capital expenditures

    (3,456     (685     (6,465     (4,225     (1,090     (4,561

Less: Corporate campus lease payments—principal portion (c)

    (369     (229     (1,292     (1,284     (165       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow

  $ 8,896      $ 3,881      $ 76,360      $ 57,030      $ 11,552      $ 93,581   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Consists of period end mark-to-market fair value adjustments associated with liability classified awards and the impact of a one-time stock based compensation award to our Chief Executive Officer and founder. Future stock based awards activity is expected to be classified as equity for accounting purposes and will not be subject to period ending fair value adjustments.

 

  (b)   Represents attorney fees, advisory fees and other professional service fees incurred in connection with the Transaction.

 



 

18


Table of Contents
  (c)   Represents cash rental payments on two corporate headquarter buildings that are accounted for as deemed assets and subject to depreciation expense over the life of the lease. Payments made for these leases are accounted for with a principal portion and an interest portion, consistent with deemed landlord liability accounting. For purposes of Free Cash Flow, the interest portion of these payments is included in net cash provided by operating activities in our statement of cash flows. The principal portion is reflected as a financing activity in our statement of cash flows. These adjustments for purposes of arriving at Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have the effect of presenting these leases consistently with all other office lease rentals that we have globally.

 

  (d)   Represents non-recurring costs and recovery related to a customer bad debt and non-recurring expenses related to the settlement of an employment related matter.

 

  (e)   Represents amortization of the discount and issuance costs deferred on the consolidated balance sheet associated with the issuance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

  (f)   Represents advisory costs and other fees related to this offering.

 

(3)    Backlog represents anticipated future net service revenue from net new business awards that have not commenced or are currently in process but not complete. However, because the contracts included in our backlog are generally terminable without cause, we do not believe that our backlog as of any date is necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results.

 

(4)    Net new business awards are new business awards net of award modifications and cancellations that had previously been recognized in backlog during the period. New business awards represent the value of anticipated future net service revenue that has been awarded during the period that is recognized in backlog. This value is recognized upon the signing of a contract or receipt of a written pre-contract confirmation from a customer that confirms an agreement in principle on budget and scope. New business awards also include contract amendments, or changes in scope, where the customer has provided written authorization for changes in budget and scope or has approved us to perform additional work as of the measurement date. Awards may not be recognized as backlog after consideration of a number of factors, including whether (i) the relevant net service revenue is expected only after a pending regulatory hurdle, which might result in cancellation of the study, (ii) the customer funding needed for commencement of the study is not believed to have been secured or (iii) study timelines are uncertain or not well defined. In addition, study amounts that extend beyond a three-year timeline are not included in backlog. The number and amount of new business awards can vary significantly from period to period, and an award’s contractual duration can range from several months to several years based on customer and project specifications.

 

(5)    On an as adjusted basis to give effect to our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $              per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and the application of the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below together with the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

The potential loss, delay or non-renewal of our contracts, or the non-payment by our customers for services that we have performed, could adversely affect our results.

We experience termination, cancellation and non-renewals of contracts by our customers in the ordinary course of business, and the number and dollar value of cancellations can vary significantly from year to year.

The time between when a clinical trial is awarded and when it goes to contract is typically several months, and prior to a new business award going to contract, our customers can cancel the award without notice. Moreover, once an award goes to contract, most of our customers for clinical trial services can terminate our contracts without cause upon 30 days’ notice. For example, our average quarterly cancellation rates as a percentage of the beginning of the period backlog were 4.5% and 3.7% for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively, and 3.2% for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, 3.3% for the Successor nine month period ended December 2014, 2.5% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 2014 and 3.7% for the Predecessor year ended December 2013. Our customers may delay, terminate or reduce the scope of our contracts for a variety of reasons beyond our control, including but not limited to:

 

  n   decisions to forego or terminate a particular clinical trial;

 

  n   lack of available financing, budgetary limits or changing priorities;

 

  n   actions by regulatory authorities;

 

  n   changes in law;

 

  n   production problems resulting in shortages of the drug being tested;

 

  n   failure of the drug being tested to satisfy safety requirements or efficacy criteria;

 

  n   unexpected or undesired clinical results;

 

  n   insufficient investigator recruitment or patient enrollment in a trial;

 

  n   decisions to downsize product development portfolios;

 

  n   dissatisfaction with our performance, including the quality of data provided and our ability to meet agreed upon schedules;

 

  n   shift of business to another CRO or internal resources;

 

  n   product withdrawal following market launch; or

 

  n   shut down of our customers’ manufacturing facilities.

As a result, contract terminations, delays and modifications are a regular part of our business. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for payment to us of fees for services provided up to the point of termination and for close-out activities for winding down the clinical trial, and reimbursement of all non-cancellable expenses. These payments may not be sufficient for us to maintain our profit margins, and termination or non-renewal may result in lower resource utilization rates, including with respect to personnel who we are not able to place on another customer engagement. Historically, cancellations and delays have negatively impacted our operating results.

Clinical trials can be costly and for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, 55.7% and 29.3% of our net service revenue was derived from small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies and mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, respectively, which may have limited access to capital. In addition, we provide services to our customers before they pay us for some of our services. There is a risk that we may initiate a clinical trial for a customer, and the customer subsequently becomes unwilling or unable to fund the completion of the trial. In such a situation,

 

20


Table of Contents

notwithstanding the customer’s ability or willingness to pay for or otherwise facilitate the completion of the trial, we may be legally or ethically bound to complete or wind down the trial at our own expense.

Because the contracts included in our backlog are generally terminable without cause, we do not believe that our backlog as of any date is necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results. In addition, we may not realize the full benefits of our backlog of contractually committed services if our customers cancel, delay or reduce their commitments under our contracts with them. Thus, the loss or delay of a large contract or the loss or delay of multiple contracts could adversely affect our net service revenue and profitability. In addition, the terminability of our contracts puts increased pressure on our quality control efforts, since not only can our contracts be terminated by customers as a result of poor performance, but any such termination may also affect our ability to obtain future contracts from the customer involved and others.

Our backlog may not convert to net service revenue at our historical conversion rates.

Backlog represents anticipated future net service revenue from net new business awards that have not commenced or are currently in process but not complete. Reported backlog will fluctuate based on new business awards, changes in scope to existing contracts, cancellations, revenue recognition on existing contracts and foreign exchange adjustments from non-U.S. dollar denominated backlog. Our backlog as of March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015 was approximately $448.1 and $405.9 million, respectively. Included within backlog as of March 31, 2016 is approximately $227.5 million to $237.5 million that we expect to convert to net service revenue in 2016, with the remainder expected to convert to net service revenue in years after 2016. Once work begins on a project, net service revenue is recognized over the duration of the project. Projects may be terminated or delayed by the customer or delayed by regulatory authorities for reasons beyond our control. To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our net service revenue could be adversely affected. Moreover, in the event that a customer cancels a contract, we often would be entitled to receive payment for services provided up to the point of cancellation and for close-out activities for winding down the clinical trial, and reimbursement of all non-cancellable expenses. Typically, however, we have no contractual right to the full amount of the future net service revenue reflected in our backlog in the event of a contract cancellation or subsequent changes in scope that reduce the value of the contract. The duration of the projects included in our backlog, and the related net service revenue recognition, generally range from a few months to several years. Our backlog may not be indicative of our future net service revenue, and we may not realize all of the anticipated future net service revenue reflected in our backlog. A number of factors may affect the realization of our net service revenue from backlog, including:

 

  n   the size, complexity and duration of the projects;

 

  n   the cancellation or delay of projects; and

 

  n   changes in the scope of work during the course of a project.

Fluctuations in our reported backlog levels also result from the fact that we may receive a small number of relatively large projects in any given reporting period that may be included in our backlog. Because of these large projects, our backlog in that reporting period may reach levels that may not be sustained in subsequent reporting periods. Additionally, although an increase in backlog will generally result in an increase in net service revenue over time, an increase in backlog at a particular point in time does not necessarily correspond directly to an increase in net service revenue during any particular period, or at all. The extent to which contracts in backlog will result in net service revenue depends on many factors, including, but not limited to, delivery against project schedules, scope changes, contract terminations and the nature, duration and complexity of the contracts, and can vary significantly over time.

As we increasingly compete for and enter into large contracts that are more global in nature, there can be no assurance about the rate at which our backlog will convert into net service revenue. A decrease in this conversion rate would mean that the rate of net service revenue recognized on contracts may be slower than what we have experienced in the past, which could impact our net service revenue and results of operations on a quarterly and annual basis. The revenue recognition on larger, more global projects could be slower than on smaller, less global projects for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, an extended period of negotiation between the time the project is awarded to us and the actual execution of the contract, as well as an increased timeframe for obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals. Additionally, delayed projects will remain in backlog and will not generate revenue at the rate originally expected. Thus, the relationship of backlog to realized revenues is indirect and may vary significantly over time.

 

21


Table of Contents

Additionally, there has been a recent slowdown in funding in the biotechnology industry. If small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies become less able to access capital in the future, we may see a decrease in backlog conversion to net service revenue and net new business awards due to project delays or cancellations. These companies have contributed materially to our historical net service revenue. If they cannot commit the same or a greater level of capital to our services going forward, our results of operations may suffer.

Our operating results have historically fluctuated between fiscal quarters and years and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect the market price of our stock after this offering.

Our operating results have fluctuated in previous quarters and years and may continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year and are influenced by a variety of factors, such as:

 

  n   timing of contract amendments for changes in scope that could affect the value of a contract and potentially impact the amount of net new business awards and net service revenue from quarter to quarter;

 

  n   commencement, completion, execution, postponement or termination of large contracts;

 

  n   contract terms for the billing and recognition of revenue milestones;

 

  n   progress of ongoing contracts and retention of customers;

 

  n   timing of and charges associated with completion of acquisitions and other events;

 

  n   changes in the mix of services delivered, both in terms of geography and type of services;

 

  n   customer disputes or other issues that may impact the revenue we are able to recognize or the collectability of our related accounts receivable; and

 

  n   exchange rate fluctuations.

Our operating results for any particular quarter or year are not necessarily a meaningful indicator of future results and fluctuations in our quarterly or yearly operating results could negatively affect the market price and liquidity of shares of our common stock.

Our operating margins could decrease due to increased pricing pressure or other pressures.

Historically, we have been able to generate the operating margins that we do because of our disciplined, full-service operating model. However, we operate in a highly competitive environment, and, if we experience increased levels of competitive pricing pressure, our operating margins may decrease. In addition, we may adapt our operating model to achieve greater levels of growth or in response to investor demands. Such a change could result in lower operating margins.

If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, government regulations and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be adversely affected.

We contract with biopharmaceutical companies to perform a wide range of services to assist them in bringing new drugs to market. Our services include monitoring clinical trials, data and laboratory analysis, electronic data capture, patient recruitment and other related services. Such services are complex and subject to contractual requirements, government regulations, and ethical considerations. For example, we are subject to regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities relating to our activities in conducting pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. Before clinical trials begin in the United States, a drug is tested in pre-clinical trials that must comply with Good Laboratory Practice and other requirements. An applicant must file an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, which must become effective before human clinical testing may begin. Further, an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to participate in the clinical trial must review and approve the protocol for the clinical trial. Once initiated, clinical trials must be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable IND conditions, the requirements of the relevant IRBs, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and its implementing regulations, including Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, and other requirements. We are also subject to regulation by the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, which regulates the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security, and disposal of controlled substances. If we fail to perform our services in accordance with these requirements, regulatory authorities may take action against us or our customers. Such actions may include injunctions or failure of such regulatory authority to grant marketing approval of our customers’ products, imposition of clinical holds or delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, rejection of data collected in our clinical trials, license revocation, product seizures or recalls, operational restrictions, civil or criminal penalties or prosecutions, damages or fines. Customers may also bring claims against us for breach of our contractual

 

22


Table of Contents

obligations, and patients in the clinical trials and patients taking drugs approved on the basis of those trials may bring personal injury claims against us. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Such consequences could arise if, among other things, the following occur:

Improper performance of our services. The performance of clinical development services is complex and time-consuming. For example, we may make mistakes in conducting a clinical trial that could negatively impact or obviate the usefulness of results of the trial or cause the results of the trial to be reported improperly. If the trial results are compromised, we could be subject to significant costs or liability, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to perform our services and our reputation would be harmed. As examples:

 

  n   non-compliance generally could result in the termination of ongoing clinical trials or the disqualification of data for submission to regulatory authorities;

 

  n   non-compliance could compromise data from a particular trial, such as failure to verify that adequate informed consent was obtained from patients, which could require us to repeat the trial under the terms of our contract at no further cost to our customer, but at a potentially substantial cost to us; and

 

  n   breach of a contractual term could result in liability for damages or termination of the contract.

The services we provide in connection with large clinical trials can cost tens of millions of dollars, and while we endeavor to contractually limit our exposure to such risks, improper performance of our services could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, damage our reputation and result in the cancellation of current contracts by the affected customer or other current customers or failure to obtain future contracts from the affected customer or other current or potential customers.

Investigation of customers. From time to time, one or more of our customers are investigated by regulatory authorities or enforcement agencies with respect to regulatory compliance of their clinical trials, programs or the marketing and sale of their drugs. In these situations, we have often provided services to our customers with respect to the clinical trials, programs or activities being investigated, and we are called upon to respond to requests for information by the authorities and agencies. There is a risk that either our customers or regulatory authorities could claim that we performed our services improperly or that we are responsible for clinical trial or program compliance. If our customers or regulatory authorities make such claims against us, we could be subject to significant costs in defending our activities and potential damages, fines or penalties. In addition, negative publicity regarding regulatory compliance of our customers’ clinical trials, programs or products could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Insufficient customer funding to complete a clinical trial. As noted above, clinical trials can cost tens of millions of dollars. There is a risk that we may initiate a clinical trial for a customer, and then the customer becomes unwilling or unable to fund the completion of the trial. In such a situation, notwithstanding the customer’s ability or willingness to pay for or otherwise facilitate the completion of the trial, we may be ethically bound to complete or wind down the trial at our own expense.

Interactive voice/web response service malfunction. We develop and maintain our own, and also use third-parties to run, interactive voice/web response systems. These systems automatically manage the randomization of patients in a given clinical trial to different treatment arms and regulate the supply of investigational drugs. An error in the design, programming or validation of these systems could lead to inappropriate assignment or dosing of patients which could give rise to patient safety issues, invalidation of the trial or liability claims against us. Furthermore, negative publicity associated with such a malfunction could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation. Additionally, errors in randomization may require us to repeat the trial at no further cost to our customer, but at a substantial cost to us.

In addition to the above U.S. laws and regulations, we must comply with the laws of all countries where we do business, including laws governing clinical trials in the jurisdiction where the trials are performed. Failure to comply with applicable requirements could subject us to regulatory risk, liability and potential costs associated with redoing the trials, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our operating results.

 

23


Table of Contents

We bear financial risk if we underprice our fixed-fee contracts or overrun cost estimates, and our financial results can also be adversely affected by failure to receive approval for change orders or delays in documenting change orders.

The majority of our Phase I through IV contracts are fixed-fee contracts. We bear the financial risk if we initially underprice our contracts or otherwise overrun our cost estimates. In addition, contracts with our customers are subject to change orders, which we commonly experience and which occur when the scope of work we perform needs to be modified from that originally contemplated by our contract with the customer. Modifications can occur, for example, when there is a change in a key trial assumption or parameter, a significant change in timing or a change in staffing needs. Furthermore, we may be unable to successfully negotiate changes in scope or change orders on a timely basis or at all, which could require us to incur cost outlays ahead of the receipt of any additional revenue. In addition, under U.S. GAAP, we cannot recognize additional revenue anticipated from change orders until appropriate documentation is received by us from the customer authorizing the change. However, if we incur additional expense in anticipation of receipt of that documentation, we must recognize the expense as incurred. Such underpricing, significant cost overruns or delay in documentation of change orders could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

If we are unable to successfully execute our growth strategies, our results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our key growth strategies include: continued organic growth, continued maintenance of industry-leading margins (compared to our public competitors), increasing capture of the high-growth clinical development market, deepening existing and developing new relationships with our core customer segment, pursuing selective and complementary bolt-on acquisitions and increasing our capture of the large pharmaceutical company market. Though we will strive to meet these goals, we may not have or adequately build the competencies necessary to achieve our objectives. In addition, we may not receive market acceptance for our services and we may face increased competition. If we are unable to successfully continue our organic growth, continue to maintain our margins, increase our capture of the clinical development market, deepen existing and develop new relationships with our core customer segment, pursue complementary and non-transformative acquisitions or attract additional large pharmaceutical company customers, our future business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. For more information on our growth strategies see “Business—Our Growth Strategy.”

If we lose the services of key personnel or are unable to recruit experienced personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success substantially depends on the collective performance, contributions and expertise of our senior management team, including Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, and other key personnel including qualified management, professional, scientific and technical operating staff and qualified sales representatives for our contract sales services. There is significant competition for qualified personnel in the biopharmaceutical services industry, particularly for those with higher educational degrees, such as a medical degree, a Doctor of Philosophy, or Ph.D., or an equivalent degree, and our industry generally tends to experience relatively high levels of employee turnover. If any of our key employees were to join a competitor or to form a competing company, some of our customers might choose to use the services of that competitor or new company instead of our own. Furthermore, customers or other companies seeking to develop in-house capabilities may hire some of our senior management or other key employees. The departure of any key contributor, the payment of increased compensation to attract and retain qualified personnel or our inability to continue to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel or replace any departed personnel in a timely fashion may impact our ability to grow our business and compete effectively in our industry and may negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information systems, including the information systems we use to provide our services to our customers, such as ClinTrak, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

Due to the global nature of our business and our reliance on information systems to provide our services, we intend to increase our use of web-enabled and other integrated information systems in delivering our services. We already provide access to such an information system, ClinTrak, to certain of our customers in connection with the services we provide to them. As the breadth and complexity of our information systems continue to grow, we will increasingly be exposed to the risks inherent in the development, integration and ongoing operation of evolving information systems, including:

 

  n   disruption, impairment or failure of data centers, telecommunications facilities or other key infrastructure platforms;

 

  n   security breaches of, cyberattacks on and other failures or malfunctions in our critical application systems or their associated hardware; and

 

  n   excessive costs, excessive delays or other deficiencies in systems development and deployment.

The materialization of any of these risks may impede the processing of data, the delivery of databases and services and the day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption, loss or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, confidential or other data. While we have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, information system security breaches and similar events at our facilities or at those of our third party provider that backs up our data centers could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our customers. Corruption or loss of data may result in the need to repeat a trial at no cost to the customer, but at significant cost to us, or result in the termination of a contract or damage to our reputation. Moreover, regulatory authorities may impose requirements on the use of electronic records and signatures for regulatory purposes. For example, FDA’s regulations at 21 CFR Part 11 establish the criteria pursuant to which the FDA will consider electronic records and signatures to be trustworthy, reliable, and generally equivalent to paper records and handwritten signatures. Any failures to comply with those regulatory requirements could impact our customers’ ability to rely on the data contained in those electronic records in our systems or result in the FDA’s rejection of the data. Additionally, in order for our information systems to continue to be effective going forward, we periodically need to upgrade our technology systems and increase our capacity to keep pace with technological developments and our growth as a company. Significant delays in system enhancements or inadequate performance of new or upgraded systems once completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Our operations also may suffer if we are unable to effectively manage the implementation of and adapt to new technology systems. Any such shortcoming may require us to make substantial further investments in our IT platform, which could adversely affect our financial results. Finally, long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our business. As our business continues to expand globally, these types of risks may be further increased by instability in the geopolitical climate of certain regions, underdeveloped and less stable utilities and communications infrastructure and other local and regional factors. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, whether through system failure or breaches or employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our customers, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers and hackers who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs, could result in negative publicity, significant remediation costs, legal liability and damage to our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our liability insurance might not be sufficient in type or amount to adequately cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyberattacks and other related breaches.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to manage our growth effectively.

We believe that sustained growth places a strain on operational, human and financial resources. To manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operating and administrative systems and to attract and retain qualified management, professional, scientific and technical operating personnel. We believe that maintaining and enhancing both our systems and personnel at reasonable cost are instrumental to our success. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enhance our current technology or obtain new technology that will enable our systems to keep pace with developments and the needs of our customers. The nature and pace of our growth introduces risks associated with quality control and customer dissatisfaction due to delays in performance or other problems. In addition, foreign operations involve the additional risks of assimilating differences in foreign business practices, hiring and retaining qualified personnel and overcoming language barriers. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our customer or therapeutic area concentration may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Although we did not have any customer that represented 10% or more of our net service revenue during the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 or the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of large customers. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, we derived 39.5% and 8.1% of our net service revenue from our top 10 customers and our largest customer, respectively. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we derived 39.9% and 6.9% of our net service revenue from our top 10 customers and our largest customer, respectively. For more information about our largest customer, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Service Agreements.” In addition, approximately 43.5% and 7.4% of our backlog, as of March 31, 2016, was concentrated among our top 10 customers and our largest customer by backlog concentration, respectively. Moreover, 4.6% of our backlog, as of March 31, 2016, was concentrated with our largest customer. If any large customer decreases or terminates its relationship with us, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Also, consolidation in our actual or potential customer base results in increased competition for important market segments and fewer available customer accounts.

Additionally, conducting multiple clinical trials for different sponsors in a single therapeutic class, involving similar drugs, biologics or medical devices, may adversely affect our business if some or all of the trials are terminated because of new scientific information or regulatory decisions that affect the products as a class. Moreover, even if these trials are not terminated, they may compete with each other, thereby limiting our potential revenue going forward. In addition, scientific information or regulatory decisions may prejudice the products as a class, leading to compelled or voluntary limitations on the products’ use or withdrawal of some or all of the products from the market.

Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We have significant operations in foreign countries, including, but not limited to, countries in Europe, Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Africa, that may require complex arrangements to deliver services on global contracts for our customers. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, approximately 35% of our workforce was located outside of North America, and for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, 7.6% and 8.4% of our revenue was denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, respectively. As a result, we are subject to heightened risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including the following:

 

  n   conducting a single trial across multiple countries is complex, and issues in one country, such as a failure to comply with local regulations or restrictions, may affect the progress of the trial in the other countries, for example, by limiting the amount of data necessary for a trial to proceed, resulting in delays or potential cancellation of contracts, which in turn may result in loss of revenue;

 

  n   the United States or other countries could enact legislation or impose regulations or other restrictions, including unfavorable labor regulations or tax policies, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business in or expatriate profits from those countries;

 

26


Table of Contents
  n   tax rates in certain foreign countries may exceed those in the United States and foreign earnings may be subject to withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions, including restrictions on repatriation;

 

  n   certain foreign countries are expanding or may expand their regulatory framework with respect to patient informed consent, protection and compensation in clinical trials, and privacy, which could delay or inhibit our ability to conduct trials in such jurisdictions or which could materially increase the risks associated with performing trials in such jurisdictions;

 

  n   certain foreign countries are expanding or may expand their banking regulations that govern international currency transactions, particularly cross-border transfers, which may inhibit our ability to transfer funds into or within a jurisdiction, impeding our ability to pay our principal investigators, vendors and employees, thereby impacting our ability to conduct trials in such jurisdictions;

 

  n   the regulatory or judicial authorities of foreign countries may not enforce legal rights and recognize business procedures in a manner to which we are accustomed or would reasonably expect;

 

  n   we may have difficulty complying with a variety of laws and regulations in foreign countries, some of which may conflict with laws in the United States;

 

  n   potential violations of existing or newly adopted local laws or anti-bribery laws, such as the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and the UK Bribery Act of 2010, may cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation;

 

  n   changes in political and economic conditions, including inflation, may lead to changes in the business environment in which we operate, as well as changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

  n   foreign governments may enact currency exchange controls that may limit the ability to fund our operations or significantly increase the cost of maintaining operations;

 

  n   customers in foreign jurisdictions may have longer payment cycles, and it may be more difficult to collect receivables in foreign jurisdictions; and

 

  n   natural disasters, pandemics or international conflict, including terrorist acts, could interrupt our services, endanger our personnel or cause project delays or loss of trial materials or results.

These risks and uncertainties could negatively impact our ability to, among other things, perform large, global projects for our customers. Furthermore, our ability to deal with these issues could be affected by applicable U.S. laws and the need to protect our assets. In addition, we may be more susceptible to these risks as we enter and continue to target growth in emerging countries and regions, including Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America, which may be subject to a relatively higher risk of political instability, economic volatility, crime, corruption and social and ethnic unrest, all of which are exacerbated in many cases by a lack of an independent and experienced judiciary and uncertainties in how local law is applied and enforced. The materialization of any such risks could have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Due to the global nature of our business, we may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and various other anti-corruption laws, and any allegation or determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are required to comply with the FCPA, UK Bribery Act of 2010 and other U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws, which prohibit companies from engaging in bribery including corruptly or improperly offering, promising, or providing money or anything else of value to foreign officials and certain other recipients. In addition, the FCPA imposes certain books, records and accounting control obligations on public companies and other issuers. We operate in parts of the world in which corruption can be common and compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our global operations face the risk of unauthorized payments or offers being made by employees, consultants, sales agents and other business partners outside of our control or without our authorization. It is our policy to implement safeguards (including mandatory training) to prohibit these practices by our employees and business partners with respect to our operations. However, irrespective of these safeguards, or as a result of monitoring compliance with such safeguards, it is possible that we or certain other parties may discover or receive information at some point that certain employees, consultants, sales agents, or other business partners may have engaged in corrupt conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA or other foreign anti-corruption laws may result in restatements of, or irregularities in, our financial statements as well as severe criminal

 

27


Table of Contents

or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In some cases, companies that violate the FCPA may be debarred by the U.S. government and/or lose their U.S. export privileges. Changes in anti-corruption laws or enforcement priorities could also result in increased compliance requirements and related costs which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the U.S. or other governments may seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations or violations of other anti-corruption laws committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquired or will acquire.

In the past, we have had net losses and we may report net losses in the future, which could negatively impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

In the past, we have had net losses and we cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 our net income (loss) was $3.4 million, $(0.1) million, $(8.7) million, $(14.3) million, $(1.2) million and $24.8 million, respectively. If we cannot reach or maintain profitability, the value of our stock price may be impacted.

Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate, which may adversely affect our operations, earnings and earnings per share.

Our effective income tax rate is influenced by our projected profitability in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. The global nature of our business increases our tax risks. In addition, for various reasons, revenue authorities in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate are known to have become more active in their tax collection activities. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective income tax rate, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our net income and earnings per share. The application of tax laws in various taxing jurisdictions, including the United States, is subject to interpretation, and tax authorities in various jurisdictions may have diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations of the application of tax laws. Changes in tax laws or tax rulings, in the United States or other tax jurisdictions in which we operate, could materially impact our effective tax rate.

Factors that may affect our effective income tax rate include, but are not limited to:

 

  n   the requirement to exclude from our quarterly worldwide effective income tax calculations losses in jurisdictions where no income tax benefit can be recognized;

 

  n   actual and projected full year pre-tax income, including differences between actual and anticipated income before taxes in various jurisdictions;

 

  n   changes in tax laws, or in the interpretation or application of tax laws, in various taxing jurisdictions;

 

  n   audits or other challenges by taxing authorities;

 

  n   the establishment of valuation allowances against a portion or all of certain deferred income tax assets if we determined that it is more likely than not that future income tax benefits will not be realized; and

 

  n   changes in the relative mix and size of clinical trials and staffing levels in various tax jurisdictions.

These changes may cause fluctuations in our effective income tax rate that could adversely affect our results of operations and cause fluctuations in our earnings and earnings per share.

Governmental authorities may question our intercompany transfer pricing policies or change their laws in a manner that could increase our effective tax rate or otherwise harm our business.

As a U.S. company doing business in international markets through subsidiaries, we are subject to foreign tax and intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow of funds between the parent and subsidiaries. Tax authorities in the United States and in foreign markets closely monitor our corporate structure and how we account for intercompany fund transfers. If tax authorities challenge our corporate structure, transfer pricing mechanisms or intercompany transfers, our operations may be negatively impacted and our effective tax rate may increase. Tax rates vary from country to country and if regulators determine that our profits in one jurisdiction should be increased, we might not be able to fully utilize all foreign tax credits that are generated, which would increase our effective tax rate. Additionally, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or OECD, has issued certain proposed guidelines regarding base erosion and profit sharing. Once these guidelines are formally adopted by the

 

28


Table of Contents

OECD, it is possible that separate taxing jurisdictions may also adopt some form of these guidelines. In such case, we may need to change our approach to intercompany transfer pricing in order to maintain compliance under the new rules. Our effective tax rate may increase or decrease depending on the current location of global operations at the time of the change. Finally, we might not always be in compliance with all applicable customs, exchange control, Value Added Tax and transfer pricing laws despite our efforts to be aware of and to comply with such laws. In such case, we may need to adjust our operating procedures and our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to recruit suitable investigators and enroll patients for our customers’ clinical trials, our clinical development business may suffer.

The recruitment of investigators and patients for clinical trials is essential to our business. Investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise the administration of the investigational drug, biologic or device to patients during the course of a clinical trial. Patients typically include people from the communities in which the clinical trials are conducted. Our clinical development business could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract suitable and willing investigators or patients for clinical trials on a consistent basis. For example, if we are unable to engage investigators to conduct clinical trials as planned or enroll sufficient patients in clinical trials, we may need to expend additional funds to obtain access to resources or else be compelled to delay or modify the clinical trial plans, which may result in additional costs to us. These considerations might result in our being unable to successfully achieve our projected development timelines, or potentially even lead to the termination of ongoing clinical trials or development of a product.

Our research and development services could subject us to potential liability that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business involves the testing of new drugs, biologics and medical devices on patients in clinical trials. Our involvement in the clinical trial and development process creates a risk of liability for personal injury to or death of patients, particularly for those with life-threatening illnesses, resulting from adverse reactions to the products administered during testing or after regulatory approval. For example, we may be sued in the future by individuals alleging personal injury due to their participation in clinical trials and seeking damages from us under a variety of legal theories. If we are required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with any personal injury claim that is outside the scope of indemnification agreements we have with our customers, if any indemnification agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or if our liability exceeds the amount of any applicable indemnification limits or available insurance coverage, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation could be materially and adversely affected. We might also not be able to obtain adequate insurance or indemnification for these types of risks at reasonable rates in the future.

We also contract with institutions and physicians to serve as investigators in conducting clinical trials. Investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise the administration of the investigational products to patients during the course of a clinical trial. If the investigators or study staff commit errors or make omissions during a clinical trial that result in harm to trial patients, or patients suffer harm with a delayed onset after a clinical trial is completed and the product has obtained regulatory approval, claims for personal injury or products liability damages may result. Additionally, if the investigators engage in fraudulent or negligent behavior, trial data may be compromised, which may require us to repeat the clinical trial or subject us to liability or regulatory action. We do not believe we are legally responsible for the medical care rendered by such third party investigators, and we would vigorously defend any claims brought against us. However, it is possible we could be found liable for claims with respect to the actions of third party investigators and the institutions at which clinical trials may be conducted.

Some of our services involve direct interaction with clinical trial patients and operation of a Phase I clinical facility, which could create potential liability that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We operate a facility where Phase I clinical trials are conducted, which ordinarily involve testing an investigational drug, biologic or medical device on a limited number of individuals to evaluate its safety, determine a safe dosage range and identify side effects. Failure to operate such a facility and clinical trials in accordance with FDA, DEA and other applicable regulations could result in disruptions to our operations. Additionally, we face risks associated with adverse events resulting from the administration of such drugs, biologics and medical devices and the professional malpractice of medical care providers. We also directly employ nurses and other trained employees who assist in implementing the testing involved in our clinical trials, such as drawing blood from subjects. Any professional

 

29


Table of Contents

malpractice or negligence by such investigators, nurses or other employees could potentially result in liability to us in the event of personal injury to or death of a subject in clinical trials. This liability, particularly if it were to exceed the limits of any indemnification agreements and insurance coverage we may have, may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

Our insurance may not cover all of our indemnification obligations and other liabilities associated with our operations.

We maintain insurance designed to provide coverage for ordinary risks associated with our operations and our ordinary indemnification obligations, which we believe to be customary for our industry. The coverage provided by such insurance may not be adequate for all claims we may make or may be contested by our insurance carriers. If our insurance is not adequate or available to pay liabilities associated with our operations, or if we are unable to purchase adequate insurance at reasonable rates in the future, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely impacted.

Exchange rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 7.6% and 8.4% of our revenue was denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, respectively, and 24.6% and 24.9% of our operational costs, including, but not limited to, salaries, wages and other employee benefits were denominated in foreign currencies, respectively. Of these exposures, 95.7% and 94.9% of our revenue denominated in foreign currencies, respectively, and 45.9% and 46.8% of our operational costs denominated in foreign currencies, respectively, were Euro denominated. Because a large portion of our net service revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars, changes in foreign currency exchange rates could significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The revenue and expenses of our foreign operations are generally denominated in local currencies and translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the translation of foreign results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated results.

We are subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. We earn revenue from our service contracts over a period of several months and, in some cases, over several years. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during such periods may affect our profitability with respect to such contracts.

Additionally, the majority of our global contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars or Euros, while the currency used to fund our operating costs in foreign countries is denominated in various different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies we use to contract with our customers and the currencies in which we incur cost to complete those contracts can have a significant impact on our results of operations.

We may limit these risks through exchange rate fluctuation provisions stated in our service contracts. We have not, however, mitigated all of our foreign currency transaction risk, and we may experience fluctuations in financial results from our operations outside the United States and foreign currency transaction risk associated with our service contracts.

Our relationships with existing or potential customers who are in competition with each other may adversely impact the degree to which other customers or potential customers use our services, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, with companies each seeking to persuade payors, providers and patients that their drug therapies are more cost-effective than competing therapies marketed or being developed by competing firms. In addition to the adverse competitive interests that biopharmaceutical companies have with each other, these companies also have adverse interests with respect to drug selection, coverage and reimbursement with other participants in the healthcare industry, including payors and providers. Biopharmaceutical companies also compete to be first to the market with new drug therapies. We regularly provide services to biopharmaceutical companies who compete with each other, and we sometimes provide services to such customers regarding competing drugs in development. Our existing or future relationships with our biopharmaceutical customers may deter other

 

30


Table of Contents

biopharmaceutical customers from using our services or, in certain instances, may result in our customers seeking to place limits on our ability to serve their competitors and other industry participants. In addition, our further expansion into the broader healthcare market may adversely impact our relationships with biopharmaceutical customers, and such customers may elect not to use our services, reduce the scope of services that we provide to them or seek to place restrictions on our ability to serve customers in the broader healthcare market with interests that are adverse to theirs. Any loss of customers or reductions in the level of revenues from a customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

If we are unable to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We anticipate that a portion of our future growth may come from targeted acquisitions to expand our current capabilities and service offerings. The success of any acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to effectively integrate acquired personnel, operations, products and technologies into our business and to retain the key personnel and customers of our acquired businesses. In addition, we may be unable to identify suitable acquisition opportunities or obtain any necessary financing on commercially acceptable terms. We may also spend time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition targets but not complete the transaction. Any acquisition could involve other risks, including, among others, the assumption of additional liabilities and expenses, difficulties and expenses in connection with integrating the acquired companies and achieving the expected benefits, issuances of potentially dilutive securities or interest-bearing debt, loss of key employees of the acquired companies, transaction expenses, diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns and, with respect to the acquisition of international companies, the inability to overcome differences in international business practices, language and customs. Our failure to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet, and our results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to realize the full value of our goodwill and intangible assets.

Our balance sheet reflects goodwill and intangibles assets of $661.0 million and $174.1 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2016. Collectively, goodwill and intangibles assets represented 84.0% of our total assets as of March 31, 2016. Our goodwill was recorded in connection with the Transaction. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are subject to a periodic impairment evaluation. We assess the realizability of our indefinite lived intangible assets and goodwill annually and conduct an interim evaluation whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as operating losses or a significant decline in earnings associated with the acquired business or asset, indicate that these assets may be impaired. In addition, we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, we evaluate the carrying value in relation to estimates of future discounted cash flows. Our ability to realize the value of the goodwill and intangible assets will depend on the future cash flows of our businesses. The carrying amount of the goodwill could be impaired if there is a downturn in our business or our industry or other factors that affect the fair value of our business, in which case a charge to earnings would become necessary. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and intangible assets, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. For example, in conjunction with the 2015 fourth quarter annual assessment of goodwill, we determined that goodwill related to our Clinics reporting unit was impaired and we recognized an impairment charge of $9.3 million, which represented 100% of the goodwill that had been allocated to this reporting unit. Such impairment charges in the future could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards or certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change, by value, in the aggregate stock ownership of certain shareholders over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset its future taxable income and other pre-change tax attributes may be limited. We have experienced at least one ownership change in the past. We may experience additional ownership changes in the future (including in connection with this offering). In addition, future changes in our stock ownership (including future sales by Cinven) could result in additional ownership changes. Any such ownership changes could limit our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset any future taxable income and other tax attributes. State and foreign tax laws may also impose limitations on our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our operations involve the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste which can give rise to liability that could adversely impact our financial condition.

We conduct activities that have involved, and may continue to involve, the controlled use of hazardous materials and the creation of hazardous substances, including medical waste and other highly regulated substances. As a result, our operations pose the risk of accidental contamination or injury caused by the release of these materials and/or the creation of hazardous substances, including medical waste and other highly regulated substances. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for damages and cleanup costs which, to the extent not covered by existing insurance or indemnification, could harm our business. In addition, other adverse effects could result from such liability, including reputational damage resulting in the loss of additional business from certain customers.

The failure of third parties to provide us critical support services could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

We depend on third parties for support services vital to our business. Such support services include, but are not limited to, laboratory services, third-party transportation and travel providers, technology providers, freight forwarders and customs brokers, drug depots and distribution centers, suppliers or contract manufacturers of drugs for patients participating in clinical trials and providers of licensing agreements, maintenance contracts or other services. In addition, we also rely on third-party CROs and other contract clinical personnel for clinical services either in regions where we have limited resources, or in cases where demand cannot be met by our internal staff. The failure of any of these third parties to adequately provide us critical support services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and these rights are important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop, use and protect our proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property. Existing laws of the various countries in which we provide services or solutions offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights, and the protection in some countries may be very limited. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, nondisclosure, invention assignment and other contractual arrangements, and copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, to protect our intellectual property rights. These laws are subject to change at any time and certain agreements may not be fully enforceable, which could further restrict our ability to protect our innovations. Our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing services similar to or duplicative of ours. Further, the steps we take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or other misappropriation of our intellectual property by competitors, former employees or other third parties, and we might not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Enforcing our rights might also require considerable time, money and oversight, and we may not be successful in enforcing our rights.

Potential future investments in our customers’ businesses or products could have a negative impact on our financial results.

We have in the past and may in the future enter into arrangements with our customers or other drug, biologic or medical device companies in which we take on payment risk by making strategic investments in our customers or other drug companies, providing flexible payment terms or fee financing to customers or other companies, or entering into other risk sharing arrangements on trial execution. Our financial results would be adversely affected if the amount realized from any such risk sharing arrangement was less than the value of our services under the contract related to such arrangement.

Our operations might be affected by the occurrence of a natural disaster or other catastrophic event.

We depend on our customers, investigators, laboratories and other facilities for the continued operation of our business. Although we have contingency plans in place for natural disasters or other catastrophic events, these events, including terrorist attacks, pandemic flu, hurricanes, floods and ice and snow storms, could nevertheless disrupt our operations or those of our customers, investigators and collaboration partners, which could also affect us. Even though we carry business interruption insurance policies and typically have provisions in our contracts that protect us in certain events, we might suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed the coverage available under our insurance policies or for which we do not have coverage. Any natural disaster or catastrophic event affecting us or our customers, investigators or collaboration partners could have a significant negative impact on our operations and financial performance.

 

32


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Industry

Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate expenditures and R&D budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.

Our revenues depend on the level of R&D expenditures, size of the drug development pipelines and outsourcing trends of the biopharmaceutical industry, including the amount of such R&D expenditures that is outsourced and subject to competitive bidding among CROs. Accordingly, economic factors and industry trends that affect biopharmaceutical companies affect our business. For example, if biopharmaceutical companies become less able to access capital in the future, they may commit less capital to our services going forward. Also, biopharmaceutical companies continue to seek long-term strategic collaborations with global CROs with favorable pricing terms. Many of our competitors seek out these collaborations, while we generally do not. If our competitors can successfully enter into these collaborations, it may reduce the share of the biopharmaceutical outsourcing business that we might otherwise be positioned to capture.

In addition, if the biopharmaceutical industry reduces its outsourcing of clinical trials or such outsourcing fails to grow at projected or expected rates, or at all, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. We may also be negatively impacted by consolidation and other factors in the biopharmaceutical industry, which may slow decision making by our customers, result in the delay or cancellation of existing projects, cause reductions in overall R&D expenditures or lead to increased pricing pressures. Further, in the event that one of our customers combines with a company that is using the services of one of our competitors, the combined company could decide to use the services of that competitor or another provider. All of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We face intense competition in many areas of our business and, if we do not compete effectively, our business may be harmed.

The CRO industry is highly competitive. We often compete for business with other CROs as well as internal development departments at some of our customers, some of which could be considered large CROs in their own right. We also compete with universities and teaching hospitals. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources and a wider range of service offerings over a greater geographic area than we do. If we do not compete successfully, our business will suffer. The industry is highly fragmented, with numerous smaller specialized companies and a handful of full-service companies with global capabilities similar to ours. Increased competition has led to price and other forms of competition, such as acceptance of less favorable contract terms, which could adversely affect our operating results. In recent years, our industry has experienced consolidation. This trend is likely to produce more competition from the resulting larger companies. Further, certain of our key competitors are private and, therefore, they do not contend with the cost pressures of being a public company. We compete with both large CROs and mid-sized CROs, and have increasingly faced more competition from larger CROs. Our ability to continue to grow and perform effectively will directly impact our success against our competitors. In addition, there are few barriers to entry for smaller specialized companies considering entering the industry. Because of their size and focus, small CROs might compete effectively against larger companies such as us, especially in lower cost geographic areas, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional regulatory reforms, which may adversely impact the biopharmaceutical industry or otherwise reduce the need for our services or negatively impact our profitability.

Numerous government bodies are considering or have adopted various healthcare reforms and may undertake, or are in the process of undertaking, efforts to control growing healthcare costs through legislation, regulation and voluntary agreements with healthcare providers and biopharmaceutical companies, including many of our customers. By way of example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act, was signed into law, which, among other things, expanded, over time, health insurance coverage, imposed health industry cost containment measures, enhanced remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, added new transparency requirements for healthcare and health insurance industries, imposed new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers, added new requirements for certain applicable drug and device manufacturers to disclose payments to physicians, including principal investigators, and imposed additional health policy reforms, any of which may significantly impact the biopharmaceutical industry. We are uncertain as to the full effects of these reforms on our business and are unable to predict what legislative proposals, if any, will be adopted in the future. If regulatory cost containment

 

33


Table of Contents

efforts limit the profitability of new drugs, our customers may reduce their R&D expenditures, which could reduce the business they outsource to us. Similarly, if regulatory requirements for product testing are relaxed or harmonized across jurisdictions, or simplified drug approval procedures are adopted, the demand for our services could decrease.

Government bodies may also adopt healthcare legislation or regulations that are more burdensome than existing regulations. For example, product safety concerns and recommendations by the Drug Safety Oversight Board could change the regulatory environment for drug products, and new or heightened regulatory requirements may increase our expenses or limit our ability to offer some of our services. Additionally, new or heightened regulatory requirements may have a negative impact on the ability of our customers to conduct industry sponsored clinical trials, which could reduce the need for our services.

Recent consolidation in the biopharmaceutical industry could lead to a reduction in our revenues.

The biopharmaceutical industry is currently undergoing a period of increased merger activity. Several large biopharmaceutical companies have recently completed mergers and acquisitions that will consolidate the outsourcing trends and R&D expenditures into fewer companies, and many larger and medium sized biopharmaceutical companies have been acquiring smaller biopharmaceutical companies. As a result of this and future consolidations, our customer diversity may decrease and our business may be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with federal, state and foreign healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

Even though we do not order healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse are applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws of both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Current and proposed laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data could result in increased risks of liability or increased cost to us or could limit our service offerings.

The confidentiality, collection, use and disclosure of personal data, including clinical trial patient-specific information, are subject to governmental regulation generally in the country in which the personal data was collected or used. For example, U.S. federal regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and their implementing regulations, including the Privacy and Security Rules, or collectively, HIPAA, generally require individuals’ written authorization, in addition to any required informed consent, before protected health information may be used for research and such regulations specify standards for de-identifications and for limited data sets. We may also be subject to applicable state privacy and security laws and regulations in states in which we operate. Two of our subsidiaries, Medpace Clinical Pharmacology, LLC and C-MARC, LLC, are covered entities under HIPAA. Further, because of amendments to the HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules that were promulgated on January 25, 2013, known as the Omnibus Final Rule, service providers to covered entities under HIPAA, known as business associates, are now directly subject to HIPAA. There are some instances where we may be a HIPAA “business associate” of a “covered entity,” meaning that we may be directly liable for any breaches of protected health information and other HIPAA violations. We are also liable contractually under any business associate agreements we have signed with covered entities. If we are determined to be a business associate, we would be subject to HIPAA’s enforcement scheme, which, as amended, can result in up to $1.5 million in annual civil penalties for each HIPAA violation. A single breach incident can result in multiple violations of the HIPAA standards, meaning that penalties could be in excess of $1.5 million.

HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents for violations. Courts are able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to file suit against us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards

 

34


Table of Contents

have been used as the basis for duty of care cases in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of protected health information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance with the HIPAA privacy and security standards.

In the European Union, or the EU, personal data includes any information that relates to an identified or identifiable natural person with health information carrying additional obligations, including obtaining the explicit consent from the individual for collection, use or disclosure of the information. In addition, we are subject to EU rules with respect to export of such data out of the EU. Such data export rules are constantly changing, for example, following a decision of the European Court of Justice in October 2015, transferring personal data to U.S. companies like us that had certified as a member of the EU-U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid and the other methods to permit transfer are now under review. In February 2016, the European Commission issued the proposed legal texts of the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield, which is intended to replace the U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme. These legal texts are currently under review by the European legislative bodies and it is unclear when they will be approved and when data exports out of the EU will be allowed to take place under the new framework. The United States, the EU and its member states, and other countries where we have operations, such as Singapore and Russia, continue to issue new privacy and data protection rules and regulations that relate to personal data and health information. Failure to comply with certain certification/registration and annual re-certification/registration provisions associated with these data protection and privacy regulations and rules in various jurisdictions, or to resolve any serious privacy or security complaints, could subject us to regulatory sanctions, criminal prosecution or civil liability. Federal, state and foreign governments may propose or have adopted additional legislation governing the collection, possession, use or dissemination of personal data, such as personal health information, and personal financial data as well as security breach notification rules for loss or theft of such data. Additional legislation or regulation of this type might, among other things, require us to implement new security measures and processes or bring within the legislation or regulation de-identified health or other personal data, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to offer some of our services. Additionally, if we violate applicable laws, regulations or duties relating to the use, privacy or security of personal data, we could be subject to civil liability or criminal prosecution, be forced to alter our business practices and suffer reputational harm. The laws in the EU are under reform and from early 2018 onwards, we will be subject to the requirements of the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, because we are processing data in the EU. The GDPR increases the deadline for data breach notifications, imposes additional obligations when we process personal data on behalf of our customers, including in relation to security measures, and increases administrative burdens on companies processing personal data. If we do not comply with our obligations under the GDPR we could be exposed to significant fines of up to 20 million EUR or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher.

The biopharmaceutical industry has a history of patent and other intellectual property litigation, and we might be involved in costly intellectual property lawsuits.

The biopharmaceutical industry has a history of intellectual property litigation, and these lawsuits will likely continue in the future. Accordingly, even without wrongdoing on our part, we may face patent infringement suits by companies that have patents for similar business processes or other suits alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights. Legal proceedings relating to intellectual property could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, regardless of the outcome of the litigation. If we do not prevail in an infringement lawsuit brought against us, we might have to pay substantial damages, and we could be required to stop the infringing activity or obtain a license to use technology on unfavorable terms. Further, our customers could be similarly exposed to intellectual property suits and the resulting economic and operational strain defending such claims could negatively impact such customers’ ability to fund or continue ongoing clinical trials on which we are working.

Actions by regulatory authorities or customers to limit the scope of or withdraw an approved drug, biologic or medical device from the market could result in a loss of revenue.

Government regulators have the authority, after approving a drug, biologic or medical device, to limit its indication for use by requiring additional labeled warnings or to withdraw the product’s approval for its approved indication based on safety or other concerns. Similarly, customers may act to voluntarily limit the availability of approved products or withdraw them from the market after we begin our work. If we are providing services to customers for products that are limited in availability or withdrawn, we may be required to narrow the scope of or terminate our

 

35


Table of Contents

services with respect to such products, which would prevent us from earning the full amount of net service revenue anticipated under the related service contracts.

If we do not keep pace with rapid technological changes, our services may become less competitive or obsolete.

The biopharmaceutical industry generally, and drug development and clinical research more specifically, are subject to rapid technological changes. Our current competitors or other businesses might develop technologies or services that are more effective or commercially attractive than, or render obsolete, our current or future technologies and services. If our competitors introduce superior technologies or services and if we cannot make enhancements to remain competitive, our competitive position would be harmed. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose customers or be unable to attract new customers, which could lead to a decrease in our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Circumstances beyond our control could cause the CRO industry to suffer reputational or other harm that could result in an industry-wide reduction in demand for CRO services, which could harm our business.

Demand for our services may be affected by perceptions of our customers regarding the CRO industry as a whole. For example, other CROs could engage in conduct that could render our customers less willing to do business with us or any CRO. Likewise, a widely reported injury to clinical trial participants could result in negative perceptions of clinical trial activity, thereby adversely impacting our industry. One or more CROs could engage in or fail to detect malfeasance, such as inadequately monitoring sites, producing inaccurate databases or analysis, falsifying patient records, and performing incomplete lab work, or take other actions that would reduce the confidence of our customers in the CRO industry. As a result, the willingness of biopharmaceutical companies to outsource R&D services to CROs could diminish and our business could thus be harmed materially by events outside our control.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations and may otherwise restrict our activities.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of a $60.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility maturing in April 2019 and a $530.0 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility maturing in April 2021. On an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, as of March 31, 2016, we would have had approximately $             million of outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and no borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, we would have had up to $60.0 million of additional borrowing capacity available under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and thus make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. If our cash flow is not sufficient to service our debt and adequately fund our business, we may be required to seek further additional financing or refinancing or dispose of assets. We might not be able to influence any of these alternatives on satisfactory terms or at all. Our substantial indebtedness could also:

 

  n   increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic, industry or competitive developments;

 

  n   require us to dedicate a more substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, investments, acquisitions, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes;

 

  n   limit our ability to make required payments under our existing contractual commitments, including our existing long-term indebtedness;

 

  n   limit our ability to fund a change of control offer;

 

  n   require us to sell certain assets;

 

  n   restrict us from making strategic investments, including acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

  n   limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in market conditions, our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

  n   place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

 

  n   cause us to incur substantial fees from time to time in connection with debt amendments or refinancings;

 

36


Table of Contents
  n   increase our exposure to rising interest rates because a portion of our borrowings is at variable interest rates; and

 

  n   limit our ability to borrow additional funds or to borrow on terms that are satisfactory to us.

For more information about our indebtedness, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may incur more debt and undertake additional obligations. Incurring such debt or undertaking such additional obligations could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition.

Although the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains restrictions on our incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could increase. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the risks to our financial condition would increase.

While the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities also contains restrictions on our ability to make loans and investments, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the investments incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

Covenant restrictions under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities may limit our ability to operate our business.

The agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains covenants that may restrict our ability to, among other things:

 

  n   create, incur or assume any lien upon any of our property, assets or revenue;

 

  n   make or hold certain investments;

 

  n   incur or assume any indebtedness;

 

  n   merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate with or into another person;

 

  n   make certain dispositions of property or other assets (including sale leaseback transactions);

 

  n   declare or make certain restricted payments, including dividends;

 

  n   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

  n   prepay subordinated debt;

 

  n   enter into burdensome agreements;

 

  n   engage in any material line of business substantially different from our currently conducted business; or

 

  n   change our fiscal year.

In addition, if we have drawn greater than 30% of the commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of the last date of any quarter, then we are required to report compliance with a financial covenant that is tested at the end of such quarter. This financial covenant requires us to maintain a funded first lien net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio of less than or equal to 8.00:1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2016 and 7.50:1.00, thereafter. As of March 31, 2016 we maintained a net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio, as defined under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, of 3.11:1.00. As of March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

Although the covenants in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are subject to various exceptions, we cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other activities that may be in our best interest. In addition, in certain circumstances, our long-term debt requires us to maintain a specified financial ratio and satisfy certain financial condition tests, which may require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. If an event of default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities occurs, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In such case, we might not have sufficient funds to repay all the outstanding amounts. In addition, our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by first priority security interests on substantially all of our assets, including the capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries. If an event of default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities occurs, the lenders thereunder could exercise their rights under the related security documents. Any acceleration of amounts due under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the substantial exercise by the lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

 

37


Table of Contents

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

 

  n   our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and

 

  n   the future availability of borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which depends on, among other things, our complying with the covenants in those facilities.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all, and any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due.

Interest rate fluctuations may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Because a substantial portion of our debt is variable-rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates could have a material effect on our business. As a result, we may incur higher interest costs if interest rates increase. These higher interest costs could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the levels of cash we maintain for working capital.

We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could negatively impact our business.

During periods of volatile credit markets, there is risk that any lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including but not limited to: extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or we are unable to borrow (such as having insufficient capacity under our borrowing base), it could be difficult in such environments to obtain sufficient liquidity to meet our operational needs.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering

Cinven and our Chief Executive Officer and founder will collectively control a substantial majority of our outstanding common stock following this offering and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other shareholders.

Upon the completion of this offering, Cinven will own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, through his direct ownership of          shares of our common stock and his beneficial ownership of          shares of our common stock held by MPI, will control approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Accordingly, both Cinven and Dr. Troendle will be able to exert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs and will control all corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, irrespective of how our other shareholders may vote, including:

 

  n   subject to the voting arrangements described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, or the Board;

 

38


Table of Contents
  n   any amendment of our articles of incorporation or bylaws; or

 

  n   the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

Dr. Troendle has indicated an interest in purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. If he were to purchase all of the shares he has indicated an interest in purchasing in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, he would purchase an aggregate of approximately          shares, and as a result the percentage of the outstanding shares of our common stock that he would control directly or through his beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock held by MPI would increase to approximately         % (or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Moreover, Cinven’s and Dr. Troendle’s share ownership may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with controlling shareholders. In addition, we have historically paid an affiliate of Cinven an annual fee for certain advisory and consulting services pursuant to an Advisory Services Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Advisory Fees.” The Advisory Services Agreement will be terminated in connection with the consummation of this offering. In addition, Cinven is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. Cinven may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue, and as a result, the interests of Cinven may not coincide and may even conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

Upon the listing of our common stock on NASDAQ, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

We understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, Cinven and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, intend to enter into a voting agreement, or the Voting Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement, for so long as Cinven and Dr. Troendle collectively hold at least 40% of our outstanding voting shares, or the Voting Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, Cinven will agree to vote its shares of our common stock in favor of the election of Dr. Troendle to our Board (so long as Dr. Troendle remains our Chief Executive Officer) upon his nomination by our Board and Dr. Troendle will agree to vote his shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with Cinven upon their nomination by our Board; provided, that in the event that Cinven holds less than (a) 40% but greater than or equal to 25% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall be required to vote for two directors affiliated with Cinven, after giving effect to the directors then sitting on the Board, (b) 25% but greater than or equal to 10% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall be required to vote for one director affiliated with Cinven, after giving effect to the directors then sitting on the Board and (c) 10% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall not be required to vote for any directors affiliated with Cinven.

Because of the Voting Agreement and the aggregate voting power of Cinven and Dr. Troendle, we are considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

  n   we have a Board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

  n   we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

  n   director nominations be made, or recommended to the full Board, by our independent directors or by a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

After we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with the above-referenced requirements within one year.

 

39


Table of Contents

Following this offering, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. Cinven and Dr. Troendle, however, are not subject to any contractual obligation to retain their controlling interest, except that they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC. Except for this brief period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which Cinven and Dr. Troendle will maintain their ownership of our common stock following the offering. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which we will be able to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemptions.

Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders. These provisions include:

 

  n   authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

 

  n   establishing a classified Board so that not all members of our Board are elected at one time;

 

  n   the removal of directors only for cause;

 

  n   prohibiting the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors;

 

  n   limiting the ability of shareholders to call special meetings or amend our bylaws;

 

  n   requiring all shareholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our shareholders and not by written consent; and

 

  n   establishing advance notice and duration of ownership requirements for nominations for election to the Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings.

These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our shareholders to replace current members of our management team.

In addition, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, to which we are subject, prohibits us, except under specified circumstances, from engaging in any mergers, significant sales of stock or assets or business combinations with any shareholder or group of shareholders who owns at least 15% of our common stock for three years following their becoming the owner of 15% of our common stock.

Cinven and our non-employee directors may acquire interests and positions that could present potential conflicts with our and our shareholders’ interests.

Cinven and our non-employee directors make investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Cinven and our non-employee directors may also pursue, for their own accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities might not be available to us. Our organizational documents contain provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy held by Cinven or by our non-employee directors in corporate opportunities. Accordingly, the interests of Cinven and our non-employee directors may supersede ours, causing Cinven or its affiliates or our non-employee directors and their affiliates to compete against us or to pursue opportunities instead of us, for which we have no recourse. Such actions on the part of Cinven or our non-employee directors and inaction on our part could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Full-time investment professionals of Cinven occupy three seats on our Board. Because Cinven could invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, when conflicts arise between the interests of Cinven and the interests of our shareholders, these directors may not be disinterested.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

The provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive venue in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

Dilution is the difference between the offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. The price you pay for shares of our common stock sold in this offering is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, you may also experience additional dilution, or potential dilution, upon future equity issuances to investors or to our employees and directors under the Plan and any other equity incentive plans we may adopt. As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the stock purchased in this offering in the event of liquidation. See “Dilution.”

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Additionally, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and may need to take additional actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting

 

41


Table of Contents

or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a privately-held company, we were not required to comply with certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur in the recent past, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined under the JOBS Act. In addition, compliance with new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated thereunder, as well as under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC, will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly. For example, the Exchange Act will require us, among other things, to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. We also expect that being a public company and being subject to new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. As such, we expect to incur additional annual expenses of $             million to $             million related to operating as a public company. These factors may therefore strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified members of our Board and adversely affect our operating margins.

Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a publicly traded company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a publicly traded company.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with liquidity.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active market for our common stock might not develop following the consummation of this offering, or if it does develop, might not be maintained. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and might not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you might not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the initial public offering price.

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, has indicated an interest to purchase up to $             million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. To the extent Dr. Troendle is allocated and purchases shares in this offering, such a purchase may reduce the available public float for our shares because Dr. Troendle will be restricted from selling the shares by restrictions under applicable securities laws and contractual agreements described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” As a result, the liquidity of our common stock could be significantly reduced from what it would have been if these shares had been purchased by investors that were not affiliated with us.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated, and are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of shares of our common stock to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of shares of our common stock may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

  n   market conditions in the broader stock market or in the healthcare sector;

 

  n   developments affecting biopharmaceutical companies generally or biopharmaceutical research and development outsourcing;
  n   actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

  n   introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

  n   the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

  n   changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common stock or the stock of other companies in our industries;

 

  n   strategic actions by us, our customers or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

  n   changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

  n   issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations or termination of coverage of our common stock by securities analysts;

 

  n   sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

  n   the granting or exercise of employee stock options;

 

  n   volume of trading in our common stock;

 

  n   additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  n   regulatory or political developments;

 

  n   litigation and governmental investigations;

 

  n   changing economic conditions;

 

  n   defaults on our indebtedness;

 

  n   exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

  n   the other factors listed in this “Risk Factors” section.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for shares of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of shares of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. After this offering, we will have              shares of outstanding common stock (or             if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). In addition, under the Plan, we intend to grant to certain of our employees in

 

43


Table of Contents

connection with this offering equity awards with respect to an aggregate of up to 2% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering. We have not yet determined the allocation of such equity awards among the individuals. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Offering Grants to Employees under the 2016 Incentive Award Plan.” The shares of common stock sold in this offering or issuable pursuant to the equity awards we grant will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except as described in the next paragraph with respect to the lock-up arrangements and for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

We and each of our directors, director nominees, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements.” All of the shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing shareholders following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws.

We also intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the shares of common stock held by Cinven and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, will be eligible for resale, subject to certain limitations set forth therein. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issued or issuable under the Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover              shares of our common stock.

See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

In the future, we may also issue additional securities if we need to raise capital or make acquisitions, which could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may continue to be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under our existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and pay any dividends.

We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than ownership of 100% of the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to our common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and other agreements which may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries might not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to

 

44


Table of Contents

enable us to pay any dividends on our common stock or other obligations. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See “Dividend Policy.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for shares of our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

The JOBS Act provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” it will, among other things:

 

  n   be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;

 

  n   be exempt from the “say on pay” and “say on golden parachute” advisory vote requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

  n   be exempt from certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its executive officers and be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act; and

 

  n   be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We currently intend to take advantage of each of the exemptions described above. We have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after this offering. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock. For additional information about the implications of qualifying as an emerging growth company, see “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

45


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business,” contains forward looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “seek,” “plan,” “should,” “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements. Examples of forward looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding: (i) growth of (a) the CRO market, (b) biopharmaceutical companies’ development expenditures and (c) the percentage of biopharmaceutical clinical development costs that are outsourced to CROs; (ii) the amount of the expected conversion of our backlog to net service revenue; (iii) high-growth therapeutic areas and (iv) the continuous enhancement of our clinical development services and our therapeutic expertise. Forward looking statements are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward looking statements are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward looking statements. We caution you therefore against relying on these forward looking statements.

Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:

 

  n   the potential loss, delay or non-renewal of our contracts, or the non-payment by customers for services we have performed;

 

  n   the failure to convert backlog to revenue at our historical conversion rate;

 

  n   fluctuation in our results between fiscal quarters and years;

 

  n   decreased operating margins due to increased pricing pressure or other pressures;

 

  n   failure to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, government regulations and ethical considerations;

 

  n   the impact of underpricing our contracts, overrunning our cost estimates or failing to receive approval for or experiencing delays with documentation of change orders;

 

  n   our failure to successfully execute our growth strategies;

 

  n   the impact of a failure to retain key personnel or recruit experienced personnel;

 

  n   the risks associated with our information systems infrastructure;

 

  n   our failure to manage our growth effectively;

 

  n   adverse results from customer or therapeutic area concentration;

 

  n   the risks associated with doing business internationally;

 

  n   the risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws;

 

  n   future net losses;

 

  n   the impact of income tax rate fluctuations on operations, earnings and earnings per share;

 

  n   the risks associated with our intercompany transfer pricing policies;

 

  n   our failure to attract suitable investigators and patients for our clinical trials;

 

  n   the liability risks associated with our R&D services;

 

  n   the risks related to our Phase I clinical services;

 

46


Table of Contents
  n   inadequate insurance coverage for our operations and indemnification obligations;

 

  n   fluctuations in exchange rates;

 

  n   the risks related to our relationships with existing or potential customers who are in competition with each other;

 

  n   our failure to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions;

 

  n   potential impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets;

 

  n   our limited ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes;

 

  n   the risks associated with the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste;

 

  n   the failure of third parties to provide us critical support services;

 

  n   our limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

  n   the risks associated with potential future investments in our customers’ businesses or drugs;

 

  n   the impact of a natural disaster or other catastrophic event;

 

  n   negative outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and a reduction in aggregate expenditures and R&D budgets;

 

  n   our inability to compete effectively with other CROs;

 

  n   the impact of healthcare reform;

 

  n   the impact of recent consolidation in the biopharmaceutical industry;

 

  n   failure to comply with federal, state and foreign healthcare laws;

 

  n   the effect of current and proposed laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data;

 

  n   our potential involvement in costly intellectual property lawsuits;

 

  n   actions by regulatory authorities or customers to limit the scope of or withdraw an approved drug, biologic or medical device from the market;

 

  n   failure to keep pace with rapid technological changes;

 

  n   the impact of industry-wide reputational harm to CROs;

 

  n   our ability to fulfill our debt obligations;

 

  n   the risks associated with incurring additional debt or undertaking additional debt obligations;

 

  n   the effect of covenant restrictions under our debt agreements on our ability to operate our business;

 

  n   our inability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness;

 

  n   fluctuations in interest rates;

 

  n   our dependence on our lenders, which may not be able to fund borrowings under their credit commitments, and our inability to borrow; and

 

  n   the other factors set forth in “Risk Factors.”

See “Risk Factors” for a further description of these and other factors. The forward looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. You should not rely upon forward looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as may be required by law.

You should read this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

47


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of shares of             our common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting $              of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. The underwriters may also purchase up to a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us pursuant to their option to purchase additional shares. We estimate that the net proceeds to us, if the underwriters exercise their right to purchase the maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us, will be approximately $            , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting underwriting estimated discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay $             million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility had $378.5 million outstanding (net of an unamortized discount of $1.9 million and unamortized debt issuance costs of $9.7 million) as of March 31, 2016 with a maturity date of April 1, 2021. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a Eurocurrency rate based on LIBOR for U.S. dollar deposits for loans denominated in dollars, EURIBOR for Euro deposits for loans denominated in Euros and the offer rate for any other currencies for loans denominated in such other currencies for the relevant interest period, plus 4.00% per annum if our total net leverage ratio is greater than 4.75:1.00, or 3.75% if our total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.75:1:00; provided that the relevant Eurocurrency rate shall be deemed to be no less than 1.00% per annum; or (b) a base rate, which is defined as the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate on such day plus  12 of 1.00%, (ii) the Prime Lending Rate on such day, (iii) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for Loans denominated in U.S. dollars published on such day for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% and (iv) 2.00%, plus 3.00% per annum if our total net leverage ratio is greater than 4.75:1.00, or 2.75% if our total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.75:1:00; provided that the base rate shall be deemed to be no less than 2.00% per annum. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility without premium or penalty. As of March 31, 2016, the interest applicable on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was the Eurocurrency minimum floor interest rate of 4.75%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $             million, which we intend to use to repay additional borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future and instead intend to retain earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment. However, in the future, subject to the factors described below and our future liquidity and capitalization, we may change this policy and choose to pay dividends.

We are a holding company which does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and may be further restricted by any future indebtedness we or they incur.

In addition, under Delaware law, our Board may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital) or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

Any future determination to declare dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will take into account:

 

  n   restrictions in our debt instruments, including our Senior Secured Credit Facilities;

 

  n   general economic business conditions;

 

  n   our net income, financial condition and results of operations;

 

  n   our capital requirements;

 

  n   our prospects;

 

  n   the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends and make distributions to us;

 

  n   legal restrictions; and

 

  n   such other factors as our Board may deem relevant.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness” for restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization, as of March 31, 2016:

 

  n   on an actual basis; and

 

  n   on an as adjusted basis to give effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and the application of the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this information together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings ‘‘Use of Proceeds,’’ ‘‘Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data’’ and ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.’’

 

 

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2016
(In thousands)    ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(3)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,181     
  

 

 

   

 

Debt:

    

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (1)

     378,457     

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (2)

         
  

 

 

   

 

Total long-term debt, net

     378,457     
  

 

 

   

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 60,000,000 shares authorized, 44,058,055 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     441     

Additional paid-in-capital

     438,969     

Accumulated deficit

     (19,561  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,987  
  

 

 

   

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     417,862     
  

 

 

   

 

Total capitalization

   $ 796,319     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)    This amount is presented net of an unamortized discount of $1.9 million and unamortized debt issuance costs of $9.7 million.

 

(2)    As of March 31, 2016, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities provided for a $60.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, under which we had no borrowings outstanding and $60.0 million of available borrowings.
(3)    Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, additional paid-in capital and total shareholders’ equity by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, additional paid-in capital and total shareholders’ equity by $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

50


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date. Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2016 was $             million, or $             per share of our common stock.

After giving effect to the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2016 would have been $             million, or $             per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (deficit) of $             per share to our existing investors and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) of $             per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of common stock basis:

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

      $                        

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2016 before this offering

   $                           

Increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

As adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by approximately $            , and dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) per share to new investors by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) after the offering would be $             per share, the increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share to existing shareholders would be $             and the dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) per share to new investors would be $             per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus).

The following table summarizes as of March 31, 2016, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by our existing investors and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering:

 

 

 

     SHARES
PURCHASED
    TOTAL
CONSIDERATION
    AVERAGE PRICE
PER SHARE
 
     NUMBER    PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing shareholders

               $                            $               

New investors

               $                            $               
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

               $                            $               
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all shareholders by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase             additional shares of our common stock, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing investors would be     %, and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be     %.

The above discussion and tables are based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and excludes:

 

  n   shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of $     per share; and

 

  n   an additional              shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Plan, including pursuant to equity awards to be granted in connection with this offering, as described in “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Offering Grants to Employees under the 2016 Incentive Award Plan.”

In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and this Offering—If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.”

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, has indicated an interest to purchase up to $                 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, this existing shareholder may determine to increase or reduce the amount of his indication of interest, or otherwise elect not to purchase any shares. It is also possible that the number of shares, if any, allocated to this shareholder in the offering may be smaller than the amount of his indication of interest. Any allocation of shares in the offering to this existing shareholder will be made at our direction.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated historical financial and other data for the periods ending on and as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor) and December 31, 2015 (Successor) and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods.

The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transaction and the period succeeding the Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of Medpace Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor period and Successor period.

The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. You should read the information set forth below together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  

(In thousands, except per share data)

  THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1,

2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Service revenue, net

  $ 87,800      $ 76,030      $ 320,101      $ 219,791      $ 70,250      $ 244,270   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

    11,786        7,003        38,958        28,708        7,679        28,620   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    99,586        83,033        359,059        248,499        77,929        272,890   

Operating expenses:

             

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

    46,981        39,125        163,707        117,550        38,759        119,779   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

    11,786        7,003        38,958        28,708        7,679        28,620   

Selling, general and administrative

    13,509        11,742        56,998        29,465        10,203        35,109   

Acquisition and integration

                         9,297        12,420          

Impairment of goodwill

                  9,313                        

Depreciation

    1,773        1,573        6,379        4,610        1,832        6,665   

Amortization

    12,668        17,201        63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    86,717        76,644        338,497        246,052        76,092        214,027   
 

Income from operations

    12,869        6,389        20,562        2,447        1,837        58,863   

Other (expense) income, net:

             

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

    (935     (976     (1,133     (301     1,213        (1,718

Interest expense, net

    (5,973     (7,073     (27,259     (23,185     (3,272     (18,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (6,908     (8,049     (28,392     (23,486     (2,059     (19,718
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    5,961        (1,660     (7,830     (21,039     (222     39,145   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    2,513        (1,601     843        (6,703     1,014        14,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,448      $ (59   $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  

(In thousands, except per share data)

  THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1,

2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

             

Basic

  $ 0.08      $ (0.00   $ (0.20   $ (0.34   $ (0.05   $ 0.99   

Diluted

  $ 0.08      $ (0.00   $ (0.20   $ (0.34   $ (0.05   $ 0.95   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    44,044        41,808        42,317        41,673        25,047        25,204   

Diluted

    44,044        41,808        42,317        41,673        25,047        26,150   
 

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 12,721      $ 4,795      $ 84,117      $ 62,539      $ 12,807      $ 98,142   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,424     (685     (6,432     (907,640     (827     (4,472

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (380     (30,293     (116,489     900,171        (17,968     (95,851

 

 

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
(In thousands)   THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
APRIL 1,
2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER
31, 2014
    THREE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Other Financial Data:

             

EBITDA (1)

  $ 26,375      $ 24,187      $ 88,950      $ 63,178      $ 10,081      $ 87,664   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    25,759        23,447        101,216        70,450        21,710        85,409   

Adjusted net income (1)

    11,552        10,809        40,445        26,685        9,715        41,407   

Free Cash Flow (1)

    8,896        3,881        76,360        57,030        11,552        93,581   

Backlog (at period end) (2)

    448,123        405,850        429,659        394,023        386,047        359,341   

Net new business awards (3)

    106,370        91,112        359,538        231,918        97,220        291,577  
           
                                                 
       
(In thousands)   AS OF
MARCH
31, 2016
    AS OF
DECEMBER
31, 2015
    AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
2014
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 24,181      $ 14,880      $ 54,285   

Restricted cash

    2,761        2,857        1,104   

Accounts receivable billed, net and unbilled services:

    75,006        65,088        65,248   

Working capital

    (24,067     (39,296     (319

Total assets

    993,996        984,041        1,096,912   

Total long-term debt, net

    378,457        377,882        491,518   

Total liabilities

    576,134        570,567        694,942   

Total shareholders’ equity

    417,862        413,474        401,970   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    993,996        984,041        1,096,912   

 

 

(1)    We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are measures used by management to assess operating performance. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are not presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, are not measures of financial condition or profitability and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or net cash provided by operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as applicable, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual non-recurring items. Management uses EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow or comparable metrics:

 

  n   as a measurement used in evaluating our operating performance on a consistent basis;

 

54


Table of Contents
  n   as a consideration to assess incentive compensation for our employees;

 

  n   for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget; and

 

  n   to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our operational strategies.

We believe that the inclusion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus is useful to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash and non-recurring items. While we believe these financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors, because not all companies use identical calculations, this presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and should not be considered as an alternative to performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA is calculated as net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc. before income tax expense, interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization with Adjusted EBITDA being further adjusted for unusual and other items reflected in the reconciliation table below. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by usual or non-recurring items.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n   they do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

  n   they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n   they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  n   although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

  n   they do not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

  n   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the non-cash component of certain stock based awards related to fair value adjustments and unusual non-recurring stock awards;

 

  n   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations, as discussed in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus; and

 

  n   other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally.

We utilize Free Cash Flow as a measure of profitability and an assessment of our ability to generate cash. Free Cash Flow is a commonly utilized metric that companies provide to investors, although the calculation of Free Cash Flow may not be comparable to other similarly titled metrics of other companies and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures and the principal portion of payments related to campus leases classified for accounting purposes as deemed landlord liabilities.

Adjusted Net Income measures our operating performance by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc. to include cash expenditures related to rental payments on leases classified for accounting purposes as deemed landlord liabilities, and exclude amortization expense, certain stock based compensation award non-cash expenses, certain litigation expenses, deferred financing fees and certain other non-recurring items. Management uses this measure to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business, but includes certain items such as depreciation, interest expense and tax expense, which are otherwise excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. We believe the presentation of Adjusted Net Income enhances our investors’ overall understanding of the financial performance and cash flow of our business. You should not consider Adjusted Net Income as an alternative to net income (loss) attributable to Medpace Holdings, Inc., determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as an indicator of operating performance.

 

55


Table of Contents

See the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for our U.S. GAAP results. Set forth below are the reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow to our closest reported U.S. GAAP measures.

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
(In thousands)   THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

             

Net income (loss) as reported

  $ 3,448      $ (59   $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   

Interest expense, net

    5,973        7,073        27,259        23,185        3,272        18,000   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    2,513        (1,601     843        (6,703     1,014        14,301   

Depreciation

    1,773        1,573        6,379        4,610        1,832        6,665   

Amortization

    12,668        17,201        63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    26,375        24,187        88,950        63,178        10,081        87,664   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense: liability awards mark-to-market and CEO award (a)

           173        9,780                        

Private equity transaction related cost (b)

                         9,297        12,420          

Corporate campus lease payments (c)

    (930     (930     (3,720     (2,773     (918     (3,635

Litigation matters (d)

           17        (3,107     748        127        1,380   

Impairment of goodwill

                  9,313                        

Other transaction expenses (e)

    314                                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 25,759      $ 23,447      $ 101,216      $ 70,450      $ 21,710      $ 85,409   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income:

             

Net income (loss) as reported

  $ 3,448      $ (59   $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   

Amortization

    12,668        17,201        63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   

Stock compensation expense: liability awards mark-to-market and CEO award (a)

           173        9,780                        

Private equity transaction related cost (b)

                         9,297        12,420          

Corporate campus lease payments—principal portion (c)

    (369     (229     (1,292     (1,284     (165       

Litigation matters (d)

           17        (3,107     748        127        1,380   

Impairment of goodwill

                  9,313                        

Deferred financing fees (e)

    672        655        2,687        2,064        371        1,918   

Other transaction expenses (f)

    314                                      

Income tax effect of adjustments (39.0%)

    (5,181     (6,949     (31,405     (26,226     (7,001     (10,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 11,552      $ 10,809      $ 40,445      $ 26,685      $ 9,715      $ 41,407   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow:

             

Cash flow provided by operating activities

  $ 12,721      $ 4,795      $ 84,117      $ 62,539      $ 12,807      $ 98,142   

Less: Capital expenditures

    (3,456     (685     (6,465     (4,225     (1,090     (4,561

Less: Corporate campus lease payments—principal portion (c)

    (369     (229     (1,292     (1,284     (165       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow

  $ 8,896      $ 3,881      $ 76,360      $ 57,030      $ 11,552      $ 93,581   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)    Consists of period end mark-to-market fair value adjustments associated with liability classified awards and the impact of a one-time stock based compensation award to our Chief Executive Officer and founder. Future stock based awards activity is expected to be classified as equity for accounting purposes and will not be subject to period ending fair value adjustments.

 

  (b)    Represents attorney fees, advisory fees and other professional service fees incurred in connection with the Transaction.

 

  (c)    Represents cash rental payments on two corporate headquarter buildings that are accounted for as deemed assets and subject to depreciation expense over the life of the lease. Payments made for these leases are accounted for with a principal portion and an interest portion, consistent with deemed landlord liability accounting. For purposes of Free Cash Flow, the interest portion of these payments is included in net cash provided by operating activities in our statement of cash flows. The principal portion is reflected as a financing activity in our statement of cash flows. These adjustments for purposes of arriving at Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have the effect of presenting these leases consistently with all other office lease rentals that we have globally.

 

  (d)    Represents non-recurring costs and recovery related to a customer bad debt and non-recurring expenses related to the settlement of an employment related matter.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

  (e)   Represents amortization of the discount and issuance costs deferred on the consolidated balance sheet associated with the issuance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility.
  (f)    Represents advisory costs and other fees related to this offering.

 

(2)    Backlog represents anticipated future net service revenue from net new business awards that have not commenced or are currently in process but not complete. However, because the contracts included in our backlog are generally terminable without cause, we do not believe that our backlog as of any date is necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results.

 

(3)    Net new business awards are new business awards net of award modifications and cancellations that had previously been recognized in backlog during the period. New business awards represent the value of anticipated future net service revenue that has been awarded during the period that is recognized in backlog. This value is recognized upon the signing of a contract or receipt of a written pre-contract confirmation from a customer that confirms an agreement in principle on budget and scope. New business awards also include contract amendments, or changes in scope, where the customer has provided written authorization for changes in budget and scope or has approved us to perform additional work as of the measurement date. Awards may not be recognized as backlog after consideration of a number of factors, including whether (i) the relevant net service revenue is expected only after a pending regulatory hurdle, which might result in cancellation of the study, (ii) the customer funding needed for commencement of the study is not believed to have been secured or (iii) study timelines are uncertain or not well defined. In addition, study amounts that extend beyond a three-year timeline are not included in backlog. The number and amount of new business awards can vary significantly from period to period, and an award’s contractual duration can range from several months to several years based on customer and project specifications.

 

57


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward looking statements related to future events and our future financial performance that are based on current expectations and subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following discussion and analysis presents operations and cash flows for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transaction (as defined below) and the period succeeding the Transaction, respectively. References to the “Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014” refer to the period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and references to the “Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014” refer to the period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014. The Company refers to the operations of Medpace Holdings., Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor period and Successor period.

Business Overview

We are one of the world’s leading clinical contract research organizations, or CROs, by revenue, solely focused on providing scientifically-driven outsourced clinical development services to the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Our mission is to accelerate the global development of safe and effective medical therapeutics. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors by our disciplined operating model centered on providing full-service Phase I-IV clinical development services and our therapeutic expertise. We believe this combination results in timely and cost-effective delivery of clinical development services for our customers. We believe that we are a partner of choice for small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies based on our ability to consistently utilize our full-service, disciplined operating model to deliver timely and high-quality results for our customers. Accordingly, we believe we are well positioned to continue to expand our market share and sustain margins in the growing $23 billion overall Phase I-IV CRO market.

We focus on conducting clinical trials across all major therapeutic areas, with particular strength in Cardiology, Metabolic Disease, Oncology, Endocrinology, Central Nervous System, or CNS, Anti-Viral and Anti-Infective, or AVAI, as well as therapeutic expertise in Medical Devices. Our global platform includes approximately 2,200 employees across 35 countries, providing our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations and local regulatory expertise and market knowledge.

Our History

We were founded in 1992 as a Phase II-IV-focused CRO with a strong, scientifically-driven and disciplined operating model, and we continue today as a founder-led enterprise. Throughout our 24-year history, we have grown almost exclusively organically, with our core founding members having been integrally involved in developing and instilling our differentiated culture and operating philosophy across our company.

In April 2014, investment funds managed by Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited, or Cinven, a private equity firm, acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc., or Medpace IntermediateCo, for an aggregate purchase price of $921.3 million. In connection with the acquisition, certain employees of the Company, through Medpace Investors, LLC, or MPI, agreed to contribute shares held in Medpace IntermediateCo in exchange for a percentage stake in Medpace Holdings, Inc. We refer to these transactions collectively, as the “Transaction.” Immediately following the Transaction, Cinven and MPI owned approximately 75% and 25%, respectively, of Medpace Holdings, Inc. For an overview of our ownership structure following this offering, see “Prospectus Summary—Our Structure.”

Prior to the Transaction, CCMP Capital, or CCMP, a private equity firm, held 80% of our equity interests and the noncontrolling interests were held by certain current and former members of management, along with former members of the board of directors of Medpace, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. As of the Transaction date, our consolidated financial statements reflect the allocation of the $921.3 million purchase price to the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets of $306.3 million, and liabilities assumed based on fair values at the date of the Transaction. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed amounted to $670.3 million, which was recorded as goodwill. Transaction related costs, including attorney fees, advisory fees and other professional service fees related to the Transaction, were $9.3 million, including $3.3 million related to success based advisory fees, for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $12.4 million, including $10.1 million related to success based advisory fees, for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014.

How We Generate Revenue

Our revenue consists of net service revenue and reimbursed-out-of-pocket revenue.

Net Service Revenue

We earn customer fees through the performance of services detailed in our customer contracts. Contract scope and pricing is typically based on either a fixed-fee or unit-of-service model and our contracts can range in duration from a few months to several years. These contracts are individually priced and negotiated based on the anticipated project scope, including the complexity of the project and the performance risks inherent in the project. The majority of our contracts are structured with an upfront fee that is collected at the time of contract signing, and the balance of the fee is collected over the duration of the contract either through an arranged billing schedule or upon completion of certain performance targets or defined milestones. This payment structure is standard in the CRO industry.

Net service revenue, which is distinct from billing and cash receipt, is generally recognized based on the proportional performance methodology, which is determined by assessing the proportion of performance completed or delivered to date compared to total specific measures to be delivered or completed under the terms of the contract. The measures utilized to assess performance are specific to the service provided. Net service revenue for unit-of-service contracts is recognized as services are performed or delivered. Cancellation provisions in our contracts allow our customers to terminate a contract either immediately or according to advance notice terms specified within the applicable contract, which is typically 30 days. Contract cancellation may occur for various reasons, including, but not limited to, adverse patient reactions, lack of efficacy or inadequate patient enrollment. Upon cancellation, we are entitled to fees for services rendered through the date of termination, including payment for subsequent services necessary to conclude the study or close out the contract. These fees are typically subject to negotiation and are realized as net service revenue when collection is reasonably assured. Changes in net service revenue from period to period are driven primarily by new business volume and task order execution activity, project cancellations, and the mix of active studies during a given period that can vary based on therapeutic and or study life cycle stage.

Reimbursed Out-of-Pocket Revenue

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue consists primarily of expenses we incur in relation to projects that are reimbursed by our customers with no profit or mark-up. These expenses are defined in our contracts and generally include, but are not limited to, travel, meetings, printing and shipping and handling fees. Such reimbursements received are included in revenue with the expenditures reflected as a separate component of operating expense. Certain fees paid to investigators and other disbursements in which we act as an agent on behalf of the study sponsor are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations with no resulting effect on our revenue or expenses.

Costs and Expenses

Our costs and expenses are comprised primarily of our direct costs, selling, general and administrative costs, depreciation and amortization and income taxes. In addition, as noted above, we also have reimbursed out-of-pocket expenditures that are directly offset by our reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue.

Direct Costs, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization are primarily driven by labor and related employee benefits, but also include laboratory supplies and other expenses contributing to service delivery. The other costs of service delivery can include office rent, utilities, supplies and software license expenses, which are allocated between direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization and selling, general and administrative expenses based on the estimated contribution among service delivery and support function efforts on a percentage basis. Direct costs,

 

59


Table of Contents

excluding depreciation and amortization exclude reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses. Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization are expensed as incurred and are not deferred in anticipation of contracts being awarded or finalization of changes in scope. Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percentage of net service revenue can vary from period to period due to project labor efficiencies, changes in workforce, compensation/bonus programs and service mix.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses are primarily driven by compensation and related employee benefits, as well as rent, utilities, supplies, software licenses, professional fees (e.g., legal and accounting expenses), travel, marketing and other operating expenses.

Depreciation

Depreciation is provided on our property and equipment on the straight-line method at rates adequate to allocate the cost of the applicable assets over their estimated useful lives, which is three to five years for computer hardware, software, phone and medical imaging equipment, five to seven years for furniture and fixtures and other equipment, and thirty to forty years for buildings. Leasehold improvements and deemed assets from landlord building construction are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the associated remaining lease term.

Amortization

Amortization relates to finite-lived intangible assets recognized as expense using the straight-line method or using an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which range in term from 17 months to 15 years.

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

Income tax provision (benefit) consists of federal, state and local taxes on income in multiple jurisdictions. Our income tax is impacted by the pre-tax earnings in jurisdictions with varying tax rates and any related tax credits that may be available to us. Our current and future provision for income taxes will vary from statutory rates due to the impact of valuation allowances in certain countries, income tax incentives, certain non-deductible expenses and other discrete items.

Key Performance Metrics

To evaluate the performance of our business, we utilize a variety of financial and performance metrics. These key measures include new business awards, cancellations and backlog.

New Business Awards, Cancellations and Backlog

New business awards represent the value of anticipated future net service revenue that has been awarded during the period that is recognized in backlog. This value is recognized upon the signing of a contract or receipt of a written pre-contract confirmation from a customer that confirms an agreement in principle on budget and scope. New business awards also include contract amendments, or changes in scope, where the customer has provided written authorization for changes in budget and scope or has approved us to perform additional work as of the measurement date. Awards may not be recognized as backlog after consideration of a number of factors, including whether (i) the relevant net service revenue is expected only after a pending regulatory hurdle, which might result in cancellation of the study, (ii) the customer funding needed for commencement of the study is not believed to have been secured or (iii) study timelines are uncertain or not well defined. In addition, study amounts that extend beyond a three-year timeline are not included in backlog. The number and amount of new business awards can vary significantly from period to period, and an award’s contractual duration can range from several months to several years based on customer and project specifications.

Cancellations arise in the normal course of business and are reflected when we receive written confirmation from the customer to cease work on a contractual agreement. The majority of our customers can terminate our contracts without cause upon 30 days’ notice. Similar to new business awards, the number and amount of cancellations can vary significantly period over period due to timing of customer correspondence and study-specific circumstances. Total cancellations in a period are offset against gross new business awards received in a period to determine net new business awards in our backlog calculation. Our average quarterly cancellation rates as a percentage of the beginning of the period backlog were 4.5% and 3.7% for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively, and 3.2% for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, 3.3% for the Successor nine month period ended December 2014, 2.5% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 2014 and 3.7% for the Predecessor year ended December 2013.

 

60


Table of Contents

Net new business awards were $106.4 million and $91.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Net new business awards were $359.5 million, $329.1 million (of which $231.9 million related to the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $97.2 million related to the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014), and $291.6 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the combined Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

Backlog represents anticipated future net service revenue from net new business awards that have not commenced or are currently in process but not complete. Reported backlog will fluctuate based on new business awards, changes in the scope of existing contracts, cancellations, revenue recognition on existing contracts and foreign exchange adjustments from non-U.S. dollar denominated backlog. As of March 31, 2016, our backlog increased by $42.3 million, or 10.4%, to $448.1 million compared to $405.9 million as of March 31, 2015. Our backlog increased by $35.6 million, or 9.0%, to $429.7 million as of December 31, 2015, compared to $394.0 million as of December 31, 2014. Our backlog increased by $34.7 million, or 9.7%, to $394.0 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $359.3 million as of December 31, 2013. Included within backlog as of March 31, 2016 was approximately $227.5 million to $237.5 million that we expect to convert to net service revenue in 2016, with the remainder expected to convert to net service revenue in years after 2016.

The effect of foreign currency adjustments on backlog was as follows: no net currency adjustments for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, unfavorable foreign currency adjustments of $3.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015, unfavorable foreign currency adjustments of $3.6 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015; unfavorable foreign currency adjustments of $3.4 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 2014; no net currency adjustments for the Predecessor three month period ended March 2014; and foreign currency adjustments of $0.2 million for the Predecessor year ended December 2013.

Backlog and net new business award metrics may not be reliable indicators of our future period revenue as they are subject to a variety of factors that may cause material fluctuations from period to period. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in the scope of projects, cancellations and duration and timing of services provided.

Exchange Rate Fluctuations

The majority of our contracts and operational transactions are U.S. dollar denominated. The Euro represents the largest foreign currency denomination of our contractual and operational exposure. As a result, a portion of our revenue and expenses are subject to exchange rate fluctuations. We have translated the Euro into U.S. dollars using the following average exchange rates based on data obtained from www.xe.com:

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1,

2014 THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
         THREE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014 THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

U.S. dollars per Euro

    1.10        1.11        1.10        1.31            1.37        1.33   

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the Successor three months ended  March 31, 2015

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR              
(In thousands, except percentages)    THREE
MONTHS

ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS

ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    CHANGE     %
CHANGE
 

Service revenue, net

   $ 87,800      $ 76,030      $ 11,770        15.5

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

     11,786        7,003        4,783        68.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     99,586        83,033        16,553        19.9

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

     46,981        39,125        7,856        20.1

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

     11,786        7,003        4,783        68.3

Selling, general and administrative

     13,509        11,742        1,767        15.0

Depreciation

     1,773        1,573        200        12.7

Amortization

     12,668        17,201        (4,533     -26.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     86,717        76,644        10,073        13.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     12,869        6,389        6,480        101.4

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

     (935     (976     41        -4.2

Interest Expense, net

     (5,973     (7,073     1,100        -15.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     5,961        (1,660     7,621        -459.1

Income tax provision (benefit)

     2,513        (1,601     4,114        -257.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,448      $ (59   $ 3,507        -5944.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Net service revenue and Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

Net service revenue was $87.8 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $76.0 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. Contributing to the $11.8 million growth in net service revenue was an increase in the number of active projects. On average, we converted 20.4% of our beginning of the quarter backlog to revenue in the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to 19.3% of our beginning of the quarter backlog to revenue in the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015.

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue was $11.8 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $7.0 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenues fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout, and these changes do not necessarily correlate to changes in net service revenue. The reimbursements were offset by an equal amount of reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses.

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization and Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization were $47.0 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $39.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The $7.9 million increase was primarily attributable to increases in salaries and wages of $4.7 million related to additional headcount.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $13.5 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $11.7 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The $1.8 million increase was primarily attributable to increases in salaries and wages of $1.5 million related to additional headcount in business support functions.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $14.4 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $18.8 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The $4.3 million decrease in

 

62


Table of Contents

depreciation and amortization was primarily related to a decrease in amortization related to definite lived intangible assets. Certain intangible assets acquired as part of the Transaction have relatively short useful lives and are amortized based on an accelerated methodology in line with the timing for which we realize the benefit of the assets. The expiration of the useful life of the definite lived intangible asset related to backlog and the effect of the accelerated amortization of the definite lived intangible asset related to customer relationship assets drove the decrease in depreciation and amortization.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net was $6.0 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $7.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The $1.1 million decrease in interest expense, net was related to the average lower outstanding balance under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (as defined below) in the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015, as $85.0 million of principal payments were applied to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

Income tax provision (benefit)

Income tax provision was $2.5 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to an income tax benefit of $1.6 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The overall effective tax rate for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 was 42.2% compared to a 96.4% for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The change in effective tax rate was primarily due to the notable increase in projected pre-tax book income for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 coupled with relatively consistent year over year rate reconciliation drivers.

 

63


Table of Contents

Successor year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the Successor nine month period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR     CHANGE     %
CHANGE
 
(In thousands, except percentages)    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     THREE
MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
     

Service revenue, net

   $ 320,101      $ 219,791       $ 70,250      $ 30,060        10.4

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

     38,958        28,708         7,679        2,571        7.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     359,059        248,499         77,929        32,631        10.0

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

     163,707        117,550         38,759        7,398        4.7

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

     38,958        28,708         7,679        2,571        7.1

Selling, general and administrative

     56,998        29,465         10,203        17,330        43.7

Acquisition and integration

            9,297         12,420        (21,717     -100.0

Impairment of goodwill

     9,313                       9,313          

Depreciation

     6,379        4,610         1,832        (63     -1.0

Amortization

     63,142        56,422         5,199        1,521        2.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     338,497        246,052         76,092        16,353        5.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     20,562        2,447         1,837        16,278        380.0

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

     (1,133     (301      1,213        (2,045     -224.2

Interest expense, net

     (27,259     (23,185      (3,272     (802     3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (7,830     (21,039      (222     13,431        -63.2

Income tax provision (benefit)

     843        (6,703      1,014        6,532        -114.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (8,673   $ (14,336    $ (1,236   $ 6,899        -44.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Net service revenue and Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

Net service revenue was $320.1 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $219.8 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, and $70.3 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. Contributing to growth in net service revenue in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 was a larger number of active projects. On average, we converted 19.7% of our beginning of the quarter backlog to revenue each quarter during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015. In comparison, we converted an average of 18.7% and 19.6% of our beginning of quarter backlog to revenue each quarter during the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue was $39.0 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, $28.7 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $7.7 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenues fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout, and these changes do not necessarily correlate to changes in net service revenue. The reimbursements were offset by an equal amount of reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses.

 

64


Table of Contents

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization and Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization were $163.7 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $117.6 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $38.8 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The increase for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of an increase in revenue generating headcount from December 31, 2014 to support our increased project activity and new business awards.

While direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, they decreased to 51.1% of net service revenue, from 53.5% of net service revenue in the Successor nine months period ended December 31, 2014 and 55.2% of net service revenue for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2015. An increase in headcount drove salaries, wages and other employee related direct costs to $119.8 million, or 37.4%, of net service revenue, from $86.8 million, or 39.5% of net service revenue, in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, and $25.7 million, or 36.6% of net service revenue, in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. In addition, stock based compensation expense recognized in direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $9.2 million, or 2.9% of net service revenue, in the Successor year ended 2015, compared to $4.4 million, or 2.0% of net service revenue, in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $5.4 million, or 7.7% of net service revenue, in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. Stock based compensation expense was elevated in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 as a result of the acceleration of stock option vesting that occurred in advance of the Transaction.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $57.0 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $29.5 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, and $10.2 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The increase for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to $13.1 million of stock based compensation expense related to the issuance of new stock based awards granted to select management personnel, recurring and accelerated amortization of previously granted restricted share awards, and the impact of mark-to-market expense adjustments due to an increase in the fair value of liability classified stock based awards. Stock based compensation expense was $1.0 million and $1.9 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 17.8% of net service revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 13.4% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, and 14.5% of net service revenue for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net service revenue was primarily related to the aforementioned increase in stock based compensation expense to 4.1% of net service revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.5% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and 2.7% of net service revenue for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. Further contributing to this increase as a percentage of net service revenue were higher salaries and wages. Salaries and wages as a percentage of net service revenue were 7.4% for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 5.6% and 5.5% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Salaries and wages grew at a higher percentage than net service revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 as we continued to hire both sales force and administrative personnel in anticipation of future growth. Offsetting the increase in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net service revenue were bad debt recoveries and gains on litigation matters of $2.7 million, or 0.9% of net service revenue, for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to bad debt expense and litigation losses of $2.2 million, or 1.0% of net service revenue, for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014.

 

65


Table of Contents

Acquisition and integration expenses

There were no acquisition and integration expenses for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015. Acquisition and integration expenses were $9.3 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $12.4 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2015. These expenses included attorney fees, advisory fees and other professional service fees related to the Transaction.

Impairment of goodwill

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we determined that the fair value of our Clinics reporting unit did not exceed its carrying value resulting in a $9.3 million impairment of goodwill. This impairment was identified during the annual impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2015 when we updated our forecasted discounted cash flows to reflect operating results that lagged prior forecasted results.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $69.5 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $61.0 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $7.0 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily related to the amortization expense associated with the Transaction in which $274.7 million in finite-lived intangible assets that were identified and capitalized as part of the Transaction. Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of net service revenue, decreased to 21.7% in the Successor year ended 2015, compared to 27.8% for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014. This decrease primarily related to the accelerated amortization methodology of our backlog and customer relationship intangibles. Within the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of net service revenue increased to 27.8% from 10.0%, respectively. This increase was the result of the capitalization and amortization of the finite-lived intangible assets identified as part of the Transaction

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net was $1.1 million of expense for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $0.3 million of expense for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $1.2 million of income for the Predecessor three month period ended December 31, 2014. Changes are mainly attributable to foreign exchange gains or losses that arise in connection with the revaluation of short-term inter-company balances between our domestic and international subsidiaries, and gains or losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement of third-party accounts receivables and payables denominated in a currency other than the local currency of the entity making the payment.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net was $27.3 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $23.2 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $3.3 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. Interest expense, net was 8.5% of net service revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 10.5% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and 4.7% of net service revenue for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The change in interest expense, net was primarily attributed to the average lower outstanding balance under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (as defined below) in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, as $116.1 million of principal payments were applied to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility throughout the year. For the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, compared to the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, the increase in interest expense, net was related to entering into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined below) to finance a portion of the Transaction, which increased outstanding debt, net from $143.7 million (that was paid in full at the Transaction date) to $530.0 million as of April 1, 2014.

Income tax provision (benefit)

Income tax provision was $0.8 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, compared to a benefit of $6.7 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and a provision of $1.0 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014.

 

66


Table of Contents

The effective tax rate for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 was negative 10.8%, compared to 31.8% for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014. This change in the effective tax rates was primarily the result of higher non-deductible expenses in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015. The nondeductible expenses for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 included goodwill impairment and stock based compensation expense resulting from the vesting of stock based awards for foreign employees and an increase of domestic and foreign uncertain tax positions in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015. In the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Company experienced significant nondeductible transaction costs resulting from the Transaction. Although both periods experienced high levels of nondeductible expenses, the total nondeductible expenses related to the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 exceeded nondeductible expenses incurred in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014.

The effective tax rate for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 was 31.8%, compared to negative 456.1% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The change in the effective tax rates between the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets relating to a capital loss that was recorded in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 due to the sale of an investment. The valuation allowance was recorded in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 because the Company did not anticipate generating capital gains that could be used to offset the capital loss. Another contributing factor was non-deductible stock based compensation expense recorded for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 resulting from the acceleration of vesting of stock based awards for foreign employees that occurred prior to the Transaction.

Successor nine month period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 compared to the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR     CHANGE     %
CHANGE
 
(In thousands, except percentages)    NINE MONTH
PERIOD
FROM APRIL 1,
2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     THREE
MONTH
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
     

Service revenue, net

   $ 219,791       $ 70,250      $ 244,270      $ 45,771        18.7

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

     28,708         7,679        28,620        7,767        27.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     248,499         77,929        272,890        53,538        19.6

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

     117,550         38,759        119,779        36,530        30.5

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

     28,708         7,679        28,620        7,767        27.1

Selling, general and administrative

     29,465         10,203        35,109        4,559        13.0

Acquisition and integration

     9,297         12,420               21,717          

Impairment of goodwill

                                    

Depreciation

     4,610         1,832        6,665        (223     -3.3

Amortization

     56,422         5,199        23,854        37,767        158.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     246,052         76,092        214,027        108,117        50.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     2,447         1,837        58,863        (54,579     -92.7

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

     (301      1,213        (1,718     2,630        -153.1

Interest expense, net

     (23,185      (3,272     (18,000     (8,457     47.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (21,039      (222     39,145        (60,406     -154.3

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (6,703      1,014        14,301        (19,990     -139.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (14,336    $ (1,236   $ 24,844      $ (40,146     -162.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Net service revenue and Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

Net service revenue was $219.8 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $70.3 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $244.3 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. Results in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, compared to the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 benefitted from a larger number of overall active projects. Compared to the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 also benefitted from more active projects, combined with relatively low project cancellations. Average quarterly backlog conversion was 18.7% for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and 19.6% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to 18.7% for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue was $28.7 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, $7.7 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and $28.6 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenues fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and these changes do not necessarily correlate to changes in net service revenue. The reimbursements were offset by an equal amount of reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses.

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization and Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, were $117.6 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $38.8 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $119.8 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The increase for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and three month period ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to an increase in revenue generating headcount from the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 to support higher project activity and new business awards. Additionally, stock based compensation increased to $4.4 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $5.4 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $0.6 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in stock based compensation was primarily driven by the acceleration of stock option vesting that occurred in advance of the Transaction and new stock based awards issued subsequent to the Transaction.

As a percentage of net service revenue, direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased to 53.5% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and 55.2% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to 49.0% for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The primary driver of the increase as a percentage of net service revenue was the aforementioned higher stock based compensation. As a percentage of net service revenue stock based compensation was 2.0% and 7.7% for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively, compared to 0.3% for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $29.5 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $10.2 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $35.1 for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to higher litigation costs resulting from a certain customer bad debt and an employee matter, representing $1.8 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $0.0 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $0.0 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. Further increasing selling, general and administrative expenses was higher employee stock based compensation expense of $1.0 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 for stock based awards issued after the Transaction and $1.9 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 due to the aforementioned acceleration of stock option vesting that occurred immediately prior to the Transaction, compared to $1.4 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net service revenue were 13.4% for the for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and 14.5% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to 14.4% for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. Growth of net service

 

68


Table of Contents

revenue over for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 outpaced the corresponding period increases to selling, general and administrative salary and wage growth, causing the decrease as a percent of net service revenue, compared to the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Acquisition and integration expenses

Acquisition and integration expenses were $9.3 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $12.4 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 related to the Transaction. There were no acquisition and integration expenses for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The expenses in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 include attorney fees, advisory fees and other professional service fees related to the Transaction.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $61.0 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $7.0 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $30.5 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily related to the Transaction in which $274.7 million in finite-lived intangible assets were identified and capitalized as part of the purchase accounting adjustments as of April 1, 2014. The gross carrying value of finite-lived intangible assets prior to the transaction date was $181.7 million. The additional capitalized intangible assets caused depreciation and amortization expense to be 27.8% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and 10.0% of net service revenue for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to 12.5% of net service revenue for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense in the Successor period ended December 31, 2014 is further driven by certain intangible assets, such as backlog and customer relationships that have an accelerated amortization that aligns to the time period over which cash flows of each respective intangible asset is generated.

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net was $0.3 million of expense for the Successor nine month period and $1.2 million of income for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $1.7 million of expense in the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. Changes in miscellaneous (expense) income, net were mainly attributed to foreign exchange gains or losses that arise in connection with the revaluation of short-term inter-company balances between our domestic and international subsidiaries, and gains or losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement of third-party accounts receivables and payables denominated in a currency other than the local currency of the entity making the payment.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net was $23.2 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $3.3 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to $18.0 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. Interest expense, net was 10.5% of net service revenue for the Successor nine month period December 31, 2014 and 4.7% of net service revenue for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, compared to 7.4% of net service revenue for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in interest expense, net in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 was related to entering into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to finance a portion of the Transaction, which increased outstanding debt, net from $143.7 million (that was paid in full at the Transaction date) in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, to $530.0 million as of December 31, 2014.

Income tax provision (benefit)

We had an income tax benefit of $6.7 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, compared to a provision of $1.0 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, and a provision of $14.3 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

The effective tax rate for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 was 31.8%, compared to negative 456.1% for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014. The change in the effective tax rates between the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets relating to a capital loss that was recorded in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 due to the

 

69


Table of Contents

sale of an investment. The valuation allowance was recorded in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 because the Company did not anticipate generating taxable gains that could be used to offset the capital loss. Another contributing factor was non-deductible stock based compensation expense recorded for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 resulting from the acceleration of vesting of stock based awards for foreign employees that occurred prior to the Transaction.

The effective tax rate for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 was negative 456.1%, compared to 36.5% for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. The change in the effective tax rates between the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to an increase in our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was recorded on a deferred tax asset resulting from a capital loss realized in March 2014 on the sale of an investment. The capital loss is limited to offset future taxable gains which the Company does not anticipate will be generated, resulting in a full valuation allowance. The change in the effective tax rate was also related to non-deductible stock based compensation expense related to foreign earnings due to the acceleration of stock based awards vesting in advance of the Transaction.

 

70


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The tables below present selected unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statements of operations for our last eight completed fiscal quarters. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. The quarterly results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR  
(In thousands, except per share
data)
  THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
JUNE 30,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
2014
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
JUNE 30,
2014
 

Revenue:

               

Service revenue, net

  $ 87,800      $ 85,681      $ 81,638      $ 76,752      $ 76,030      $ 74,476      $ 68,773      $ 76,542   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue

    11,786        10,360        10,493        11,102        7,003        9,278        10,064        9,366   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    99,586        96,041        92,131        87,854        83,033        83,754        78,837        85,908   

Operating Expenses:

               

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

    46,981        44,219        41,763        38,600        39,125        39,264        40,780        37,506   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses

    11,786        10,360        10,493        11,102        7,003        9,278        10,064        9,366   

Selling, general and administrative

    13,509        18,255        15,295        11,706        11,742        10,247        10,382        8,836   

Acquisition and integration

                                       (160     50        9,407   

Impairment of goodwill

           9,313                                             

Depreciation

    1,773        1,658        1,611        1,537        1,573        1,753        1,395        1,462   

Amortization

    12,668        13,125        15,774        17,042        17,201        18,879        18,771        18,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    86,717        96,930        84,936        79,987        76,644        79,261        81,442        85,349   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    12,869        (889     7,195        7,867        6,389        4,493        (2,605     559   

Other (Expense) Income, Net:

               

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

    (935     (205     50        (2     (976     (240     (247     186   

Net interest (expense) income

    (5,973     (6,547     (6,737     (6,902     (7,073     (7,184     (7,766     (8,235
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income, net

    (6,908     (6,752     (6,687     (6,904     (8,049     (7,424     (8,013     (8,049
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    5,961        (7,641     508        963        (1,660     (2,931     (10,618     (7,490

Income tax provision (benefit)

    2,513        935        641        868        (1,601     (1,218     (3,277     (2,208
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,448      $ (8,576   $ (133   $ 95      $ (59   $ (1,713   $ (7,341   $ (5,282
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data

               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

               

Basic

  $ 0.08      $ (0.20   $ (0.00   $ 0.00      $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ (0.18   $ (0.13

Diluted

  $ 0.08      $ (0.20   $ (0.00   $ 0.00      $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ (0.18   $ (0.13

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

    44,044        42,665        42,430        42,825        41,808        41,782        41,771        41,465   

Diluted

    44,044        42,665        42,430        42,889        41,808        41,782        41,771        41,465   

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

The following table presents the reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income:

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR  
(In thousands, except per share data)   THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
JUNE 30,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
2014
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
JUNE 30,
2014
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

               

Net income (loss) as reported

  $ 3,448      $ (8,576   $ (133   $ 95      $ (59   $ (1,713   $ (7,341   $ (5,282 ) 

Interest expense, net

    5,973        6,547        6,737        6,902        7,073        7,184        7,766        8,235   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    2,513        935        641        868        (1,601     (1,218     (3,277     (2,208 ) 

Depreciation

    1,773        1,658        1,611        1,537        1,573        1,753        1,395        1,462   

Amortization

    12,668        13,125        15,774        17,042        17,201        18,879        18,771        18,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 26,375      $ 13,689      $ 24,630      $ 26,444      $ 24,187      $ 24,885      $ 17,314      $ 20,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense: liability awards mark-to-market and CEO award(a)

           4,681        5,111        (185     173                        

Private equity transaction related cost(b)

                                       (160     50        9,407   

Corporate campus lease payments(c)

    (930     (930     (930     (930     (930     (930     (925     (918 ) 

Litigation matters(d)

           28        (2,761     (391     17        207        410        131   

Impairment of goodwill

           9,313                                             

Other transaction expenses(e)

    314                                                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 25,759      $ 26,781      $ 26,050      $ 24,938      $ 23,447      $ 24,002      $ 16,849      $ 29,599   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income:

               

Net income (loss) as reported

  $ 3,448      $ (8,576   $ (133   $ 95      $ (59   $ (1,713   $ (7,341   $ (5,282 ) 

Amortization

    12,668        13,125        15,774        17,042        17,201        18,879        18,771        18,772   

Stock compensation expense: liability awards mark-to-market and CEO award(a)

           4,681        5,111        (185     173                        

Private equity transaction related cost(b)

                                       (160     50        9,407   

Corporate campus lease payments—principal portion(c)

    (369     (362     (354     (347     (229     (930     (201     (153 ) 

Litigation matters(d)

           28        (2,761     (391     17        207        410        131   

Impairment of goodwill

           9,313                                             

Deferred financing fees(e)

    672        679        680        673        655        681        710        673   

Other transaction expenses(f)

    314                                                    

Income tax effect of adjustments (39.0%)

    (5,181     (10,711     (7,196     (6,549     (6,949     (7,284     (7,699     (11,244 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 11,552      $ 8,177      $ 11,121      $ 10,338      $ 10,809      $ 9,680      $ 4,700      $ 12,304   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per share

  $ 0.26      $ 0.19      $ 0.26      $ 0.24      $ 0.26      $ 0.23      $ 0.11      $ 0.30   

Diluted average common shares outstanding

    44,044        42,665        42,430        42,889        41,808        41,782        41,771        41,465   

 

 

 

  (a)    Consists of period end mark-to-market fair value adjustments associated with liability classified awards and the impact of a one-time stock based compensation award to our Chief Executive Officer and founder. Future stock based awards activity are expected to be classified as equity for accounting purposes and will not be subject to period ending fair value adjustments.

 

  (b)    Represents attorney fees, advisory fees and other professional service fees incurred in connection with the Transaction.

 

  (c)    Represents cash rental payments on two corporate headquarter buildings that are accounted for as deemed assets and subject to depreciation expense over the life of the lease. Payments made for these leases are accounted for with a principal portion and an interest portion, consistent with deemed landlord liability accounting. For purposes of Free Cash Flow, the interest portion of these payments is included in net cash provided by operating activities in our statement of cash flows. The principal portion is reflected as a financing activity in our statement of cash flows. These adjustments for purposes of arriving at Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have the effect of presenting these leases consistently with all other office lease rentals that we have globally.

 

  (d)    Represents non-recurring costs and recovery related to a customer bad debt and non-recurring expenses related to the settlement of an employment related matter.

 

  (e)   Represents amortization of the discount and issuance costs deferred on the consolidated balance sheet associated with the issuance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

  (f)    Represents advisory costs and other fees related to this offering.

 

72


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. Our principal sources of liquidity are operating cash flows and funds available for borrowing under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). As of March 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $26.9 million, including approximately $2.8 million of restricted cash, primarily related to advanced payments received pursuant to certain sponsor contracts. Approximately $9.5 million of our cash and cash equivalents, none of which was restricted, was held by our foreign subsidiaries as of March 31, 2016. Additionally, as of March 31, 2016, we had $60.0 million available for borrowing under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

Our expected primary cash needs on both a short and long-term basis are for investment in operational growth, capital expenditures, payment of debt and other general corporate purposes. We have historically funded our operations and growth, including acquisitions, with cash flow from operations and borrowings under our credit facilities. We expect to continue expanding our operations through organic growth and selective strategic bolt-on acquisitions and investments. We expect these activities will be funded from existing cash, cash flow from operations and, if necessary, borrowings under our existing or future credit facilities. We have deemed that foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested and therefore we have not provided taxes on these earnings. While we do not anticipate the need to repatriate these foreign earnings for liquidity purposes given our cash flows from operations and available borrowings under existing and future credit facilities, we would incur taxes on these earnings if the need for repatriation due to liquidity purposes arises.

We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to finance our investment in operational growth, capital expenditures, payment of debt, selective strategic bolt-on acquisitions, other investments, additional expenses we expect to incur as a public company and other general corporate needs for the next 12 months and on a longer-term basis. However, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all, and any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Indebtedness—We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.”

 

73


Table of Contents

Discussion of Cash Flows

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
Cash Flows (In thousands)   THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    THREE
MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2015
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    THREE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $
12,721
  
  $ 4,795      $ 84,117      $ 62,539      $ 12,807      $ 98,142   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,424     (685     (6,432     (907,640     (827     (4,472

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (380     (30,293     (116,489     900,171       (17,968     (95,851

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    384       (156     (601     (785     (25     159   

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    9,301       (26,339     (39,405     54,285       (6,013     (2,022

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash flows from operations are driven mainly by net income and net movement in accounts receivable, net and unbilled services, advanced billings, pre-funded liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses. Accounts receivable, net and unbilled services, advanced billings and pre-funded liabilities fluctuate on a regular basis as we perform our services, bill our customers and ultimately collect on those receivables. We attempt to negotiate payment terms in order to provide for payments prior to or soon after the provision of services, but this timing of collection can vary significantly on a period by period comparative basis.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.7 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, consisting of net income of $19.3 million, after adjustments for net non-cash items of $15.9 million primarily related to amortization of intangibles of $12.7 million, depreciation of $1.8 million and stock based compensation expense of $1.0 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $6.6 million in operating cash flows and was primarily driven by increased accounts receivable, net and unbilled services of $9.9 million, decreased accrued expenses of $5.0 million primarily related to incentive compensation payments and a decrease in accounts payable of $2.0 million offset by an increase in advanced billings of $9.7 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.8 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015, consisting of net income of $19.6 million, after adjustments for net non-cash items of $19.7 million primarily related to amortization of intangibles of $17.2 million and stock based compensation expense of $3.7 million, offset by $3.6 million of benefit from deferred taxes. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $14.8 million in operating cash flows and was primarily driven by lower accrued expenses of $7.3 million related to incentive compensation payments and $6.5 million from a decrease in advanced billings partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable, net of unbilled services of $3.6 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $84.1 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, consisting of net income of $82.2 million, after adjustments for net non-cash items of $90.9 million primarily related to amortization of intangibles of $63.1 million, depreciation of $6.4 million, impairment of goodwill of $9.3 million and stock based compensation expense of $22.3 million, offset by a tax benefit of $12.7 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $1.9 million in operating cash flows and were driven primarily by an increase in pre-funded cash and a decrease in prepaid assets while being offset by a decrease in advanced billings and an increase in restricted cash.

 

74


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $62.5 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, consisting of net income of $44.4 million, after adjustments for net non-cash items of $58.7 million primarily related to amortization of intangibles of $56.4 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities over the period provided $18.1 million in operating cash flows and were driven primarily by an increase in accrued expenses related to employee incentive compensation of $11.0 million and an increase in advanced billings of $6.0 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.8 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, consisting of net income of $13.1 million, after adjustments for net non-cash items of $14.3 million primarily related to stock based compensation expense of $7.3 as a result of accelerated vesting of stock awards during this period, along with amortization of $1.8 million and depreciation of $5.2 million in the period. Changes in operating assets and liabilities over the period used $0.3 million in operating cash flows and were driven primarily by increases in accounts receivable and prepaid expense balances and decreases in accrued expenses as a result of incentive compensation payments in the period offset by an increase in accounts payable.

Net cash provided by operations was $98.1 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, consisting of net income of $69.2 million, after adjustments for net non-cash items of $44.4 million primarily related amortization of intangibles of $23.9 million, depreciation of $6.7 million, loss on the sale of an equity investment of $2.3 million and provision for taxes of $6.0 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities over the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 provided $28.9 million in operating cash flows and were driven primarily by increases in advanced billings of $10.7 million, increases of accrued expenses of $8.3 million and decreases to prepaid expense balances of $4.8 million.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $3.4 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, primarily consisting of property and equipment expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.7 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily consisting of property and equipment expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $6.4 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 primarily consisting of capital expenditures relating to property and equipment purchases.

Net cash used in investing activities was $907.6 million in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014. The cash used in investing activities was primarily related to the Transaction, which we completed for $903.5 million net of cash received in the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014. Cash used in the period for property and equipment purchases was $4.2 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million in the Predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014 consisting of property and equipment expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $4.5 million in the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 consisting of property and equipment expenditures.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.4 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, primarily consisting of rental payments on deemed landlord assets.

Net cash used in financing activities was $30.3 million for the Successor three month period ended March 31, 2015, primarily related to a $30.0 million principal payment on our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

Net cash used in financing activities was $116.5 million in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, primarily related to $116.1 million in principal payments on our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

Net cash provided in financing activities was $900.2 million for the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014. The cash provided was primarily related to $414.0 million from the issuance of common stock and $511.8 million, net of debt issuance costs, from the issuance of debt under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility on April 1, 2014 as part of the Transaction. Debt payments under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility offset total cash provided by $25.2 million in the period.

 

75


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities was $18.0 million in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, primarily related to $23.1 million utilized to repay our then outstanding credit facility as of March 31, 2014. This amount was offset by $5.3 million of excess tax benefit received from the acceleration of vesting related to outstanding stock based compensation awards in conjunction with the Transaction.

Net cash used in financing activities was $95.9 million in the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, primarily related to the pay down of debt.

Indebtedness

In conjunction with the Transaction, on April 1, 2014, we entered into a new credit agreement, or the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, which provided for a $530.0 million term loan, or the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility, or the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and, together with the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility expires in April 2021 and the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility expires in April 2019. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities proceeds were utilized to finance a portion of the Transaction, which upon consummation resulted in the extinguishment of our previously existing $335.0 million credit agreement that consisted of a $285.0 million term loan and a $50.0 million revolving credit agreement, of which $143.7 million was outstanding at the time of extinguishment. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.

From April 1, 2014 to the date on which the first compliance certificate accompanying financials was delivered under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bore interest at our option, equal to a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin of 4.00% and 3.75%, or a base rate plus a margin of 3.00% and 2.75% for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. The Eurocurrency rate is based on LIBOR for U.S. dollar deposits for loans denominated in dollars, EURIBOR for Euros deposits for loans denominated in Euros and the offer rate for any other currencies for loans denominated in such other currencies and, in each case, is subject to a 1.00% floor. The base rate is defined as the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate on such day plus  12 of 1.00%, (b) the Prime Lending Rate on such day, (c) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for Loans denominated in U.S. dollars published on such day for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% and (d) 2.00%. At our discretion, we may choose interest periods of one, two, three or six months, or the Eurocurrency term, which determines the interest rate to be applied. Interest on the Eurocurrency rate loan continues to be payable at the end of the selected Eurocurrency term and interest on the base rate tranche of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is payable quarterly in conjunction with any required principal payments.

Since the delivery of the first compliance certificate accompanying financials under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable spread, within two pricing tiers that are determined upon achievement towards a defined total net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio, plus a Eurocurrency or base rate. The first pricing tier lowers the Eurocurrency and base rate margin spreads to 3.75% and 2.75% and 3.50% and 2.50% for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, respectively, while the second pricing tier retains the spreads applicable to the initial interest periods described in the previous paragraph. The Eurocurrency rate is subject to a minimum floor of 1.00% and the base rate is subject to a floor of 2.00%. As of March 31, 2016, we were subject to an interest rate of 4.75% for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which represents the minimum 1.00% Eurocurrency floor plus the first tier pricing spread of 3.75%.

We also pay commitment fees on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which is recorded as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The commitment fee is subject to a pricing level reduction to 0.375% when we achieve a funded first lien debt to consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) ratio of equal to or less than 4.25:1.00 on any given date. As of March 31, 2016, we achieved the targeted requirement.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is subject to quarterly amortization equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount, with the balance due at final maturity. The following amounts are required to be prepaid in addition to quarterly installment payments and will be applied to repay the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, subject to certain thresholds, carve-outs, exceptions and reinvestment rights: (a) 50% of our annual Excess Cash

 

76


Table of Contents

Flow (as defined under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (or 25% or 0% of our annual Excess Cash Flow thereafter if we achieve a funded first lien debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio of equal to or less than 4.25:1.00 or 3.75:1.00, respectively); (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds of insurance proceeds of a condemnation award in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property subject to certain reinvestment rights; (c) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any occurrence of indebtedness by us or certain of our subsidiaries; and (d) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain non-ordinary course asset sales or dispositions of property by us or certain subsidiaries subject to certain reinvestment rights. In addition to the mandatory payments above, we may voluntarily repay the outstanding Senior Secured Term Loan Facility without premium or penalty, subject to certain restrictions. As of March 31, 2016, we had made principal payments of $140.0 million, which was $130.7 million ahead of originally scheduled requirements. This amount has satisfied all required quarterly principal installment payments over the term of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement details various covenants with which we are required to comply. These covenants, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, with certain exceptions:

 

  n   create, incur or assume any lien upon any of our property, assets or revenue;

 

  n   make or hold certain investments;

 

  n   incur or assume any indebtedness;

 

  n   merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate with or into another person;

 

  n   make certain dispositions of property or other assets (including sale leaseback transactions);

 

  n   declare or make certain restricted payments, including dividends;

 

  n   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

  n   prepay subordinated debt;

 

  n   enter into burdensome agreements;

 

  n   engage in any material line of business substantially different from our currently conducted business; or

 

  n   change our fiscal year.

In addition, if we have drawn greater than 30% of the commitments under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of the last date of any quarter, then we are required to report compliance with a financial covenant that is tested at the end of such quarter. This financial covenant requires us to maintain a funded first lien net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio of less than or equal to 8.00:1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2016 and 7.50:1.00, thereafter. As of March 31, 2016, we maintained a net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio, as defined under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, of 3.11:1.00. As of March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

A breach of these covenants, or the occurrence of other Events of Default (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) could result in an event of default, which would permit or require the principal outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to become or to be declared due and payable. Occurrences other than the breach of covenants that are considered Events of Default include, but are not limited to, (a) non-payment of principal or interest, (b) certain bankruptcy related events, (c) cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, (d) defaults on monetary judgement orders, (e) certain ERISA events, (f) actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security document and (g) change in control. Our ability to satisfy these covenant requirements or prevent Events of Default in future periods will depend on occurrences or events that may be beyond our control, and therefore, there is no guarantee that we will be able to prevent these occurrences.

All of our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by us and our material, wholly owned subsidiaries, with certain exceptions, including where providing such guarantees is not permitted by law, regulation or contract or would result in adverse tax consequences. All of our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured, subject to certain permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor, included, but not limited to, a perfected pledge of all of the capital stock issued by us and each guarantor and, subject to certain exceptions, perfected security interests in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us and each guarantor.

 

77


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $378.5 million, substantially all of which was attributed to outstanding borrowings on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. There were no outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of March 31, 2016. In addition, as of March 31, 2016, we had less than $0.1 million in letters of credit outstanding related to certain operating lease obligations, which are secured by the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

We have various contractual obligations, which are recorded as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. Other items, such as operating lease obligations, are not recognized as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements but are required to be disclosed. The following table summarizes our future payments for all contractual obligations and commercial commitments for the years subsequent to the Successor year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

     PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD  
Contractual Obligations (In thousands)    TOTAL      LESS THAN
1 YEAR
     1-3 YEARS      3-5
YEARS
     MORE THAN
5 YEARS
 

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 390,000       $       $       $       $ 390,000   

Interest on long-term debt

     100,045         19,206         38,023         38,076         4,740   

Capital lease obligations

     62         62                           

Operating lease obligations

     30,291         6,160         9,660         6,840         7,631   

Deemed landlord liabilities

     47,378         3,757         7,723         7,925         27,973   

Management fees

     250         250                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 568,026       $ 29,435       $ 55,406       $ 52,841       $ 430,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The interest payments on long-term debt in the above table are based on interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2015.

The management fee represents fees paid to Cinven. This fee is paid annually in equal quarterly installments. The management fee remains in effect through 2024, unless amended or terminated by mutual agreement. However, this agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. Due to the uncertainty of the term, we have only included one year of management fees in the above table.

We have recorded a tax liability for unrecognized benefits for uncertain tax positions of $2.6 million, which has not been included in the above table due to the uncertainties in the timing of settlement of the income tax positions.

We are party to certain vendor contracts related to clinical services that if cancelled may require payment for services performed and potentially additional services required to protect safety of subjects. The value of these potential wind-down provisions is generally borne by our customers and is not practical to estimate.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Off balance sheet arrangements refer to any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity not consolidated under our entity structure exists, where we have an obligation arising under a guarantee contract, derivative instrument or variable interest or a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to such an entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support for such assets. We have no off balance sheet arrangements currently.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, requires us to make a variety of decisions which affect reported amounts and related disclosures, including the selection of appropriate accounting principles and the assumptions on which to

 

78


Table of Contents

base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances, including our historical experience and other assumptions. Actual results could differ from our estimates. We are committed to incorporating accounting principles, assumptions and estimates that promote the representational faithfulness, verifiability, neutrality and transparency of the accounting information included in the financial statements.

Net Service Revenue Recognition

We generally enter into contracts with customers to provide services ranging in duration from a few months to several years. The contract terms generally provide for payments based on a fixed-fee or unit-of-service arrangement. Revenue on these arrangements is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service offering has been delivered to the customer, the arrangement consideration is determinable and the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

A majority of our contracts provide for services based on a fixed-fee arrangement, in which revenue is recognized based on the proportional performance methodology. Under this methodology, revenue recognition is determined by assessing the proportion of performance completed or delivered to date compared to total specific measures to be delivered or completed under the terms of the arrangement. The measures utilized to assess performance are specific to the service provided, and the Company generally compares the ratio of hours completed to the total estimated hours necessary to complete the contract. A detailed project budget by hours is developed based on many factors, including, but not limited to, the scope of the work, the complexity of the study, the participating geographic locations and the Company’s historical experience. We believe the reporting and estimation of hours is the best available measure of progress on many of the services provided and best reflects the pattern in which obligations to customers are fulfilled. To assist with the estimation of hours expected to complete a project, regular contract reviews for each project are performed in which performance to date is compared to the most current estimate to complete assumptions. The reviews include an assessment of effort incurred to date compared to expectations based on budget assumptions and other circumstances specific to the project. The total estimated hours necessary to complete a fixed-fee contract, based on these reviews, is updated and any revisions to the existing hours budget result in cumulative adjustments to the amount of revenue recognized in the period in which the revisions are identified. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating the hours necessary to fulfill contractual obligations, it is possible that estimates may change in the near term, resulting in a material change in revenue reported.

Fixed-fee contracts provide for pricing modifications upon scope of work changes. We recognize revenue related to work performed in connection with scope changes when the underlying services are performed, a binding contractual commitment has been executed with the customer and collectability is reasonably assured. If our customers do not agree to price renegotiation upon changes in our scope of work, we could be exposed to cost overruns and reduced contract profitability. Costs are not deferred in anticipation of contracts being awarded or amendments being finalized, but are expensed as incurred.

For unit-of–service arrangements, we recognize revenue in the period in which the unit is delivered. Service unit elements largely consist of various project management, consulting and analytical testing services.

Many contractual arrangements combine multiple service elements. For these contracts, arrangement consideration is allocated to identified units of accounting based on the relative selling price of each unit of account. The best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, which is the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, management uses relative third party evidence, if available. When neither VSOE nor third party evidence of selling price exists, we use the best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort.

Most contracts are terminable by the customer, either immediately or according to advance notice terms specified within the contracts. These contracts require payment of fees to us for services rendered through the date of termination and may require payment for subsequent services necessary to conclude the study or close out the contract. Final settlement amounts are typically subject to negotiation with the customer. These amounts are included in net service revenue when realization is reasonably assured.

 

79


Table of Contents

We occasionally enter into volume rebate arrangements with customers that provide for rebates if certain specified spending thresholds are met. These rebate obligations are recorded as a reduction of revenue when it appears probable that the customer will earn the rebates and the related amount is estimable.

We record revenue net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities that are imposed and concurrent with specific revenue generating transactions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We grant credit terms to our customers prior to signing a service contract and monitor creditworthiness on an ongoing basis. We assess ongoing collectability by customer through a variety of performance indicators including age of billed receivable, billing type, knowledge of available funding and other information available through internal research. A large percentage of our customers are biotechnology companies that rely on funding from investors to finance their operations. This creates a heightened risk related to their creditworthiness. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable specifically identified that are at risk of not being collected.

Uncollectible accounts receivable are written off only after all reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. Moreover, in many cases the Company requires advance payment from its customers for a portion of the study contract price upon the signing of a service contract. These advance payments are deferred and recognized as revenue as services are performed.

Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

Tangible Assets

Long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment and the reasonableness of the estimated useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable or that a change in useful life may be appropriate. Recoverability for long-lived assets is determined by comparing the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of the operation to which the assets relate to the carrying amount of the assets. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, then the Company reduces the carrying value of the assets to estimated fair values, which are primarily based upon forecasted discounted cash flows. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined based on a combination of discounted cash flows and market multiples.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. As a result of the Transaction, we recognized $670.3 million of goodwill that was allocated to and recorded at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units are Phase II-IV clinical research services, or Phase II-IV, Laboratories and Clinics.

The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, or as indicators of potential impairment are identified, at the reporting unit level. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter each year, utilizing the quantitative two step model defined by accounting guidance which governs such assessments. The first step involves the comparison of each of our reporting unit carrying values, inclusive of assigned goodwill, to their respective estimated fair values. If a reporting unit carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, a second step requiring us to calculate the implied reporting unit goodwill fair value is performed. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by performing a hypothetical purchase price allocation of reporting unit fair value to the reporting units identified assets and liabilities. The resulting implied goodwill fair value is compared to carrying value to determine the extent of impairment, if any exists. Reporting unit fair value is estimated using a combination of the income approach, a discounted cash flow analysis, and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method. The reporting unit’s discounted cash flow analysis requires significant management judgment with respect to net service revenue, direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, selling, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate. The projected revenue and expense assumptions and capital expenditures are based on our annual and long-term business plans. Discount rates reflect market-based estimates of the risks associated with the projected cash flows directly resulting from the use of those assets in operations.

 

80


Table of Contents

In conjunction with the 2015 fourth quarter annual assessment of goodwill, we determined that goodwill related to our Clinics reporting unit was impaired and we recognized an impairment charge of $9.3 million, which represents 100% of the goodwill that had been allocated to this reporting unit. This impairment was identified during the annual impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2015 when we updated our forecasted discounted cash flows related to the reporting unit to reflect operating results that lagged prior forecasted results. For our Phase II-IV and Laboratories reporting units, the reporting units’ fair values significantly exceeded their respective carrying values including allocated goodwill.

This process is inherently subjective and dependent upon estimates and assumptions we make. In determining our expected future cash flows, we assume that we will continue to acquire and convert new business to contract, execute on these contracts with reasonable profit, collect customer receivables and thus generate positive cash flows. However, future declines in the operating results of these reporting units could indicate a need to reevaluate the fair value of these components under accounting guidance governing goodwill and may ultimately result in future impairment. We continue to monitor for any potential indicators of impairment.

Intangible Assets

The Company has an indefinite lived intangible asset related to its trade name valued at $31.6 million. The carrying value of the trade name asset is reviewed at least annually for impairment, or as indicators of potential impairment are identified. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter each year in conjunction with its annual assessment of goodwill. The assessment consists of comparing the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible asset to its estimated fair value, utilizing the relief from royalty method, an income approach valuation. The relief from royalty method requires management judgment with respect to projected net service revenue, profitability and growth and the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate. There was no indication of impairment related to the trade name asset based on the fourth quarter 2015 assessment.

Our assessment of impairment charges on any assets classified currently as having indefinite lives could change in future periods if certain events were to occur, including, but not limited to, the following: a significant change in business results, an increase in our discount rates due to a change in our weighted average cost of capital, a decrease in growth rates, economic deterioration that is more severe or longer in duration than anticipated or another significant economic event.

Finite-lived intangible assets consist mainly of the value assigned to customer relationships, backlog and developed technologies. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized straight-line or using an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which range in term from 17 months to 15 years. Amortization expense recognized related to finite lived intangible assets was $12.7 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, $17.2 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015, $63.1 million for the Successor year ended 2015, $56.4 million for Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, $5.2 million for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and $23.9 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in the forecasting of taxable income using historical and projected future operating results in determining our provision for income taxes and the related assets and liabilities. The provision for income taxes includes income taxes paid, currently payable and receivable, and deferred taxes.

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recorded for tax benefit carryforwards using tax rates anticipated to be in effect in the year in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. If it does not appear more likely than not that the full value of a deferred tax asset will be realized, the Company records a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset, with an offsetting charge to the Company’s income tax provision or benefit.

The recoverability of our deferred tax assets is estimated based on consideration of all available positive and negative evidence, including, but not limited to, our ability to generate a sufficient level of future taxable income, reversals of deferred tax liabilities (other than those with an indefinite reversal period), tax planning strategies and recent financial performance. The assessment of recoverability is performed on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. Based on the analysis of the above factors, we determined that as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 a valuation

 

81


Table of Contents

allowance in the amount of $1.0 million was required relating to certain foreign operating loss carryforwards, a U.S. capital loss carryforward and U.S. state and local tax credits and carryforwards. Differences in actual results compared to our estimates and changes in our assumptions could result in an adjustment to the valuation allowance in the future and would generally impact earnings or other comprehensive income depending on the nature of the respective deferred asset for which the valuation allowance exists.

We have recognized certain liabilities, including penalties and interest in the amount of $2.6 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, within other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. These relate to uncertain tax positions that are subject to various assumptions and judgement. Liabilities for these uncertain tax positions are assessed on a position by position basis. The calculation of these liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in both domestic and foreign jurisdictions. These positions may be subject to audit and review by tax authorities, and may result in future taxes, interest and penalties if we are unsuccessful in defending our positions. If the calculation of liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively would result.

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as a result of an updated analysis of future cash needs in the United States and opportunities for investment outside the United States, we assert that all foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested and therefore we have not provided taxes on these earnings. These undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries will support future growth in foreign markets and maintain current operating needs of foreign locations. We will continue to monitor our assertion related to investment of foreign earnings.

Stock Based Compensation

We have stock based compensation plans in which we issue stock based awards to employees and directors in the form of vested common shares, stock options and restricted stock awards (RSAs and RSUs). Certain of our awards are subject to equity classification, while others are subject to liability classification pursuant to the terms of the award grants and based on accounting guidance which governs such transactions. Accounting guidance applicable to equity classified awards require all stock based compensation, including vested shares, grants of employee stock options and restricted stock to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations based on their grant date fair values. Awards subject to liability classification are initially measured and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations at the grant date fair value, but are adjusted to fair value each period during the requisite service period, with changes in fair value recognized as compensation cost over the vesting period or in the period in which the change occurs for awards that have vested but have not yet settled.

The fair value of our common stock for vested common shares, restricted stock awards and underlying stock option grants is determined in accordance with guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or AICPA Practice Aid. In the absence of a public market, we considered all relevant facts and circumstances known at the time of valuation, made certain assumptions based on future expectations and exercised significant judgment to determine the fair value of our common stock. The factors considered in determining fair value include, but are not limited to the following:

 

  n   Valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated third-party specialist on a bi-annual basis;

 

  n   Our results of operations and financial position and estimated trends and projections of our future operating and financial performance;

 

  n   The market performance of publically traded companies in the clinical research industry;

 

  n   The likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  n   The common shares underlying the awards involved illiquid securities in a private company; and

 

  n   External market conditions affecting the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.

An unrelated third-party specialist performs a common share valuation, under the guidelines outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid, each year as of April 1 and October 1 (in conjunction with our annual assessment of goodwill). These valuations are estimated using a combination of the income approach, a discounted cash flow analysis and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method. The discounted cash flow method involves cash flow

 

82


Table of Contents

projections that are discounted at an appropriate rate while the guideline company method employs market multiples derived from market prices of stocks of companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business and that are actively traded on a free and open market and applies these selected multiples to our corresponding measures of financial performance. The estimates utilized in these fair value methodologies are highly complex and subjective. Management considers whether any events or circumstances have occurred between the date of valuation and the date of a grant or a period end fair value re-measurement that would indicate a significant change in the fair value of common shares during that period. Following the consummation of an initial public offering, vested common share awards, restricted stock awards and stock option awards fair value will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

Stock Options

We estimate the fair value of our stock options utilizing the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including: the expected stock price volatility, the calculation of the expected holding period of the award, the risk free interest rate and expected dividends on the underlying common stock. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and the lack of Company specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of peer companies that are most representative of our company. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the expected holding period assumption. The holding period represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We use the simplified method as prescribed by accounting guidance governing such awards, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees as we do not have sufficient historical evidence data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected holding period. This simplified method utilizes the mid-point between the vesting date and the date of the contractual term. The risk free rate is based on extrapolated rates of U.S. Treasury bonds whose terms are consistent with the expected holding period of the stock options. We have assumed a dividend yield of zero as we have not historically paid any dividends on our common stock.

All our stock based option awards are subject to service based vesting conditions. Compensation expense related to stock option awards to employees is recognized on a straight line basis based on the grant date fair value over the associated service period of the award, which is equal to the vesting term. We are also required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from our estimates.

Stock based option awards granted subsequent to the Transaction, which represent all outstanding and unexercised options as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, are subject to a Contribution and Subscription Agreement that provides that upon exercise, the shares received must be exchanged for incentive units in MPI. The incentive units are tied directly to ownership in Medpace Holdings, Inc. and entitle the incentive unit holder to participate in the risks and rewards of owning our common shares through ownership in MPI. As the shares received in the settlement of stock options exercised are settled in assets other than our common shares, accounting guidance governing stock based compensation require the awards to be classified as liabilities. This classification requires that we measure and record the stock compensation awards to fair value each period utilizing the same methodology for measuring stock options fair value at the grant date as described above. This re-measurement of period end fair value often results in a cumulative catch up recorded for the portion of the award already vested but unsettled with the unvested portion of the option fair value recognized on a straight line basis over the remaining service period of the award. Stock option awards granted prior to the Transaction, all of which vested prior to or as of the Transaction date, qualified for equity classification and were not subject to fair value re-measurement on a period by period basis.

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the key weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to calculate the fair value of options during the periods:

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR  
     THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
2016
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    NINE MONTH
PERIOD
FROM APRIL 1,
2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     THREE
MONTH
PERIOD
FROM
JANUARY 1,
2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,

2013
 

Expected holding period—years

     5.0        4.2        5.4         N/A         3.1   

Expected volatility

     36.80     36.40     41.80      N/A         37.40

Risk-free interest rate

     1.73     1.20     1.70      N/A         0.30

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00      N/A         0.00

 

 

The assumptions used in the Successor portion of the table above represent those used for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the period ended December 31, 2014 fair value calculation of the stock options as required for liability-classified stock compensation accounting. The assumptions used in the Predecessor portion of the table above reflect grant date inputs used to arrive at the grant date fair values as the Predecessor awards are subject to equity-classified stock compensation accounting.

The weighted average grant date fair value of employee stock options granted was $3.18 for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016, $2.82 for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, $3.21 for Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, not applicable for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and $1.66 for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The new guidance is intended to simplify certain aspects of accounting for share-based payments to employees including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but all guidance must be adopted in the same period. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net). ASU 2016-08 clarifies the interpretation guidance in ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” specifically related to principal versus agent considerations and adds illustrative examples to assist in the application of the guidance. The effective date and transition requirements in ASU 2016-08 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of ASU 2014-09. ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. The Company will adopt the clarified guidance in ASU 2016-08 by January 1, 2018, as required. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in ASU 2016-02 supersedes the lease recognition requirements in ASC Topic 840, Leases (FAS 13). ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases, along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. ASU 2016-02 will be applied on a modified retrospective basis and to each prior reporting period presented and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

84


Table of Contents

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” ASU No. 2015-03 requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the associated debt liability. ASU No. 2015-03 was to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2015-03 during 2015 and as a result, $12.1 million in debt issuance costs previously reported in other assets were reclassified to long-term debt, net, less current portion, in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement,” which provides guidance for a customer’s accounting for cloud computing costs. Under ASU 2015-05, if a software cloud computing arrangement contains a software license, customers should account for the license element of the arrangement in a manner consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If the arrangement does not contain a software license, customers should account for the arrangement as a service contract. This standard may be applied either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date, or retrospectively. The Company adopted ASU 2015-05 in the first quarter of 2016. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17 ‘‘Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” ASU No. 2015-17 requires entities to present deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. ASU No. 2015-17 simplifies the current guidance, which requires entities to separately present deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. ASU No. 2015-17 was to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2015-17 during 2015 and as a result, $3.3 million of current deferred income tax assets were reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 ‘‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers,’’ to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date,” which delayed the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year and modified the standard to allow early adoption. For public entities, the standard is now effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently assessing the potential impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued amendments to ASC 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern,” through issuance of ASU 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” This ASU requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. We do not anticipate that this ASU will have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange rates, inflation, interest rates, and other relevant market rates or prices changes. We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, credit risk and risk of inflation and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes.

 

85


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

We have business operations globally and accordingly, we are exposed to foreign currency fluctuations that can affect our financial results. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 8.4% of our revenue was derived from contracts denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, whereas 24.9% of our operational costs, including, but not limited to, salaries, wages and other employee benefits, were derived in foreign currencies. Of these exposures, 94.9% of revenue denominated in foreign currencies and 46.8% of operational costs denominated in foreign currencies were Euro denominated. If the U.S. dollar were to appreciate against all other currencies by a hypothetical average of 10%, our pre-tax income for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 would have been positively impacted by approximately $3.2 million, while a hypothetical depreciation of 10% against all other currencies would result in a negative earnings impact of approximately $3.2 million.

We are also subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between contract commencement and cash settlement for services that we provide in relation to the contract. This exposure may affect our contract and operational profitability. To mitigate this exposure we provide for exchange rate fluctuation adjustments subject to certain thresholds within our foreign currency denominated contracts.

Inflation

Our contracts that provide for services to be performed in excess of a year generally include inflation adjustments for the portion of the services to be performed beyond one year from the contract date. We do not have significant operations in countries where the economy is considered highly inflationary, and do not believe in the near term that inflation will have a material adverse impact on us. However, if actual rates are greater than our contractual inflation rates, inflation could have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

Interest Rates

We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk through our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had outstanding amounts related to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities of $377.9 million (net of an unamortized discount of $2.0 million and unamortized debt issuance costs of $10.1 million) and $491.5 million (net of an unamortized discount of $2.4 million and unamortized debt issuance costs of $12.1 million), respectively, subject to variable interest rates. The applicable LIBOR interest rate, our primary interest rate exposure, for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities is subject to a 1.00% floor. As the applicable LIBOR interest rates as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were less than the floor, the applicable interest rates would have had to rise by 57 basis points and 83 basis points, respectively, to impact interest expense. Each quarter point increase in the applicable interest rate above the floor as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 would have changed our interest expense by approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million, for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable and unbilled services. The cash and cash equivalent balances are held and maintained with high-quality financial institutions with reputable credit ratings and, consequently, we believe that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk.

We generally do not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables. In the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, credit losses have been immaterial and within our expectations. Moreover, in many cases we require advance payment from our customers for a portion of the study contract price upon the signing of a service contract which helps to mitigate credit risk. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no major customers accounting for more than 10% of our accounts receivable and unbilled services.

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of the world’s leading clinical contract research organizations, or CROs, by revenue, solely focused on providing scientifically-driven outsourced clinical development services to the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Our mission is to accelerate the global development of safe and effective medical therapeutics. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors by our disciplined operating model centered on providing full-service Phase I-IV clinical development services and our therapeutic expertise. We believe this combination results in timely and cost-effective delivery of clinical development services for our customers. We believe that we are a partner of choice for small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies based on our ability to consistently utilize our full-service, disciplined operating model to deliver timely and high-quality results for our customers. Accordingly, we believe we are well positioned to continue to expand our market share and sustain margins in the growing $23 billion overall Phase I-IV CRO market.

We were founded in 1992 by Dr. August J. Troendle, an industry pioneer, as a Phase II-IV-focused CRO with a strong, scientifically-driven and disciplined operating model, and we continue today as a founder-led enterprise with Dr. Troendle retaining a significant ownership stake in Medpace. Throughout our 24-year history, we have grown almost exclusively organically, with our core founding members having been integrally involved in developing and instilling our differentiated culture and operating philosophy across our company. We focus on conducting clinical trials across all major therapeutic areas, with particular strength in Cardiology, Metabolic Disease, Oncology, Endocrinology, CNS and AVAI, as well as therapeutic expertise in Medical Devices. Our global platform includes approximately 2,200 employees across 35 countries, providing our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations as well as local regulatory expertise and market knowledge.

Our singular focus on executing our disciplined, full-service operating model is a core tenet of our differentiated approach. Our operating model entails partnering with our customers from the beginning of the clinical trial process and holistically navigating all subsequent components of the process. This approach differs from other leading CROs that provide functional or partial outsourcing services as a core component of their business. We believe our full-service approach allows us to deliver timely and high-quality results for our customers. By clearly communicating and aligning our expectations with those of our customers at the beginning of an engagement, we develop a trusted relationship where our customers typically grant us greater control over the clinical trial process. This results in greater accountability on our part and, we believe, more consistent delivery of our services. We believe our partnering approach, coupled with our full-service, scientifically-driven model, ensures efficient and high-quality trial execution, limits changes in the scope of trials and enables timely completion of trials.

We focus on providing clinical development solutions primarily to companies that recognize the benefits of utilizing our full-service outsourcing model. We believe our model is particularly attractive to small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies, which seek specialized capabilities and infrastructure required for complex and global clinical trials, including therapeutic expertise, insightful protocol design, project feasibility assessment and timely and high-quality trial execution. We expect that outsourced development expenditures for small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies will continue to outpace outsourced development expenditures for the broader biopharmaceutical market. We believe we can expand our market share with this customer segment given our continued strategic focus and the attractiveness of our model to these companies. Furthermore, as the clinical development and regulatory processes grow increasingly more global and complex, we believe large pharmaceutical companies will increasingly recognize the benefits of our disciplined, full-service operating model. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated 55.7%, 29.3% and 15.0% of our net service revenue from small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies, mid-sized pharmaceutical companies and large pharmaceutical companies, respectively.

We believe that our model, focused on full-service delivery, and our attractive customer mix have resulted in robust levels of historical revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA margins and strong Free Cash Flow. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated total net service revenue of $320.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $101.2 million, representing net service revenue and Adjusted EBITDA compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 21.7% and 26.2%, respectively, since 2012. Our net (loss) income for the Successor year ended December 31,

 

87


Table of Contents

2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $(8.7) million, $(14.3) million, $(1.2) million and $24.8 million, respectively, partially as a result of non-cash amortization expense associated with identified intangible assets acquired as part of the Transaction. Over the last 15 years, we have maintained average Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 34%, while significantly scaling our business organically and expanding globally. Additionally, we have consistently demonstrated an ability to convert Adjusted EBITDA into Free Cash Flow. Our annual Free Cash Flow conversion, defined as Free Cash Flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA, has averaged 81.7% since 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $84.1 million, $62.5 million, $12.8 million and $98.1 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, and for a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow, also a non-GAAP measure, to net cash provided by operating activities, see “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Additionally, as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had total long-term debt, net, of $378.5 million and $377.9 million outstanding, respectively. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of this indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Our Market

Clinical Development Process

Before a new drug can be commercialized, it often must undergo extensive pre-clinical and clinical testing and regulatory review to verify safety and efficacy. CROs provide a comprehensive range of product development services for Phase I through IV clinical trials. These clinical trials are separated into distinct phases in order to thoroughly evaluate the product. Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, 2015 Biopharmaceutical Research Industry Profile, a trade group publication, indicates that from drug discovery through approval by the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, developing a new medicine takes at least 10 years and costs approximately $2.6 billion.

The following graphic, based on data presented in the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, 2013 Biopharmaceutical Research Industry Profile and 2015 Biopharmaceutical Research Industry Profile, industry trade group publications, illustrates the various stages and typical timeline of the clinical development process:

Stages of Clinical Development

 

LOGO

Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies outsource product development services to CROs in order to efficiently and cost-effectively manage the clinical development process and obtain regulatory approval and reach the market in as timely a manner as possible. Historically, outsourcing was driven primarily by the need for pharmaceutical and

 

88


Table of Contents

biotechnology companies to reduce cost and maintain focus on core competencies, or to provide services or capabilities that these companies did not have internally. In recent years, the role of a CRO has evolved and CROs are now increasingly an integral component of the product development process, providing their customers with regulatory and therapeutic expertise, complex clinical trial design, broader geographic coverage, access to diverse population pools and consistent and reliable data systems and procedures.

CRO Market Size

We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that total global biopharmaceutical clinical development expenditures were approximately $100 billion in 2014. We further estimate, based on these industry sources, that the portion of these expenditures attributable to Phase I-IV clinical development services was $44 billion, of which we estimate $23 billion was outsourced. In addition, based on these industry sources, we estimate the CRO market will experience a CAGR of approximately 6% from 2014 through 2019, growing to approximately $31 billion in 2019, as a result of increasing biopharmaceutical clinical development expenditures combined with increased outsourcing penetration.

CRO Market Trends

Increasing Development Expenditures. We estimate that biopharmaceutical development expenditures will grow from approximately $100 billion in 2014 to approximately $114 billion in 2019, representing a CAGR of approximately 3%. We believe that the growth in development expenditures is primarily attributed to the heightened pace of biopharmaceutical innovation, pressure on companies to replenish pipelines with new therapies, the favorable regulatory environment and the significant amount of capital raised by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies during the last several years. There were 13,718 drugs in the development pipeline in January 2016, as identified by Citeline Pharma’s R&D Annual Review 2016, an industry publication, which was an increase of approximately 41% compared to the 9,737 that were in development in 2010. In line with the significant capital raised by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, based upon financial data available from FactSet Research Systems Inc., a provider of financial information, as of September 30, 2015, the companies comprising the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index, or NBI, had approximately $109.3 billion in cash available to support ongoing clinical development. This figure represents a 24.7% increase above the cash balance of approximately $87.6 billion held by the companies comprising the NBI as of December 31, 2014, and a 111.5% increase above the cash balance of approximately $51.7 billion held by companies comprising the NBI as of December 31, 2010.

Increasing Outsourcing Penetration. Outsourcing penetration is the percentage of biopharmaceutical clinical development costs that are outsourced to CROs. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that approximately 52% of Phase I-IV clinical development expenditures were outsourced in 2014. Driven by increased clinical trial complexity, the need for regulatory and therapeutic expertise and global access to patient populations, we expect outsourcing penetration will reach approximately 62% in 2019.

Pressures Facing Biopharmaceutical Industry. The biopharmaceutical industry continues to experience significant challenges, including regulatory and pricing pressures resulting from healthcare reform, intensifying generic competition, pipeline failures and the need for continued innovation. In order to combat these challenges and maintain revenue growth and operating margins, biopharmaceutical companies increasingly seek clinical expertise and seek to outsource clinical services to CROs to accelerate clinical development and maximize commercialization success.

Increasing Clinical Trial Complexity. Clinical trial design and structure has become increasingly complex based on regulatory agency sophistication, more complicated protocols and a growing focus by biopharmaceutical companies on developing new cutting-edge drug therapies. For example, based on the data available in the FDA’s Orphan Drug Product designation database, the number of orphan drug designations granted has increased by nearly 90% over the past three years from 190 in 2012 to 354 in 2015. This growing complexity brings new challenges in study feasibility, site selection, patient recruitment and retention due to the rarity of orphan diseases, which globally may only have hundreds or thousands of patients. Additionally, measures of clinical trial complexity significantly increased over the last decade, with the mean number of procedures per protocol increasing by 68% as indicated by the Tufts Center for the Study of Drug Development, an independent non-profit research group. We believe full-service CROs with noted therapeutic leadership, full-service clinical operations, a proprietary technology platform, strategic regulatory guidance and integrated laboratories are well suited to successfully support these types of studies.

 

89


Table of Contents

Small- and Mid-Sized Biopharmaceutical Segment

We believe small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies are important to the continued growth of the CRO industry. These companies are primary centers of innovation, developing new, cutting-edge therapies for niche or previously untreatable diseases, which frequently require sophisticated clinical trials. These companies have limited ability to conduct global clinical trials independently, and as a result, they typically seek a strategic partner that can provide the therapeutic experience and infrastructure required to deliver timely completion of complex, global clinical trials. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that outsourced development expenditures for these companies will grow at a CAGR of 10% from 2014 to 2019, outpacing the estimated overall biopharmaceutical market CAGR of 6%. In 2014, we estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies outsourced approximately 69% of their development expenditures, representing an estimated addressable CRO market of approximately $7 billion, which we estimate, based on these same sources, will increase to approximately 76%, representing an estimated addressable CRO market of approximately $11 billion in 2019.

Biopharmaceutical companies have a variety of options for raising money to support the funding of their drug development, including raising private equity, raising public equity and partnering with large biopharmaceutical companies to jointly develop drug candidates. Many of these companies are well-funded, having raised approximately $232 billion of capital in the aggregate, including funding from investments from corporate partners, in 2014 and 2015, representing a 110% increase over the approximately $110 billion raised in 2012 and 2013, as identified by BioWorld, a biopharmaceutical news source. We believe the level of capital raised for small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies over the last few years is sufficient to fund significant clinical trial activity for these companies going forward. We believe that companies that are progressing with good results through a clinical trial will be able to continue to fund those clinical trials with available cash and will have additional avenues to fund these programs as necessary, including partnerships with large biopharmaceutical companies.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on positive trends in the CRO industry based on our key competitive strengths set forth below:

Disciplined and Integrated Full-Service Model. Since our founding in 1992, we have focused on building and executing our disciplined, full-service operating model to provide clinical development services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. At the center of our differentiated operating model is our full-service focused, end-to-end approach to delivering clinical development services. We partner with customers from the beginning of the clinical trial process and holistically navigate all subsequent components of the process. While many CROs engage in functional or partial outsourcing services as a significant component of their business model, we take a disciplined approach and do not typically provide such piecemeal services. We believe that a full-service approach delivers greater efficiency, better quality and, ultimately, higher value for our customers.

In executing our operating model, we have demonstrated durable success across multiple therapeutic areas. We embed therapeutic leads, each of whom holds a Doctor of Philosophy, or Ph.D., a Doctor of Medicine, or M.D., or other doctorate level degrees into every aspect of the project, and our customers rely on this expertise throughout the entire clinical process. By clearly communicating and aligning our expectations with those of our customers at the beginning of an engagement, we tend to develop a close working relationship that is built on a level of trust that results in us being granted greater control over the clinical trial process. We have developed and consistently utilize effective standard operating procedures, or SOPs, that we believe result in high-quality and timely clinical development outcomes for our customers. Our operating model utilizes our proprietary ClinTrak clinical trial management software, or ClinTrak, which is customized and streamlined to our SOPs. We house our key decision-makers, our internally-developed technology and our corporate infrastructure in our corporate headquarters in Cincinnati, Ohio. This centralization allows us to maintain highly integrated, standardized and flexible operations, while preserving our operating philosophy and extending our global reach, resulting in a disciplined business model and attractive EBITDA margins.

High-Science Approach with Deep Therapeutic Expertise. Customers generally seek a CRO with extensive therapeutic expertise in their focus areas. Our therapeutic expertise encompasses areas that are among the largest, most complex and fastest growing in pharmaceutical development, including Oncology, Cardiology, Metabolic Disease,

 

90


Table of Contents

Endocrinology, CNS and AVAI, as well as Medical Devices. Our core therapeutic expertise covers the therapeutic areas where a majority of all drugs are currently in development, as identified by Citeline Pharma R&D Annual Review 2016, an industry publication. Collectively, these areas constituted 82.7% of our backlog as of March 31, 2016.

We leverage the insights of our senior leaders who have specific therapeutic expertise to employ a high-science approach to our projects. Because we believe that therapeutic expertise plays a significant role in CRO selection, we focus heavily on hiring and training our therapeutic leads in order to maximize therapeutic insights to inform clinical trial design and execution. In clinical trial execution, our therapeutic leads are embedded into every aspect of the process from start to finish. Our scientific and medical staff is fundamental to delivering high-quality trial execution and enabling timely completion of complex processes.

Attractive and Diversified Customer Base. We have a strong track record of serving our core customer base of small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies, which we believe represents an attractive growth opportunity. We believe outsourced development expenditures in our core customer base will outpace the growth of the broader biopharmaceutical market. While we estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge, that the overall biopharmaceutical market will grow its outsourced development expenditures for Phase I-IV clinical development and laboratory services at a 6% CAGR from 2014 to 2019, we expect the small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical outsourced development expenditures will grow at a 10% CAGR during this period. Small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies, many of which are now well capitalized, have firmly established themselves at the forefront of medical innovation and the search for new therapies for previously untreatable diseases, which require increasingly complex clinical trials. CROs are integral to the clinical development process for these customers, providing regulatory and therapeutic expertise, complex clinical trial design, broader geographic coverage, access to diverse population pools and consistent and reliable data systems and procedures, since these customers often lack the infrastructure and global breadth required for efficient and high-quality trial execution.

In addition, we have a highly diversified customer base comprising many of the largest global biopharmaceutical companies, as well as high-growth small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated 55.7%, 29.3% and 15.0% of our net service revenue from small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies, mid-sized pharmaceutical companies and large pharmaceutical companies, respectively. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, our largest customer accounted for 8.1% and 6.9% of our net service revenue, respectively, and our top 10 customers represented 39.5% and 39.9% of our net service revenue, respectively.

Partner of Choice for Biopharmaceutical Customers. Based on our extensive operating history and therapeutic experience, we believe that we have established a reputation as a partner of choice to our core customer segment of small-and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Acting as incubators of pharmaceutical development, small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies are responsible for a number of innovative drug candidates currently being developed to address unmet medical needs. Many of these drug candidates are being developed for niche and severe indications with relatively small patient populations, which require increasingly complex clinical trials. These biopharmaceutical customers, sometimes new to the clinical development process, seek to partner with us based on our differentiated approach and expertise to execute trials in a timely and efficient manner. The Avoca Group’s 2011 Avoca Survey on Clinical Outsourcing Practices, a survey of over 100 biopharmaceutical companies, indicates that 48% of pharmaceutical companies with annual revenue over $1.5 billion, 51% of biopharmaceutical companies with annual revenue between $100 million and $1.5 billion, and 64% of biopharmaceutical companies with annual revenue under $100 million prefer medium-sized, full-service CROs, defined as the top 15 CROs by revenue excluding the top 5 CROs by revenue, based on service and outsourcing experience. Of this same group, only 40% of large pharmaceutical companies, 24% of mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies and 7% of small biopharmaceutical companies prefer large, full-service CROs, defined as the top 5 CROs by revenue. We do not believe that we are among the top 5 CROs by revenue based on publicly available information. We believe we are viewed as a strategic and trusted partner by these customers given our full-service approach, disciplined operating model and significant therapeutic expertise. As a result, our customers often grant us significant autonomy in executing clinical trials for their most valued assets.

Global Platform with Scalable Infrastructure. We believe that we are one of the leading CROs with the scale and therapeutic expertise necessary to effectively conduct global clinical trials. We began our disciplined international

 

91


Table of Contents

expansion in 2004 and have since increased the breadth and depth of our international footprint significantly, with 47% of our clinical operations employees located outside of North America as of March 31, 2016. We now offer our services through a highly skilled staff of approximately 2,200 employees across 35 countries as of March 31, 2016. As clinical trials become increasingly global, our platform provides our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations, as well as local regulatory expertise and market knowledge, which can reduce the time and cost of these trials, while also helping to optimize the commercialization potential for new therapies.

Strong Financial Performance. We have a proven track record of strong organic growth and achieved significant revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth and robust Free Cash Flow over the past several years. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we achieved net service revenue of $320.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $101.2 million, which represent a CAGR of 21.7% and 26.2%, respectively, since 2012. Our net (loss) income for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $(8.7) million, $(14.3) million, $(1.2) million and $24.8 million, respectively, partially as a result of non-cash amortization expense associated with identified intangible assets acquired as part of the Transaction. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, our Adjusted EBITDA margin was 31.6%. Our Adjusted EBITDA margins are driven by focusing on a full-service operating model and disciplined approach. We typically avoid functional or partial outsourcing services, which we believe are less efficient and lead to a lower margin profile. Over the last 15 years, we have maintained average Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 34%, while significantly scaling our business and expanding globally. Additionally, we have consistently demonstrated an ability to convert Adjusted EBITDA into Free Cash Flow. Our annual Free Cash Flow conversion, defined as Free Cash Flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA, has averaged 81.7% since 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 was $84.1 million, $62.5 million, $12.8 million and $98.1 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, to net (loss) income, and for a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow, also a non-GAAP measure, to net cash provided by operating activities, see “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Additionally, as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had total long-term debt, net, of $378.5 million and $377.9 million outstanding, respectively. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of this indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds.” We believe our strong financial profile demonstrates the quality and efficiency of the operating model we have built to position ourselves for continued future growth.

Highly Regarded, Experienced and Committed Management Team. We are led by a dedicated and experienced senior management team with significant industry experience and knowledge focused on clinical development. We were founded in 1992 by Dr. August J. Troendle, an industry pioneer, and we continue today as a founder-led enterprise with Dr. Troendle retaining a significant ownership stake in Medpace. Our management team has been responsible for developing our scientifically-driven, disciplined operating model, building our global platform and realizing our significant organic growth in revenue and earnings. Our senior management team has an average tenure with Medpace of 12 years, including four senior managers with over 20 years with us, and brings a healthy balance of significant experience with Medpace, regulators and other companies in the industry, including public companies.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

Continued Focus on Organic Growth. Our strong organic growth has been the result of consistently reinvesting our positive cash flow to support our therapeutic capabilities, service offerings and global expansion. As a founder-led enterprise, we intend to continue to emphasize preserving our unique culture and operating philosophy as we grow our scientific capabilities and clinical trial expertise by further investing in human capital. In addition to leveraging our operating model, we intend to continue to selectively hire employees to strengthen and expand our expertise in high-growth therapeutic areas, including Oncology, CNS and AVAI. We methodically look to hire employees early in their careers and thoroughly train them to excel in our disciplined operating model, while instilling within them our corporate culture and philosophy. We apply this same training and standardization globally in order to maintain consistency and minimize inefficiencies in our operations. From 2012 through 2015, we successfully organically grew our business from approximately 1,000 employees to over 2,000 and organically grew our net service revenue from $177.4 million to $320.1 million, representing a CAGR of 21.7%. We intend to continue to utilize our disciplined organic growth model and robust cash flows to drive future revenue growth.

 

92


Table of Contents

Continue to Sustain Industry-Leading Margins. Over the last 15 years, we have maintained average Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 34%. We intend to continue to maintain industry-leading margins (compared to our public competitors) while growing organically. We believe the key to sustaining margins is through the execution of our disciplined operating philosophy and full-service business model. Furthermore, we intend to continue to develop our centralized operations at our corporate headquarters in order to maintain standardization and consistency across our global operations. We have a proven track record of achieving strong margins while significantly scaling our business and expanding globally.

Leverage our Experience and Reputation in the Attractive, High-Growth Clinical Development Market. Our customers value the knowledge and therapeutic expertise we have developed from a long history of successfully executing clinical trials. Given the rapid emergence of new therapies and resulting evolution of commercial priorities among many biopharmaceutical companies, we believe consistently maintaining the necessary infrastructure and human capital required to retain clinical and therapeutic expertise internally is not the most cost-effective solution for these companies. As the regulatory landscape adapts to greater clinical trial complexity, we believe that biopharmaceutical companies will increasingly engage CROs with the requisite global resources as well as therapeutic and regulatory expertise to assume full responsibility of the clinical trial process. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports and management’s knowledge that Phase I-IV clinical development outsourcing penetration for biopharmaceutical companies will increase from 52% in 2014 to 62% in 2019. Based on our successful execution of clinical trials across many therapeutic areas in multiple countries, as well as our focus on closely partnering with our customers through all aspects of the clinical trial process, we believe we have developed a strong reputation in the industry as a leading CRO. We believe that this reputation positions us to continue capturing additional share of the attractive, high-growth clinical development market as the industry increasingly recognizes the benefits of our operating model.

Deepen Existing and Develop New Relationships with Our Core Customer Segment. We look to continue to deepen our long-standing relationships with existing customers through new engagements and expand our relationships with new small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical customers. As a strategic partner of choice, we clearly communicate and align our expectations with our customers at the beginning of an engagement to develop a close working relationship that is built on trust. We believe this trust, supported by our high-quality execution and frequent dialogue with our customers’ key decision makers, positions us to be awarded additional business in existing and new therapies, allowing us to grow alongside our customers and leading to an increasingly significant, and growing, contribution from repeat business.

While our successes to date have built a substantial customer base, we believe that there is opportunity for continued growth and penetration in our core customer segment. We place our therapeutic leads alongside our sales team to actively participate in the procurement of new customers whose portfolios align with our therapeutic expertise, which we believe further differentiates us from our competitors. In 2015, we worked with approximately 350 small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. 85.0% of our net service revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 was generated from small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. In addition, our sales team actively manages a database which currently includes over 4,400 companies that represent potential customers. We regularly assess this database for opportunities that align with our growth strategies and develop plans to target and engage these potential customers. Based on this, we estimate that we have captured approximately 4% of the approximately $7 billion small- and mid-sized biopharmaceutical CRO market, leaving us with significant opportunity for market share growth and new customer penetration expansion.

Pursue Selective and Complementary Bolt-On Acquisitions. We intend to augment our organic growth with targeted acquisitions to expand our current capabilities and service offerings that are complementary to our full-service model. Our acquisition strategy is driven by our comprehensive commitment to serve customer needs. While we are continuously assessing the market for attractive opportunities, we do so selectively with a focus on targeting opportunities to acquire and integrate complementary and strategic, non-transformative acquisitions within the CRO sector in order to strengthen our competitive position and provide enhanced value to our customers.

Position Ourselves to Increase Our Presence Among Large Pharmaceutical Companies as These Customers Adopt and Appreciate the Full-Service Approach. Given the growing pressures large pharmaceutical companies are facing, including complex clinical development and regulatory processes, these companies seek solutions beyond simply

 

93


Table of Contents

outsourcing clinical development. These companies are increasingly seeking strategic partnerships that provide more holistic clinical development services and also the expertise that CRO partners offer. We have witnessed a noticeable shift by large pharmaceutical companies away from lower-value, functional outsourcing service providers toward full-service CROs. Given our differentiated operating model, we believe larger pharmaceutical companies will be increasingly appreciative of our proven approach to clinical development and expertise, and we intend to actively market the strength and depth of our services to these companies.

Our Services

We provide a full suite of services supporting the entire clinical development process from Phase I to Phase IV. We offer these services across a wide range of therapeutic areas.

Our comprehensive suite of clinical development services includes, but is not limited to, the following:

Medical Affairs

The medical affairs group consists of therapeutic leads who provide strategic direction for study design and planning, train operational staff, work with primary investigators, provide medical monitoring and meet with regulatory agencies. Our customers rely on our expertise throughout the entire clinical trial process with therapeutically-focused physicians fully engaged throughout the study. We believe this depth of therapeutic leadership and engagement on each project results in a close working relationship with customers built on a level of trust that results in us being granted greater control over the clinical trial process.

Clinical Trial Management

Our team of clinical trial managers are responsible for leading all aspects of study execution. The clinical trial manager, or CTM, drives accountability across the functional team members and is responsible for successful operational execution. The CTM serves as the primary contact for the customer. Experience and therapeutic expertise are main factors when assigning CTMs to projects.

ClinTrak is integrated with our SOPs, allowing the CTMs to access real-time study metrics. ClinTrak is constantly evaluated and enhanced with our processes.

Study Feasibility

We have a dedicated feasibility team consisting of clinical experts who are an integrated part of the project team. Our feasibility team is able to analyze a specific protocol, using many data sources to determine countries and sites that are most appropriate for the study.

Study Start-Up

Our global Study Start-Up staff is well-versed in all aspects of clinical trial start up activities, including study documentation submission processes to independent Institutional Review Boards, or IRBs, ethics committees and to ex-US competent authorities. Our study start-up team includes fully dedicated budget and legal associates to ensure focused negotiations and execution of site contracts.

Clinical Monitoring

Our clinical monitoring group consists of highly experienced clinical research associates, or CRAs, who are based in 35 countries. With their experience and training, our CRAs are able to provide unparalleled site management services that includes both in-house and onsite monitoring. Their knowledge of local regulations and laws, in addition to Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, and International Council on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH, guidelines ensure compliance and data quality. Our CRAs report into a global matrix structure to ensure consistent training, oversight and management. Each CRA receives comprehensive, hands-on training in an individualized curriculum consisting of in-house and field-based training, supplemented with clinical research department core rotations and ongoing study-specific training.

Global Regulatory Affairs

Our Global Regulatory Affairs department has a strong track record of providing expert strategic, operational, and tactical regulatory guidance, as well as creating thorough, scientifically-grounded regulatory compliant documentation to regulatory agencies around the globe. Members of this team bring a long tenure of regulatory experience and scientific knowledge to each project. The group, led by former government officials and experienced drug development

 

94


Table of Contents

subject matter experts, provides comprehensive international support at each stage of the drug and biologics development processes. They have particular expertise within the areas of advanced therapeutics, accelerated development pathways, pediatrics, and rare diseases. The group also has a dedicated publishing function that has full electronic and paper publishing capabilities to support all types of international regulatory submissions.

Medical Writing

Medical writers work closely with Medpace’s medical experts, biostatisticians, and other members of the study team to develop study protocols, clinical and statistical study reports, and integrated submission documents according to regulatory guidelines. Members of Medpace’s medical writing group possess substantial scientific knowledge and experience as well as strong communication skills. This skill set and collaborative approach coupled with a thorough quality control document review process, allow Medpace to produce high-quality, submission-ready documents for each contracted project.

Biometrics

We provide customers with high-quality data collected during clinical trials that is the foundation of a successful clinical trial and forms the backbone of regulatory submissions, including New Drug Applications. We use global GCP-compliant SOPs, combined with continuous quality control, to ensure that data is consistent, efficient, and comprehensive.

Data Management: Our data management team develops detailed specifications for the collection, organization, validation, analysis and quality control of clinical trial data ensuring the most cost-effective, secure and regulatory compliant process.

Biostatistics: Our experienced team of biostatisticians provides trial design consulting, statistical methodology recommendations, programming expertise and reporting accuracy necessary to deliver clinical trials efficiently and on time. We offer comprehensive data analysis plans, thoroughly tested and validated customized programs, interpretation of study results, integrated efficacy and safety analysis for regulatory submissions, adaptive design and statistical support throughout the clinical trial.

Pharmacovigilance

Our safety and pharmacovigilance group collects, evaluates, analyzes and reports safety information. We provide global adverse event management, physician reviewed safety narrative writing and custom safety surveillance. Monitored by licensed physicians who are trained to provide oversight and to analyze and evaluate the emerging safety profile of the compound, we have designed our process to ensure safety and expedite approvals.

Core Laboratory

Our core laboratory services include both imaging services and cardiovascular core laboratory services. We partner with imaging experts from major academic and clinical institutions involved in research to provide image reading in a secure environment utilizing identical software and workstations integrated into ClinTrak allowing for prompt turnaround and oversight. Our imaging experts have clinical trial experience utilizing imaging modalities such as CT, MRI, PET/CT, 3D volumetric analysis, ultrasound, DEXA, angiography, endoscopy and photography. Our cardiovascular core laboratory provides state-of-the-art standardized electrocardiogram services and data analysis to support clinical trials.

Quality Assurance

Our quality assurance team works closely with study teams to ensure compliance with protocols, SOPs, and regulatory guidelines to ultimately protect research subject safety as well as the integrity and validity of study data. Our quality assurance team also provides services including regulatory training, internal system audits, SOP oversight, hosting of audits and regulatory inspections, as well as performs third party audits of critical vendors and investigative sites on behalf of our customers.

Laboratories

Central Laboratory. Through our Central Laboratory, we provide comprehensive, full-service capabilities globally in four locations, including Cincinnati, Ohio; Leuven, Belgium; Beijing, China; and Singapore. The Central Laboratory has longstanding core competency in specialized esoteric testing, including biomarkers for efficacy (approximately 60% of central lab revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015) in addition to standard assay offerings. Data consistency and harmonization are maintained utilizing global SOPs and reference ranges, identical

 

95


Table of Contents

analytic platforms, methodologies, reagent systems, calibrator and quality control programs, within a strict framework compliant with GCP requirements and regulatory guidelines to ensure laboratory data reflect the impact of the investigational compound and not differences in testing practices.

Bioanalytical Laboratory. Through our Bioanalytical Laboratory we provide highly scientific and value-added testing of biological samples using proprietary methods. Working in a Good Laboratory Practice compliant setting following FDA and European Medicines Agency, or EMA, guidelines, the Bioanalytical Laboratory delivers method transfer, development, validation, sample analysis and metabolite screening and identification of pre-clinical and clinical biological samples with expertise in developing proprietary, highly scientific, esoteric and sensitive tests. Areas of specific bioanalytical expertise include advanced mass spectrometry and immunoassay technologies for bioanalytical analysis and all bioanalytical aspects for small and large molecules. Our Bioanalytical Laboratory is located on our clinical research campus in Cincinnati, Ohio.

The majority of our laboratory services are performed as a component of a full-service clinical development arrangement with our customers. We also offer our laboratory services on a stand-alone basis, although this has historically represented an immaterial amount of our net service revenue. Regardless of the nature of the arrangement, our laboratory services are delivered consistently to our customers as a component of their clinical development activities.

Clinics

Our Clinics offering conducts studies in normal healthy volunteers, special populations, and patient populations over a spectrum of diseases including endocrine, cardiovascular and metabolic. Experience includes, but is not limited to: first-in-human, bioavailability/bioequivalence, single and multiple ascending dose, drug to drug interaction, food effect and device studies. Our 60,000 square-foot, 84 bed facility is centrally located on our clinical research campus in Cincinnati, Ohio.

Customers

We have a well-diversified, attractively-positioned customer base that includes small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies, mid-sized pharmaceutical companies and large pharmaceutical companies. We have conducted trials for many of the world’s leading pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies.

For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we generated 55.7%, 29.3% and 15.0% of our net service revenue from small- and mid-sized biotechnology companies, mid-sized pharmaceutical companies and large pharmaceutical companies, respectively. Additionally, we serve customers in a variety of locations throughout the world, with approximately 54% of our clinical operations headcount based in North America, 40% in Europe, 4% in Asia/Pacific and 2% in South America and Africa as of March 31, 2016.

For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, our largest customer accounted for 8.1% and 6.9% of our net service revenue, respectively, and our top 10 customers represented 39.5% and 39.9% of our net service revenue, respectively. For more information about our largest customer see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Service Agreements.”

Our net service revenue from our top 10 customers for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 was diversified across approximately 57 compounds in 49 indications across 146 active projects. Our top 10 customers have worked with us for an average of 6.3 years as of December 31, 2015. Further, among the majority of our customers, net service revenue is diversified by multiple projects for a variety of compounds. For example, 54 of our customers have active projects in more than one therapeutic area, making up 56.8% of our total net service revenue for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015. We believe this ability to penetrate across multiple therapeutic areas demonstrates our strong relationships with our customers and the attractiveness of our full-service, disciplined operating model.

We have in the past and may in the future enter into arrangements with our customers or other drug, biologic or medical device companies in which we take on payment risk by making strategic investments in our customers or other drug companies, providing flexible payment terms or fee financing to customers or other companies, or entering into other risk sharing arrangements on trial execution. We expect that the use of such arrangements will be very limited, and they are not a part of our core growth strategy.

 

96


Table of Contents

New Business Awards, Cancellations and Backlog

New business awards represent the value of anticipated future net service revenue that has been awarded during the period that is recognized in backlog. This value is recognized upon the signing of a contract or receipt of a written pre-contract confirmation from a customer that confirms an agreement in principle on budget and scope. New business awards also include contract amendments, or changes in scope, where the customer has provided written authorization for changes in budget and scope or has approved us to perform additional work as of the measurement date. Awards may not be recognized as backlog after consideration of a number of factors, including whether (i) the relevant net service revenue is expected only after a pending regulatory hurdle, which might result in cancellation of the study, (ii) the customer funding needed for commencement of the study is not believed to have been secured or (iii) study timelines are uncertain or not well defined timeline. In addition, study amounts that extend beyond a three-year timeline are not included in backlog. The number and amount of new business awards can vary significantly from period to period, and an award’s contractual duration can range from several months to several years based on customer and project specifications.

Cancellations arise in the normal course of business and are reflected when we receive written confirmation from the customer to cease work on a contractual agreement. The majority of our customers can terminate our contracts without cause upon 30 days’ notice. Similar to new business awards, the number and amount of cancellations can vary significantly period over period due to timing of customer correspondence and study-specific circumstances. Total cancellations in a period are offset against gross new business awards received in a period to determine net new business awards in our backlog calculation.

Net new business awards were $106.4 million and $91.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Net new business awards were $359.5 million, $329.1 million (of which $231.9 million related to the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and $97.2 million related to the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014) and $291.6 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the combined Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Our net new business awards for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 grew at a CAGR of 18% since 2012.

Backlog represents anticipated future net service revenue from net new business awards that have not commenced or are currently in process but not complete. Reported backlog will fluctuate based on new business awards, changes in scope to existing contracts, cancellations, net service revenue recognition on existing contracts and foreign exchange adjustments from non-U.S. dollar denominated backlog. As of March 31, 2016, our backlog increased by $42.3 million, or 10.4%, to $448.1 million compared to $405.9 million as of March 31, 2015. Our backlog as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was approximately $429.7 million, $394.0 million and $359.3 million, respectively. Included within backlog as of March 31, 2016 is approximately $227.5 million to $237.5 million that we expect to convert to net service revenue in 2016, with the remainder expected to convert to net service revenue in years after 2016. Our backlog as of December 31, 2015 grew at a CAGR of 11% since 2012.

Backlog and net new business award metrics may not be reliable indicators of our future period net service revenue as they are subject to a variety of factors that may cause material fluctuations from period to period. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in the scope of projects, cancellations and duration and timing of services provided. No assurance can be given that we will be able to realize the net service revenue that is included in backlog. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our backlog may not convert to net service revenue at our historical conversion rates,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—New Business Awards, Cancellations and Backlog” for more information.

Sales and Marketing

We employ an integrated sales and marketing team to sell our services to biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device companies.

We have an experienced and highly trained global team of professional business development representatives and business development support staff focused on securing business from both new and existing customers, through a

 

97


Table of Contents

consultative and strategic sales approach. We embed our medical and scientific experts from the beginning of the sales process when we first engage potential customers, and they remain embedded across the lifecycle of the sale and throughout the life of the project, program or partnership.

As part of its sales strategy, our business development team focuses on a customer segmentation model. Our team targets and engages customers in our addressable market, matches customer characteristics with therapeutic fit and maintains a mindset of full-service outsourcing. Our structured and disciplined approach facilitates strong account evaluation, which results in increased focus by the sales team, the development of effective and productive territories, the management of sales force effectiveness and the creation of a process whereby both marketing and sales operate under the same guiding principles.

We are able to consult collaboratively with our customers and help optimize timely completion of their clinical trials and programs, in part, because we engage our therapeutic experts from the beginning of the sales process and involve our regulatory affairs experts and highly trained operations team throughout the clinical trial process. Our sales team is then able to take the study design, regulatory plan and execution plan discussed up front and carry that through to the proposal and provide a final concept during one-on-one customer discussions and final CRO evaluations.

Our marketing team supports the business development function in three key areas, generating brand awareness through customized campaigns and web-site development, conference planning and lead generation through market research and business intelligence analysis. The marketing team is set up in two mirrored teams, one team to address our therapeutic strategy and tactics, and the second team to monitor and address market environment across our lines of business. All of our sales and marketing data are housed within a third party customer relationship management tool that provides us the analytics we need to make sales planning and sales management decisions.

Competition

We compete primarily against other full-service CROs as well as services provided by in-house R&D departments of biopharmaceutical companies, universities and teaching hospitals. Our major CRO competitors include Covance Inc., ICON plc, INC Research Holdings, Inc., inVentiv Health, Inc., PAREXEL International Corporation, Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC, PRA Health Sciences, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc. and numerous specialty and regional CROs.

We generally compete on the basis of a number of factors, including experience within specific therapeutic areas, quality of staff and services, reliability, range of provided services, ability to recruit principal investigators and patients into studies expeditiously, ability to organize and manage large-scale, global clinical trials, global presence with strategically located facilities, speed to completion, price and overall value. We believe we compete effectively with our competitors across these factors, particularly due to our full-service operating model, our deep therapeutic expertise in areas that are among the largest, most complex and fastest growing in pharmaceutical development, our global platform and our experienced and committed management team. However, some of our competitors have greater financial resources and a wider range of service offerings over a greater geographic area than we do, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage with respect to these competitors.

The CRO industry remains fragmented, with several hundred smaller, narrowly focused service providers and a small number of full-service companies with global capabilities. We believe there are significant barriers to others becoming a global provider offering a broad range of services and products including the cost and experience necessary to develop strong therapeutic areas, expertise to manage complex clinical programs, infrastructure to support large global programs, ability to deliver high-quality services and expertise required to prepare regulatory submissions in numerous jurisdictions.

Government Regulation

Development of Drugs, Biologics and Medical Devices

The development of drugs, biologics and medical devices is highly regulated in the United States and other countries. Our services are subject to varying regulatory requirements designed to ensure the quality and integrity of the pre-clinical and clinical trial process. In the United States, the FDA has primary authority to regulate these

 

98


Table of Contents

activities, in addition to the approval process, and the subsequent manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping and marketing for these products, which are the responsibility of our customers. Before a marketing application for a drug is ready for submission to regulatory authorities, the candidate drug must often undergo rigorous testing in clinical trials. In the United States, these trials must be conducted in accordance with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, its implementing regulations, and other federal and state requirements that require the drug to be tested and studied in certain ways prior to approval. The FDA has similar authority and requirements with respect to the clinical testing of biological products and medical devices. Before a human clinical trial may begin in the United States, the manufacturer or sponsor of the clinical product candidate must file an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, with the FDA, which contains, among things, the results of pre-clinical tests, manufacturer information and other analytical data. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development. Each clinical trial must be conducted pursuant to, and in accordance with, an effective IND. Each human clinical trial we conduct is subject to the oversight of an IRB, which is an independent committee that has the regulatory authority to review, approve and monitor a clinical trial for which the IRB has responsibility. The FDA and IRB receive reports on the progress of each phase of clinical testing and may require the modification, suspension, or termination of clinical trials if, among other things, an unreasonable risk is presented to patients or if the design of the trial is insufficient to meet its stated objective. In addition, information about certain clinical trials must be made publicly available on the federal government website, www.clinicaltrials.gov.

In the United States, GCP regulations govern the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis, and reporting of clinical trials. In order to comply with GCP and other requirements, we must, among other things:

 

  n   comply with specific requirements governing the selection of qualified principal investigators and clinical research sites;

 

  n   obtain specific written commitments from principal investigators;

 

  n   obtain IRB review and approval and supervision of the clinical trials by an independent review board or ethics committee;

 

  n   obtain a favorable opinion from regulatory agencies to commence a clinical trial;

 

  n   verify that appropriate patient informed consents are obtained before the patient participates in a clinical trial;

 

  n   ensure that adverse drug reactions resulting from the administration of a drug or biologic during a clinical trial are medically evaluated and reported in a timely manner;

 

  n   monitor the validity and accuracy of data;

 

  n   monitor drug or biologic accountability at clinical research sites; and

 

  n   verify that principal investigators and clinical trial staff maintain records and reports and permit appropriate governmental authorities access to data for review.

Clinical trials conducted outside the United States are subject to the laws and regulations of the country where the trials are conducted. These laws and regulations may or may not be similar to the laws and regulations administered by the FDA and other laws and regulations regarding the protection of patient safety and privacy and the control of clinical trial pharmaceuticals, medical devices or other clinical trial materials. Within the EU, these requirements are enforced by the EMA and requirements may vary slightly from one member state to another. In Canada, clinical trials are regulated by the Health Products and Food Branch of Health Canada as well as provincial regulations. Similar requirements also apply in other jurisdictions, including countries outside the EU and countries in Asia and Latin America where we operate or where our customers may intend to apply for marketing authorization. Clinical trials conducted outside the United States also may be subject to FDA regulation if the clinical trials are conducted pursuant to an IND or an Investigational Device Exemption for a product candidate that will seek FDA approval or clearance. In addition, clinical trial sponsors follow ICH E6 guidelines as a principle for good clinical practices.

The clinical trial customer and the parties conducting the clinical trials share in responsibilities to ensure that all applicable legal and regulatory requirements are fulfilled. Many of the functions we regularly perform in the conduct of clinical trials subject us directly to regulations (e.g., compliance with GCP), and in some circumstances, we will take on legal and regulatory responsibility either through a transfer of obligations to us from our clinical trial customers or our acting as local legal representative for certain of our clinical trial customers. We may be subject to

 

99


Table of Contents

regulatory action if we fail to comply with these requirements. Failure to comply with certain regulations may also result in the termination of ongoing research and disqualification of data collected during the clinical trials. For example, violations of GCP could result, depending on the nature of the violation and the type of product involved, in the issuance of a warning letter, suspension or termination of a clinical trial, refusal of the FDA to approve clinical trial or marketing applications or withdrawal of such applications, injunction, seizure of investigational products, civil penalties, criminal prosecutions or debarment from assisting in the submission of new drug applications. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, government regulations and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be adversely affected.”

We monitor our clinical trials to test for compliance with applicable laws and regulations in the United States and the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. We have adopted SOPs that are designed to satisfy regulatory requirements and serve as a mechanism for controlling and enhancing the quality of our clinical trials. In the United States, our procedures were developed to ensure compliance with GCP and associated requirements.

Health Information Privacy

The confidentiality of personal health information, including patient-specific information collected during clinical trials, is heavily regulated in the United States and other countries. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has promulgated rules under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and their implementing regulations, including the Privacy and Security Rules, or collectively, HIPAA, that govern the use, handling and disclosure of personally identifiable medical information. These regulations also establish procedures for the exercise of an individual’s rights and the methods permissible for de-identification of health information. HIPAA applies to “covered entities,” which include certain types of health care providers, as well as service providers to covered entities which access protected health information, known as “business associates.” Two of our subsidiaries, Medpace Clinical Pharmacology, LLC and C-MARC, LLC, are covered entities under HIPAA. Further, many investigators with whom we are involved in clinical trials are also directly subject to HIPAA as covered entities. There are instances where we may be considered a business associate of a covered entity investigator, and we have signed business associate agreements with some investigators. If we are determined to be a business associate, we would be directly liable for any breaches of protected health information and other HIPAA violations. We are also liable contractually under any business associate agreements we have signed with covered entities. In addition, we are also subject to privacy legislation in Canada under the federal Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, the Act Respecting the Protection of Personal Information in the Private Sector and the Personal Health Information Protection Act and privacy legislation in the EU under the 95/46/EC Privacy Directive on the protection and free movement of personal data, as replaced by the General Data Protection Regulation from early 2018 onwards. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—Current and proposed laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data could result in increased risks of liability or increased cost to us or could limit our service offerings.”

Health Industry Arrangements

The conduct of pre-clinical and clinical trials may be subject to laws and regulations that are intended to prevent the misuse of government health care program funding. In the United States, these laws include, among others, the False Claims Act, which prohibits submitting or causing the submission of false statements or improper claims for government health care program payments; and the Anti-Kickback statute, which prohibits paying, offering to pay or receiving payment with the intent to induce the referral of services or devices that are covered under a federal health care program. Violations of these laws and regulations may incur administrative, civil, and criminal penalties.

Employee Safety and Workplace Conditions

Most of our employees are office based and subject to health and safety regulations covering offices, with which we comply. In addition to its comprehensive regulation of safety in the workplace, the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for healthcare employers whose workers might be exposed to blood-borne pathogens such as HIV and the hepatitis B virus, which apply to our clinic and laboratories. Furthermore, certain employees might have to receive initial and periodic training to ensure compliance with applicable hazardous materials regulations and health and safety guidelines. We are subject to similar regulations with respect to our laboratories in Belgium, Singapore and China.

 

100


Table of Contents

Environmental Regulation and Liability

We are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and human health and safety in the countries in which we do business, including laws and regulations governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites and the maintenance of a safe workplace. Our operations include the use, generation and disposal of hazardous materials and medical wastes. We may, in the future, incur liability under environmental statutes and regulations for contamination of sites we own or operate (including contamination caused by prior owners or operators of such sites), the off-site disposal of hazardous substances and for personal injuries or property damage arising from exposure to hazardous materials from our operations. We believe that we have been and are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations and that we currently have no liabilities under such environmental requirements that could reasonably be expected to materially harm our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Intellectual Property

We develop and use a number of proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property in the conduct of our business. We rely upon a combination of confidentiality policies, nondisclosure agreements and other contractual arrangements to protect our trade secrets, and copyright and trademark laws to protect other intellectual property rights. We have obtained or applied for trademarks and copyright protection in the United States and in a number of foreign countries. Our material trademarks include Medpace and ClinTrak. Although the duration of trademark registrations varies from country to country, trademarks generally may be renewed indefinitely so long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained, and so long as they have not been found to have become generic. Although we believe the ownership of trademarks is an important factor in our business and that our success does depend in part on the ownership thereof, we rely primarily on the innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities of our employees. We do not have any material licenses, franchises or concessions.

Employees

As of March 31, 2016 we had approximately 2,200 employees worldwide, with approximately 65% in North America, 30% in Europe, 4% in Asia/Pacific and 1% in South America and Africa. None of our employees are currently covered by a collective bargaining agreement specific to our company. We believe our overall relations with our employees are good. As of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had approximately 2,000, 1,700 and 1,400 employees, respectively.

The success of our business depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified professional, scientific and technical staff. The level of competition among employers in the United States and overseas for skilled personnel, particularly for those with Ph.D., M.D. or equivalent degrees or training, is high. We believe that our brand recognition and our multinational presence are advantages in attracting qualified candidates. We also believe that the wide range of clinical trials in which we participate allows us to offer broad experience to clinical researchers. In addition, our disciplined and centralized approach to hiring and training has fostered, and we believe will continue to foster, strong employee loyalty and a low turnover rate.

Properties

As of March 31, 2016, we had 29 facilities located in 25 countries. Most of our facilities consist solely of office space; however, we have five laboratories located across four facilities. We lease all of our facilities, with the exception of office space owned in Leuven, Belgium and Prague, Czech Republic. Our principal executive offices are located on a corporate campus in Cincinnati, Ohio consisting of three buildings totaling approximately 332,000 square feet. The leases for the Cincinnati site expire in 2022, 2026 and 2027. None of our leases are individually material to our business model and all have either options to renew or are located in major markets with what we believe are adequate opportunities to continue business operations on terms satisfactory to us.

Liability and Insurance

We may be liable to our customers for any failure to conduct their clinical trials properly according to the agreed-upon protocol and contract. If we fail to conduct a clinical trial properly in accordance with the agreed-upon procedures, we may have to repeat a clinical trial or a particular portion of the services at our expense, reimburse the customer for the cost of the services and/or pay additional damages.

 

101


Table of Contents

At our Phase I clinic, we study the effects of drugs on healthy volunteers. In addition, in our clinical business we, on behalf of our customers, contract with physicians who render professional services, including the administration of the substance being tested to participants in clinical trials, many of whom are seriously ill and are at great risk of further illness or death as a result of factors other than their participation in a trial. As a result, we could be held liable for bodily injury, death, pain and suffering, loss of consortium or other personal injury claims and medical expenses arising from a clinical trial. In addition, we sometimes engage the services of vendors necessary for the conduct of a clinical trial, such as laboratories or medical diagnostic specialists. Because these vendors are engaged as subcontractors, we are responsible for their performance and may be held liable for damages if the subcontractors fail to perform in the manner specified in their contract.

To reduce our potential liability, and as a requirement of the GCP regulations, informed consent is required from each volunteer and patient. In addition, our customers provide us with contractual indemnification for all of our service related contracts. These indemnities generally do not, however, protect us against certain of our own actions such as those involving negligence or misconduct. Our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed if we were required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with a claim that is not indemnified, that is outside the scope of an indemnity or where the indemnity, although applicable, is not honored in accordance with its terms.

We maintain errors, omissions and professional liability insurance in amounts we believe to be appropriate. This insurance provides coverage for vicarious liability due to negligence of the investigators who contract with us, as well as claims by our customers that a clinical trial was compromised due to an error or omission by us. If our insurance coverage is not adequate, or if insurance coverage does not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially harmed.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently party to legal proceedings incidental to our business and may become subject to additional legal proceedings in the future. We believe that the ultimate outcome of the proceedings to which we are currently a party, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. See Note 9 to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of legal proceedings.

 

102


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers, directors and certain persons who have agreed to become directors, whom we refer to as our director nominees, as of the date set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

Dr. August J. Troendle

     59       President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Jesse J. Geiger

     41       Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Laboratory Operations

Susan E. Burwig

     53       Senior Vice President, Operations

Stephen P. Ewald

     46       General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Penelope J. Bucknell

     57       Vice President, Human Resources

Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan

     38       Director

Alexander F.S. Leslie

     36       Director

Matthew R. Norton

     31       Director

Robert O. Kraft

     46       Director Nominee

Brian T. Carley

     62       Director Nominee

 

 

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers, directors and director nominees:

Executive Officers

Dr. August J. Troendle—President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Dr. August J. Troendle has been the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medpace since he founded the Company in July 1992. Before founding Medpace, Dr. Troendle served as Assistant Director, Associate Director and Senior Associate Director from 1987 to 1992 at Sandoz (Novartis), where he was responsible for the clinical development of lipid altering agents. From 1986 to 1987, Dr. Troendle worked as a Medical Review Officer in the Division of Metabolic and Endocrine Drug Products at the FDA. Dr. Troendle also has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of public and private companies, including as a director of Coherus BioSciences, Inc. since 2012, as a director of Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. from 2007 to 2008, as a director of Symplmed Pharmaceuticals, LLC since 2013, as a director of LIB Therapeutics, LLC since 2015 and as a director of CinRx Pharma, LLC since 2015. Dr. Troendle received his Medical Degree from the University of Maryland, School of Medicine. We believe Dr. Troendle brings to our Board valuable perspective and experience as our Chief Executive Officer, and as a former member of a large pharmaceutical company and the FDA, as well as extensive knowledge of the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries, and his experience serving on public and private boards, all of which qualify him to serve as the Chairman of our Board.

Jesse J. Geiger—Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Laboratory Operations

Jesse J. Geiger joined Medpace in October 2007 as Corporate Controller, and he was appointed Chief Financial Officer in March 2011. Mr. Geiger became Chief Operating Officer, Laboratory Operations in November 2014. Prior to joining Medpace, Mr. Geiger worked for SENCORP from 2004 to 2007 as the Corporate Controller and Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis. Prior to SENCORP, Mr. Geiger served as the Director of Capital Markets for Cincinnati Bell from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Geiger started his career in the audit practice at Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Geiger has served as a director for several private companies, including as a director of Symplmed Pharmaceuticals, LLC since 2013, as a director of LIB Therapeutics, LLC since 2016 and as a director of CinRx Pharma, LLC since 2016. Mr. Geiger received his Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting from the University of Cincinnati and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Susan E. Burwig—Senior Vice President, Operations

Susan E. Burwig joined Medpace in August 1993 and has served in various key leadership roles within the Clinical Operations department. From February 2003 to May 2015, Ms. Burwig served as Senior Vice President, Clinical Operations, overseeing clinical trial management, clinical monitoring, start-up, including feasibility, and new business proposals. In June 2015, Ms. Burwig was appointed Senior Vice President, Operations. Prior to joining Medpace, Ms. Burwig held several clinical roles, including leading heart failure clinical research studies at the University of Cincinnati. Ms. Burwig received her Bachelor of Science in Nursing as well as an MA in Sports Administration from Kent State University.

 

103


Table of Contents

Stephen P. Ewald—General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Stephen P. Ewald joined Medpace as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in June 2012. Prior to joining Medpace, Mr. Ewald served as the Managing Director and Chief Legal Officer of Brevet Capital Management from May 2011 to June 2012. From May 2009 to May 2011, he was a Managing Director and Assistant General Counsel for Cantor Fitzgerald Securities/Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. Mr. Ewald was employed with Bank of America from 1999 to 2009, serving in various roles within the legal department and the Global Markets Group, including Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of the Principal Capital Group, a proprietary investing group within Bank of America Securities. Mr. Ewald has served as director for several private companies, including as a director of Symplmed Pharmaceuticals, LLC since 2013, as a director of LIB Therapeutics, LLC since 2016 and as a director of CinRx Pharma, LLC since 2016. Mr. Ewald received his Bachelor of Science in Political Sciences from the University of Cincinnati and his Juris Doctorate from the University of Cincinnati College of Law.

Penelope J. Bucknell—Vice President, Human Resources

Penelope J. Bucknell joined Medpace in February 2012 as Vice President, Human Resources. Ms. Bucknell has also led the Global Travel department since joining the Company, and the Facilities department since January 2015. Prior to joining Medpace, Ms. Bucknell was the Human Resources Director, Europe and Latin America for Underwriters Laboratories from August 2008 to February 2012. Before that, from 1998 to 2008, she served as Director and Executive Director, Human Resources, EMEA and Asia Pacific for Pharmaceutical Product Development. Ms. Bucknell received her Bachelor of Science in Social Sciences from Brunel University and a Postgraduate Diploma in Personnel Management from PCL (now the University of Westminster). She is a Member of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development.

Non-Employee Directors and Director Nominees

Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan—Director

Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan has served as a member of our Board since February 2014. Dr. Rajagopalan joined Cinven in 2004 and has been a partner since 2011. He currently leads Cinven’s Healthcare sector team, sits on the firm’s Executive Committee and is a member of the UK and Ireland regional team. From 2003 to 2004, he worked for The Boston Consulting Group, where he focused on projects in the financial services and healthcare sectors. Prior to this, he was a doctor in the UK National Health Service from 2001 to 2002. Dr. Rajagopalan has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of European private and public companies. Dr. Rajagopalan graduated from Cambridge University with undergraduate and postgraduate degrees in Medical Sciences. Dr. Rajagopalan was chosen as a director because of his significant financial, investment and operational experience from his background in private equity finance, along with his past practice as a doctor.

Alexander F.S. Leslie—Director

Alexander F.S. Leslie has served as a member of our Board since February 2014. Mr. Leslie joined Cinven in 2006, has been a partner since January 2016 and is a member of Cinven’s Healthcare sector team and its UK and Ireland regional team. Prior to this, he worked in the Investment Banking Division of Morgan Stanley in London from 2003 to 2006. Mr. Leslie has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of European private companies. Mr. Leslie has an MA in History from the University of Edinburgh. Mr. Leslie was chosen as a director because of his significant financial, investment and operational experience from his background in banking and private equity finance.

Matthew R. Norton—Director

Matthew R. Norton has served as a member of our Board since October 2015. Mr. Norton joined Cinven in 2010 and is a member of Cinven’s Healthcare sector team and its UK and Ireland regional team. Prior to joining Cinven, Mr. Norton worked in the Investment Banking Division of Citigroup in London from 2007 to 2010. There, he advised on M&A and restructuring deals across a range of sectors, including consumer, real estate and healthcare. Mr. Norton graduated from Imperial College London with an MSc in Physics. Mr. Norton was chosen as a director because of his significant financial, investment and operational experience from his background in banking and private equity finance.

 

104


Table of Contents

Robert O. Kraft—Director Nominee

Our Board has voted to elect Robert O. Kraft as a director, effective as of July 1, 2016. Mr. Kraft has served as the Executive Vice President of CVS Health Corporation and the President of Omnicare, Inc., CVS’s long-term care business, since August 2015. From September 2012 to August 2015, Mr. Kraft served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Omnicare, Inc., and from November 2010 to September 2012, he served as Senior Vice President, Finance of Omnicare, Inc. Before joining Omnicare, Inc., Mr. Kraft was an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he worked for 18 years. Mr. Kraft received his Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting from the University of Dayton. Mr. Kraft was chosen as a director nominee because of his significant financial and accounting experience from his background as an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and his experience as an executive of a public company.

Brian T. Carley—Director Nominee

Our Board has voted to elect Brian T. Carley as a director, effective as of July 1, 2016. Mr. Carley is currently the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Clubessential, LLC, a privately held Software as a Service (SaaS) company providing member engagement software. He previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Cincinnati USA Regional Chamber from 2014 to 2015. From 2002 to 2014, Mr. Carley worked at Deloitte & Touche LLP, where he served as regional and office audit division head and audit partner. Before joining Deloitte & Touche LLP, Mr. Carley was employed by Arthur Andersen LLP from 1976 to 2002. There, he served as office managing partner and audit partner. Mr. Carley also has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of companies, including as a director of Assurex Health, Inc. since 2015, and as a director and officer of numerous civic and charitable organizations. Mr. Carley received his Bachelor of Science in Accountancy from the University of Illinois, and he is a retired Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Carley was chosen as a director nominee because of his significant financial, accounting and directorship experience from his background as an audit partner at Deloitte & Touche LLP and Arthur Andersen LLP and his experience serving on boards.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ and director nominees’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors and director nominees provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will initially consist of six directors, and that our Board will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal as possible, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Our directors will initially be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  n   the Class I directors will be Robert O. Kraft and Brian T. Carley and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2017;

 

  n   the Class II directors will be Alexander F.S. Leslie and Matthew R. Norton and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2018; and

 

  n   the Class III directors will be Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan and Dr. August J. Troendle and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2019.

The size of our Board may thereafter be fixed from time to time solely by resolution of at least a majority of the directors then in office. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our Board may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law.”

 

105


Table of Contents

Selection Arrangements

Because Cinven will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, we expect that Cinven will control the election of our directors. In addition, we understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, Cinven and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, intend to enter into the Voting Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Voting Agreement,” for additional information.

Director Independence and Controlled Company Exemption

Because of the Voting Agreement and the aggregate voting power of Cinven and Dr. Troendle, we are considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Accordingly, we will not be required to have a majority of “independent directors” on our Board nor will we be required to have a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee composed entirely of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ. Further, our director nominees will not be required to be selected or recommended to the Board by a majority of the “independent directors” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ and compensation for our executives will not be determined by a majority of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ. The “controlled company” exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and NASDAQ, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our common stock, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of listing and each of whom will be independent within one year of listing.

After the consummation of this offering, we intend to avail ourselves of certain of these exemptions. In particular, immediately following this offering we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. Therefore, for as long as we remain a “controlled company” you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. If at any time we cease to be a “controlled company” under the rules of NASDAQ, our Board will take all action necessary to comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance rules, including establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period.

Our Board has affirmatively determined that Brian T. Carley, Robert O. Kraft, Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan, Alexander F.S. Leslie and Matthew R. Norton are independent directors under the applicable rules of NASDAQ.

Board Committees

Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our common stock on NASDAQ, we will establish an audit committee and a compensation committee. Each committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board. Each committee will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our Board. The charter and composition of each committee will be effective upon the consummation of this offering. The charter of each committee will be available on our website.

Audit Committee

The primary purposes of our audit committee will be to assist the Board’s oversight of:

 

  n   the integrity of our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes and financial information;

 

  n   our systems of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

  n   our process related to risk management;

 

  n   procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints and the confidential anonymous submission by our employees regarding accounting or auditing matters;

 

  n   the qualifications, engagement, compensation, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  n   our independent registered public accounting firm’s annual audit of our financial statements and any engagement to provide other services;

 

106


Table of Contents
  n   our legal and regulatory compliance;

 

  n   our related person transaction policy; and

 

  n   the application of our codes of business conduct and ethics as established by management and the Board.

Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our common stock, our audit committee will be composed of Robert O. Kraft, Alexander F. S. Leslie and Brian T. Carley. Brian T. Carley will serve as chair of the audit committee.

Brian T. Carley qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our Board has affirmatively determined that Robert O. Kraft and Brian T. Carley meet the definition of an “independent director” for the purposes of serving on the audit committee under applicable NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We intend to comply with these independence requirements for all members of the audit committee within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock. The audit committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

The primary purposes of our compensation committee will be to assist the Board in overseeing our management compensation policies and practices, including:

 

  n   determining and approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our executive officers;

 

  n   assessing our performance management process and updates to our succession plan for our Chief Executive Officer and other key executive positions;

 

  n   reviewing and approving incentive compensation policies and programs, and exercising discretion in the administration of those policies and programs;

 

  n   reviewing and approving equity and non-equity compensation, welfare, benefit and pension programs, other plans and policies related to compensation for our employees, directors and consultants and exercising discretion in the administration of those programs; and

 

  n   preparing the annual report of the compensation committee required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual report.

Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our common stock, our compensation committee will be composed of Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan, Alexander F.S. Leslie, Matthew R. Norton and Robert O. Kraft. Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan will serve as chair of the compensation committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we did not have a compensation committee. The compensation committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of NASDAQ.

Risk Oversight

Our Board is responsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our Board focuses on our general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. Our Board is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.

Risk Considerations in our Compensation Program

We conducted an assessment of our compensation policies and practices for our employees and concluded that these policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will update our written code of ethical business conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code will be posted on our corporate website, which will be located at www.medpace.com. Any amendments to or waivers from our code of ethical business conduct will be disclosed on our Internet website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver. Our Internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

107


Table of Contents

Disclosure Committee and Charter

We do not currently have a disclosure committee and disclosure committee charter. We plan to establish a disclosure committee following this offering and it will operate under a charter. The purpose of the disclosure committee will be to provide assistance to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer in fulfilling their responsibilities regarding the identification and disclosure of material information about us and the accuracy, completeness and timeliness of our financial reports.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No interlocking relationships exist between the members of our Board or our compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.

Leadership Structure of our Board of Directors

Our amended and restated bylaws provide our Board with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure would be in the best interests of our company. Upon completion of this offering, Dr. Troendle will serve as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability relating to any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, violations under Section 174 of the DGCL or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors, director nominees and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director, director nominee and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director, director nominee or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director, director nominee or executive officer, as applicable.

We have customary directors’ and officers’ indemnity insurance in place for our directors and executive officers.

 

108


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2015 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2015, our “named executive officers”, or NEOs, and their positions were as follows:

 

  n   Dr. August J. Troendle, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

  n   Mr. Jesse J. Geiger, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Laboratory Operations;

 

  n   Ms. Susan E. Burwig, Senior Vice President, Operations; and

 

  n   Mr. Kurt A. Brykman, Former Chief Operating Officer, CRO Operations.

Mr. Brykman’s employment ended on July 14, 2015.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2015 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth summary compensation information for our NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION

  SALARY ($)     BONUS (2)
($)
    STOCK
AWARDS (3)

($)
    OPTION
AWARDS (4)
($)
    ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION (5)
($)
    TOTAL  

August J. Troendle

  $ 270,417             $ 7,432,800             $ 113,537      $ 7,816,754   

    President and Chief Executive Officer

           

Jesse J. Geiger

  $ 300,000      $ 71,750                    $ 9,000      $ 380,750   

    Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Laboratory Operations

           

Susan E. Burwig

  $ 350,432      $ 62,900                    $ 20,600      $ 433,932   

    Senior Vice President, Operations

           

Kurt A. Brykman

  $ 225,217             $ 336,400      $ 239,000      $ 525,508      $ 1,326,125   

    Former Chief Operating Officer, CRO Operations (1)

           

 

 

(1)    Mr. Brykman’s employment ended on July 14, 2015. Mr. Brykman’s salary shown in the table is the salary he received from January 1, 2015 through his termination date.

 

(2)    The amounts shown in the table represent 2015 earned annual bonus paid to Mr. Geiger and Ms. Burwig of $71,750 and $62,900, respectively.

 

(3)    All stock awards granted to NEOs during 2015 are valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value of such stock awards, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), and do not represent amounts paid to or realized by the NEO. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards made to executive officers in 2015 in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As described below under “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table,” all stock awards, except Dr. Troendle’s July 31, 2015 grant of 475,000 vested shares, were, immediately upon grant (net of any shares surrendered in respect of tax withholding obligations), contributed by the NEO to MPI in exchange for incentive units of MPI. Upon Mr. Brykman’s termination of employment, his vested restricted shares (which had been exchanged for incentive units of MPI) were repurchased and his unvested restricted shares (which had been exchanged for incentive units of MPI) were forfeited.

 

(4)    All stock option awards granted to any NEOs have been valued based on the fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with ASC 718, and do not represent amounts realized by the NEO. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to executive officers in 2015 in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Upon Mr. Brykman’s termination of employment, he forfeited all his stock options, as they had not yet vested.

 

109


Table of Contents
(5)    This column shows the following amounts for Mr. Brykman: $37,359 in relocation reimbursement assistance, a $212,641 relocation balance payment, a lump sum severance payment of $268,715, $1,793 in assistance towards benefit continuation under COBRA and $5,000 in fees for service as a member of our Board following his employment end date. The amount shown in this column for Mr. Geiger consists exclusively of fully vested 401(k) matching contributions paid to his account by the Company.

The amounts shown in this column for Dr. Troendle and Ms. Burwig consist of fully vested 401(k) matching contributions of $10,600 each paid to their respective accounts by the Company and incremental costs of $102,937 and $10,000, respectively, attributable to personal usage of Company provided aircraft paid for by the Company on their behalf. For multi-leg hybrid flights in which at least one leg consists of personal use, the incremental cost of personal use is calculated based on the difference between the actual cost of the personal and business legs of the flight and the hypothetical cost that would have been incurred if only the business legs of the flight occurred, using costs provided by the chartered jet service provider. Pursuant to Company policy, for personal use of Company provided aircraft in which both Dr. Troendle and Ms. Burwig are present, incremental cost is allocated to Dr. Troendle for purposes of the Summary Compensation Table unless the incremental cost specifically relates to Ms. Burwig. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Aircraft Usage.”

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salaries

The NEOs receive base salaries to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

Dr. Troendle is party to an employment agreement with the Company (as described below), which provides for a base salary of $410,000 per annum. After entering into his employment agreement and prior to 2015, Dr. Troendle requested and received a lower base salary equal to $120,000 per annum. Effective on March 1, 2015 and consistent with our merit cycle, Dr. Troendle’s base salary was adjusted from $120,000 to $227,500 per annum. A second adjustment was confirmed and made effective on September 1, 2015, which adjusted Dr. Troendle’s base salary from $227,500 to $410,000 per annum to bring his base salary in line with his employment agreement.

Effective March 1, 2015 and consistent with our merit cycle, Ms. Burwig’s base salary was adjusted from $317,099 to $357,099 per annum.

During 2016, in addition to our normal merit cycle, we intend to perform a comprehensive market review of the compensation of the senior executives of the Company, including the NEOs (other than Mr. Brykman).

Discretionary Annual Bonuses

In 2015, each of our NEOs was eligible for an annual discretionary cash bonus determined by Dr. Troendle. Our discretionary bonuses have been intended to reward past performance as well as to provide incentives for future performance.

Dr. Troendle did not award himself an annual bonus in 2015. For 2015, each other NEO had a target annual bonus of 35% of his or her annual base salary. Dr. Troendle based his determination of such bonus amounts on a subjective evaluation of individual and Company performance for 2015. Mr. Brykman did not receive an annual bonus for 2015 because his employment ended prior to the end of the year.

The actual bonuses paid for 2015 are shown in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Bonus.”

Equity Compensation

We have granted equity awards to certain of our employees, including the NEOs, pursuant to the Medpace (formerly known as Scioto Holdings, Inc.) 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted shares, fully vested shares and restricted stock units. Stock options have historically been granted at a premium exercise price exceeding fair market value on the date of grant. As a condition to exercising stock options and acceptance of certain restricted shares, employees must execute a Contribution and Subscription Agreement that provides for the exchange of the shares issued for incentive units in MPI upon the occurrence of certain events. The incentive units are tied directly to common stock ownership of Medpace and entitle the incentive unit holder to participate in the risks and rewards of owning Medpace stock (including any vesting risk) through ownership in MPI.

Dr. Troendle was awarded two equity grants on July 31, 2015. One grant was for 475,000 fully vested shares of common stock outside of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The other grant was for 340,000 restricted shares under

 

110


Table of Contents

the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, 50% of which were scheduled to vest on December 31, 2015 and the remaining 50% of which were scheduled to vest on December 31, 2016. The grant of 340,000 restricted shares was immediately exchanged for incentive units of MPI, as required by the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Mr. Geiger and Ms. Burwig were granted shares in 2014 (which were immediately exchanged for incentive units of MPI), of which 40% were immediately vested shares and the remaining 60% were restricted shares originally scheduled to vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

On December 31, 2015, the Company accelerated the vesting of all outstanding, restricted shares awarded pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, including Dr. Troendle’s, Mr. Geiger’s and Ms. Burwig’s restricted shares (which were previously exchanged for incentive units in MPI).

Mr. Brykman was granted 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on March 23, 2015 (which were immediately exchanged for incentive units of MPI), of which 40% were immediately vested shares and the remaining 60% were restricted shares originally scheduled to vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries from the date of grant. Upon Mr. Brykman’s termination of employment in July 2015, his 16,000 vested shares (which had been exchanged for incentive units of MPI) were repurchased by MPI for cash in an amount equal to 80% of their fair market value ($102,400). Mr. Brykman’s 24,000 restricted shares (which were immediately exchanged for incentive units of MPI), were unvested and therefore forfeited upon Mr. Brykman’s termination of employment.

On March 23, 2015, Mr. Brykman was granted stock options with respect to 100,000 shares of our common stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to vesting in substantially equal installments over a four-year period. All such options were unvested as of his termination of employment and, accordingly, he forfeited them in connection with his termination of employment.

We have adopted, and our shareholders have approved, the 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our NEOs) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. For additional information about the Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Incentive Plans” below.

Offering Grants to Employees under the 2016 Incentive Award Plan

In connection with this offering, under the Plan, we intend to grant to certain of our employees equity awards with respect to an aggregate of up to 2% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering. We have not yet determined the allocation of such equity awards among the individuals or the terms of such awards.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our U.S. employees, including our NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time U.S. employees. The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we match contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions, beginning in the calendar year following the first anniversary of employment. Matching contributions cliff-vest on the employee’s third anniversary with the Company. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan and making matching contributions that vest over a defined period add to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivize our employees, including our NEOs, in accordance with our compensation policies. We do not currently maintain any defined benefit pension plans or deferred compensation plans.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

All of our full-time U.S. employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

 

  n   medical, dental and vision benefits;

 

  n   short-term and long-term disability insurance; and

 

  n   life insurance.

 

111


Table of Contents

We also provided Mr. Brykman with a relocation package in order to facilitate his relocation to the Cincinnati area upon joining the Company.

We believe the benefits and perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our NEOs.

Aircraft Usage

The Company utilizes Reynolds Jet Management, a chartered jet service provider, to arrange for use of a personal aircraft owned by ATSB Aviation, which is owned by Dr. Troendle and Ms. Burwig, to allow executive officers to safely and efficiently travel for business purposes. Company provided aircraft allow executive officers to be more productive than if commercial flights were utilized, as the aircraft provides a conducive business environment without the scheduling constraints imposed by commercial airline services.

Depending on availability, family members of executive officers are permitted to accompany the executive officers on the aircraft when it is already going to a specific destination for a business purpose. Because the aircraft is chartered based on flight hours regardless of the passenger load, the aggregate incremental cost to the Company for any additional personal use by passengers is de minimis.

In addition, executive officers periodically use Company provided aircraft for multi-leg hybrid flights in which at least one leg consists of personal use. The aggregate incremental cost to the Company of such personal usage in 2015 is shown in the Summary Compensation Table above. Any personal passenger(s) on board would result in imputed income to the executive officers using the IRS Standard Industry Fare Level calculation. The Company does not provide gross-ups with respect to any income taxes incurred by the executive officers in connection with the personal use of aircraft.

Severance Benefits

We do not maintain a formal severance policy, and any severance we provide to our NEOs is individually negotiated. In exchange for a release of claims, we provided Mr. Brykman with cash severance and reimbursement of COBRA benefits in connection with his termination of employment in July 2015 in the amounts shown in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “All Other Compensation.”

No Tax Gross-Ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our NEOs’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by our company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each NEO as of December 31, 2015.(1)

 

 

 

NAME

   GRANT
DATE
     NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
(#)
EXERCISABLE
     NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
(#)
UNEXERCISABLE
     OPTION
EXERCISE
PRICE ($)
     OPTION
EXPIRATION
DATE
 

August J. Troendle

                                       

Jesse J. Geiger (2)

     7/7/2014         8,750         56,250       $ 10.67         7/7/2021   

Susan E. Burwig (2)

     7/7/2014         12,500         37,500       $ 10.67         7/7/2021   

Kurt A. Brykman

                                       

 

 

(1)    This table does not reflect any fully vested restricted shares (which had been exchanged for incentive units of MPI) held by the NEOs as of December 31, 2015.

 

(2)    Mr. Geiger and Ms. Burwig were each granted stock options that vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period (i.e., 25% vest on each grant date anniversary). On September 22, 2015, Mr. Geiger elected to exercise 10,000 of the 18,750 options that vested on July 7, 2015, leaving him with 8,750 vested but not exercised options.

 

112


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement

Dr. August J. Troendle is party to an employment agreement with the Company, effective as of June 17, 2011, which provides for a three-year initial term followed by successive one-year terms, but it may be terminated by either party at any time upon 30 days’ advance written notice.

Dr. Troendle’s employment agreement provides for Dr. Troendle’s position as our Chief Executive Officer. Under the agreement, Dr. Troendle’s annual base salary is $410,000. The agreement also provides that Dr. Troendle will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, provided that he remains employed by us at the time we pay annual bonuses generally, based upon achievement of performance objectives and individual goals established by our Board. The agreement also provides for Dr. Troendle’s participation in all employee benefit plans and programs made available by the Company to our executives and the reimbursement of all reasonable business expenses incurred by Dr. Troendle.

Dr. Troendle’s employment agreement does not provide for any severance benefits upon termination other than the payment of accrued and unpaid base salary, any reimbursement due for incurred business expenses and any benefits due under our 401(k) plan in accordance with the terms of that plan. Upon termination, the treatment of any stock-based awards is governed by the terms of the applicable plan and grant agreement.

The Company and Dr. Troendle intend to enter into an amended and restated employment agreement, which will have a three-year term beginning upon the consummation of this offering, followed by successive one-year terms. The material terms of the amended and restated employment agreement are substantially the same as those of the existing employment agreement, as described above. The amended and restated employment agreement will also provide that the Company will cause Dr. Troendle to be appointed to the Board as of the effective date and will propose that he be nominated for re-election during the term.

None of our other executive officers is party to an employment agreement.

Director Compensation

None of our directors received compensation as a director for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, except for Mr. Brykman, who received $5,000 in fees for service as a director as indicated in the Summary Compensation Table.

We have adopted a compensation policy that, effective upon the closing of this offering, will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. Pursuant to this policy, each eligible non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $40,000. Each compensation committee member will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500. Each audit committee member other than the committee chairperson will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500 and the committee chairperson will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000. Each annual retainer will be paid quarterly in arrears. In the case of the non-employee directors affiliated with Cinven, such retainers will be paid directly to Cinven and not to the directors individually. The Board may, in its discretion, permit a non-employee director to elect to receive any portion of the annual retainer in the form of fully vested and unrestricted shares of common stock in lieu of cash.

Also, pursuant to the director compensation policy, on the date of any annual meeting of our shareholders, we intend to grant each non-employee director other than those affiliated with Cinven an award of an option to purchase the numbers of shares of common stock (at a per-share exercise price equal to the closing price per share of the common stock on the date of such annual meeting (or on the last preceding trading day)) that have a grant date fair value of $90,000. The terms of each such award will be set forth in a written award agreement between each director and us, which will generally provide for vesting after one year of continued service as a director. Any director elected or appointed mid-year will receive a pro-rated portion of the annual award adjusted to reflect his or her period of service. Restricted stock units may be granted in lieu of an option for the initial award.

All cash and equity awards granted under the non-employee director compensation policy will be granted under, and subject to the limits of, the Plan.

 

113


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

We maintain the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as described above. On and after the closing of this offering and following the effectiveness of the Plan (as described below), no further grants will be made under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

2016 Incentive Award Plan

We have adopted, and our shareholders have approved, the Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration. Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the Plan. The Plan is administered by our Board with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available. An aggregate of                 shares of our common stock (including the              shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the equity awards intended to be granted in connection with this offering) are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the Plan, which shares may be authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the Plan is forfeited, expires, is converted to shares of another entity in connection with a change in capitalization or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the Plan: (1) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (2) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (3) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

Awards granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any participant pursuant to the Plan during any calendar year is                 and the maximum amount that may be paid under a cash award pursuant to the Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period is $5,000,000; provided that these limitations will not apply until Section 162(m) applies to certain awards under the Plan (as described below). Further, the sum of the grant date fair value of equity-based awards and the amount of any cash compensation granted to a non-employee director during any calendar year shall be $400,000.

Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARS, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and other stock or cash based awards. Certain awards under the Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

  n  

Stock Options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of

 

114


Table of Contents
 

the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

  n   SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

  n   Restricted Stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

 

  n   Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other stock or cash awards are cash payments, cash bonus awards, stock payments, stock bonus awards or incentive awards paid in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both, and may include deferred stock, deferred stock units, performance awards, retainers, committee fees and meeting based fees.

 

  n   Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents may not be paid on awards granted under the Plan unless and until such awards have vested.

The plan administrator will determine whether any awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in which case (unless the award is a stock option or SAR) the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1 million cap on the compensation deduction that a public company may take in respect of compensation paid to our “covered employees” (which should include our Chief Executive Officer and our next three most highly compensated employees other than our Chief Financial Officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. Under current tax law, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the Plan until the earliest to occur of (1) our annual stockholders’ meeting at which members of our Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of our equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (2) a material modification of the Plan; (3) an exhaustion of the share supply under the Plan; or (4) the expiration of the Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. In addition, the Company may issue awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC even if such awards might be non-deductible as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

115


Table of Contents

In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other awards: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) expenses; (xv) working capital; (xvi) earnings or loss per share; (xvii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xviii) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xix) regulatory achievements or compliance; (xx) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxi) market share; (xxii) economic value; (xxiii) productivity; (xxiv) operating efficiency; (xxv) economic value-added; (xxvi) cash flow return on capital; (xxvii) return on net assets; (xxviii) funds from operations; (xxix) funds available for distributions; (xxx) market penetration and geographic business expansion; (xxxi) customer satisfaction/growth; (xxxii) recruitment and retention of personnel; (xxxiii) human resources management; (xxxiv) supervision of litigation and other legal matters; (xxxv) strategic partnerships and transactions; (xxxvi) financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); (xxxvii) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxviii) year-end cash; and (xxxix) acquisition activity and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.The Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to continue, convert, assume or replace outstanding awards, then all such awards will become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. Upon or in anticipation of a change of control, the plan administrator may cause any outstanding awards to terminate at a specified time in the future and give the participant the right to exercise such awards during a period of time determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments. The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination. Our Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the Plan, “reprices” any stock option or SAR, or cancels any

 

116


Table of Contents

stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. No award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our Board adopted the Plan.

Executive Bonus Plan

Executive Bonus Plan. We have adopted, and our stockholders have approved, a Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Executive Bonus Plan. The Executive Bonus Plan is designed to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate covered key executives toward even greater achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of us and our stockholders and to enable us to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The principal anticipated features of the Executive Bonus Plan are summarized below.

The Executive Bonus Plan is an incentive bonus plan under which certain key executives, including our NEOs, will be eligible to receive bonus payments with respect to a specified period (for example, our fiscal year). Bonuses will generally be payable under the Executive Bonus Plan upon the attainment of pre-established performance goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to participants under the Executive Bonus Plan based upon such other terms and conditions as the compensation committee may in its discretion determine.

The performance goals under the Executive Bonus Plan will relate to one or more financial, operational or other metrics with respect to individual or company performance with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries, including but not limited to the following possible performance goals: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) expenses; (xv) working capital; (xvi) earnings or loss per share; (xvii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xviii) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xix) regulatory achievements or compliance; (xx) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxi) market share; (xxii) economic value; (xxiii) productivity; (xxiv) operating efficiency; (xxv) economic value-added; (xxvi) cash flow return on capital; (xxvii) return on net assets; (xxviii) funds from operations; (xxix) funds available for distributions; (xxx) market penetration and geographic business expansion; (xxxi) customer satisfaction/growth; (xxxii) recruitment and retention of personnel; (xxxiii) human resources management; (xxxiv) supervision of litigation and other legal matters; (xxxv) strategic partnerships and transactions; (xxxvi) financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); (xxxvii) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxviii) year-end cash; and (xxxix) acquisition activity and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

The Executive Bonus Plan will be administered by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will select the participants in the Executive Bonus Plan and any performance goals to be utilized with respect to the participants, establish the bonus formulas for each participant’s annual bonus, and certify whether any applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given performance period. The Executive Bonus Plan provides that we may amend or terminate the Executive Bonus Plan at any time in our sole discretion. Any amendments to the Executive Bonus Plan will require stockholder approval only to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation. The Executive Bonus Plan will expire on the earlier of:

 

  n   the material modification of the Executive Bonus Plan; and

 

  n   the first stockholders meeting at which members of our Board are elected during 2020.

 

117


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The number of shares underlying outstanding stock options, the weighted-average exercise price of such outstanding options and the number of additional shares remaining available for future issuance under our equity plans, as of December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

 

 

PLAN

   NUMBER OF
SECURITIES TO
BE ISSUED
UPON EXERCISE
OF OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS,
WARRANTS AND
RIGHTS(A)
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE OF
OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS,
WARRANTS
AND
RIGHTS(B)
     NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
REMAINING
AVAILABLE FOR
FUTURE
ISSUANCE
UNDER EQUITY
COMPENSATION
PLANS
(EXCLUDING
SECURITIES
REFLECTED IN
COLUMN(A))(C) (1)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

        

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

     2,423,205       $ 11.42         573,619   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

                       

Total

     2,423,205       $ 11.42         573,619   

 

 

(1)    Includes securities that may be issued as stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Set forth below is a description of certain relationships and related person transactions between us or our subsidiaries, and our directors, director nominees, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities since January 1, 2013. We believe that all of the following transactions were entered into with terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

The Transaction

In April 2014, an affiliate of Cinven acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Medpace IntermediateCo for an aggregate purchase price of $921.3 million. In connection with the acquisition, certain employees of the Company, through MPI, agreed to contribute shares held in Medpace IntermediateCo in exchange for a percentage stake in Medpace Holdings, Inc. Immediately following the Transaction, Cinven and MPI owned approximately 75% and 25%, respectively, of Medpace Holdings, Inc. Upon the completion of this offering, Cinven will own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

In addition, in connection with the Transaction and pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 22, 2014, we agreed to indemnify former directors, officers, employees and certain other affiliates of our predecessor company with respect to all acts or omissions by them in their capacities as such.

Advisory Fees

After the consummation of the Transaction, we entered into an advisory services agreement, or the Advisory Services Agreement, with an affiliate of Cinven. Under the Advisory Services Agreement, we owe $0.3 million annually to such affiliate of Cinven in exchange for advisory and consulting services. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 we incurred Advisory Service Agreement management fees of $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, less than $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in related travel expenses, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had outstanding accounts payable to Cinven of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. We paid $21.7 million in expenses related to the Transaction on behalf of or to Cinven and CCMP.

We were obligated to pay management fees to a subsidiary of CCMP and incurred $0.1 million and $0.3 million in such fees for the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Advisory Services Agreement will terminate in connection with the consummation of this offering.

Consulting Fees

In 2014, we paid $1.7 million in consulting fees to Fairmount Partners LP in connection with the Transaction. A managing director of this firm, Cornelius McCarthy, was a member of our Board at the time the fee was incurred.

Voting Agreement

We understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, Cinven and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, intend to enter into the Voting Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement, for so long as Cinven and Dr. Troendle collectively hold at least 40% of our outstanding voting shares, or the Voting Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, Cinven will agree to vote its shares of our common stock in favor of the election of Dr. Troendle to our Board (so long as Dr. Troendle remains our Chief Executive Officer) upon his nomination by our Board and Dr. Troendle will agree to vote his shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with Cinven upon their nomination by our Board; provided, that in the event that Cinven holds less than (a) 40% but greater than or equal to 25% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall be required to vote for two directors affiliated with Cinven, after giving effect to the directors then sitting on the Board, (b) 25% but greater than or equal to 10% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall be required to vote for one director affiliated with Cinven, after giving effect to the directors then sitting on the Board and (c) 10% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall not be required to vote for any directors affiliated with Cinven.

 

119


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with Cinven and Dr. Troendle in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Cinven and Dr. Troendle certain registration rights whereby, at any time following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, Cinven and Dr. Troendle can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of our common stock held by them. When we become and for so long as we are eligible to use Form S-3 under the Securities Act, Cinven and Dr. Troendle will have shelf registration rights requiring us to file a shelf registration statement and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement so as to allow sales thereunder from time to time. Cinven and Dr. Troendle are also entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in any registration of our common stock under the Securities Act that we may undertake. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify Cinven and Dr. Troendle and members of management participating in any offering against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.

Board Compensation

Our directors who are employed by us or our subsidiaries do not receive any compensation and will not receive compensation following this offering, except as limited to expense reimbursement. Our other directors will receive compensation for their service as members of our Board. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Director Compensation.”

Employment Agreements

We currently have an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, and we intend to enter into a new employment agreement with him effective upon the consummation of this offering. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Agreement.”

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors, director nominees and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director, director nominee and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director, director nominee or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director, director nominee or executive officer, as applicable.

Service Agreements

Symplmed Pharmaceuticals, LLC, or Symplmed

In 2013, we entered into a master services agreement, or the Symplmed MSA, with Symplmed, a pharmaceutical development company that is majority owned by MPI. The Symplmed MSA provided that we would perform Symplmed’s clinical trials. In 2014, we entered into an amended master services agreement, or the Amended Symplmed MSA, with Symplmed. The Amended Symplmed MSA provides for a revised financing arrangement, which allows Symplmed to defer payments owed to us. In return, we can charge a premium for our services as consideration for the deferred payment concessions.

At its inception in 2013, Symplmed was majority owned by our Chief Executive Officer, who was elected to Symplmed’s board of directors that year along with our Chief Financial Officer and our General Counsel. In 2014 and 2015, our Chief Executive Officer and other executives made equity investments in Symplmed, which are now held through MPI.

For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized related person transactions of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million, less than $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million as net service revenue, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had Symplmed related accounts receivable of $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Symplmed leases office space from us at our corporate headquarters in Cincinnati.

 

120


Table of Contents

Coherus BioSciences, Inc., or Coherus, and MX II Associates, LLC, or MXII

In 2011, MXII, an entity of which our Chief Executive Officer is the managing member, made an equity investment in Coherus, a biosimilar therapeutics developer. In early 2012, we made a $2.5 million equity investment in Coherus. Concurrent with its initial investment, MXII secured the exclusive rights for us to perform Phase I through Phase III clinical trial work for certain of Coherus’ bio-similar drug compounds through a master services agreement, or the Coherus MSA. In return, we entered into a commission agreement with MXII, which provided that we would pay a 10% sales commission to MXII for cash received from Coherus. The commission agreement between us and MXII was terminated in 2015. The Coherus MSA remains in place.

We paid $0.3 million in sales commissions to MXII in 2012 related to a $2.5 million advance payment received from Coherus. We also paid commissions of $0.5 million, $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized net service revenue from Coherus of $7.1 million, $5.6 million, $22.1 million, $10.6 million, $2.0 million, and $3.3 million, respectively. In addition, we recognized reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue and reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses of $1.2 million, $0.9 million, $6.9 million, $2.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had recorded accounts receivable from Coherus of $2.9 million, $2.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively. We also reported advanced billings of $8.4 million, $8.4 million and $5.3 million and pre-funded study costs of $3.7 million, $3.5 million and $2.4 million from Coherus as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Coherus was our largest customer for Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, accounting for 8.1% and 6.9% of our net service revenue, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, we recorded an impairment loss of $2.3 million on our equity investment in Coherus in contemplation of the ultimate liquidation of this investment prior to the Transaction. In March 2014, the investment was sold to MPI for $0.3 million.

Dr. Troendle directly and indirectly beneficially owns 5.4% of the outstanding common stock of Coherus according to public filings of Coherus. Such shares consist of 29,994 shares held directly by Dr. Troendle, 1,642,492 shares held by MXII, an entity for which Dr. Troendle serves as managing member, and 268,428 shares held by MPI, an entity for which Dr. Troendle serves as the manager. Dr. Troendle disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by MXII and MPI, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Additionally, MXII also holds $4.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Coherus’ 8.2% senior convertible notes due 2022.

Xenon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Xenon

Our Chief Executive Officer has an equity investment in Xenon, a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Troendle was also a member of Xenon’s board of directors from 2007 to 2008. In June 2006, we entered into a master services agreement with Xenon. In July 2015, we entered into an amended master services agreement with Xenon to provide certain clinical development services to Xenon. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized net service revenue of $0.3 million and $0.7 million related to Xenon, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had $2.0 million and $1.8 million and $0.1 million and $0.2 million of advanced billings and pre-funded study costs, respectively, related to Xenon.

Medpace Investors, LLC

MPI is a noncontrolling shareholder of the Company that is owned by employees of the Company. Our Chief Executive Officer is the sole manager and majority unit holder of MPI and our other executive officers and certain other employees are unit holders of MPI. We act as a paying agent for MPI with taxing authorities principally in

 

121


Table of Contents

instances when employee tax payments or remittance of withholdings related to equity compensation are required. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, we paid $0.6 million, $0.0 million, $0.9 million and $1.4 million to various taxing authorities on behalf of MPI, respectively. No payments were made by the Company to various taxing authorities on behalf of MPI in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 or the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Leased Real Estate

In October 2010, we entered into an operating lease with 100 Medpace Way, LLC, or 100 MW, which is wholly owned by our Chief Executive Officer. The lease has an initial term of 12 years with a renewal option for one 10-year term at prevailing market rates. We pay rent, taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses that arise from use of the property. The annual base rent in effect as of December 31, 2015 was $2.1 million. The lease allows for adjustments to the rental rate annually for increases in the consumer price index. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, lease expense for 100 MW of $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $2.1 million, $1.6 million, $0.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, were recorded. Additionally, we prepaid $0.2 million in lease payments to 100 MW, which was recorded as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2014.

We entered into two leases of office space, commencing in July 2012 and September 2012, with 200 Medpace Way, LLC, or 200 MW, and 300 Medpace Way, LLC, or 300 MW, respectively. 200 MW and 300 MW are wholly owned by our Chief Executive Officer and certain of his immediate family members. Each lease has an initial term of 15 years with a renewal option for one 10-year term at prevailing market rates. The annual base rent in effect as of December 31, 2015 for the 200 MW lease and the 300 MW lease was $2.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The obligation was initially recorded by us at its net present value using the notional rates implicit in the lease agreements. We revalued the liability by calculating the net present value using our incremental borrowing rate at the time of the Transaction. For the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded lease payments of $0.9 million, $0.6 million, $3.4 million, $3.1 million, $0.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

From time to time in the past we have entered into, and in the future we may enter into, lease arrangements with entities directly or indirectly controlled by our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer and founder.

Travel Services

We incur expenses for travel services for company executives provided by a private aviation charter company, or ATSB Aviation, which is owned by our Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President of Operations. We may contract directly with ATSB Aviation for the use of its aircraft or indirectly through a third party aircraft management and jet charter company, or Reynolds Jet Management. The travel services provided are primarily for business purposes, with any personal travel paid for as part of the executives’ compensation arrangements. Reynolds Jet Management also makes the ATSB Aviation aircraft available to other third parties. Medpace incurred travel expenses of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.9 million, $0.5 million and $0.1 million for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor nine month period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2014, respectively, related to these travel services. For more information, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Aircraft Usage.”

Common Stock Purchases

In 2013, our Chief Executive Officer entered into a stock purchase agreement with the Company that permitted him to purchase 120,000 shares of our common stock at the then-current market value for those shares. In exchange, our Chief Executive Officer agreed to forfeit his ownership of 80,000 unvested stock options that were originally scheduled to vest at various dates through 2016. Proceeds of $1.2 million from this stock purchase were reflected as stock issued and proceeds from sale of common stock for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

 

122


Table of Contents

Assets and Obligations Related to Former Owners

As part of the stock purchase agreement dated June 17, 2011, or the Predecessor Purchase Agreement, for the purchase of Medpace, Inc. by CCMP, the sellers (a group led by our current Chief Executive Officer, referred to as the “Former Owners”) and the buyers (led by CCMP) agreed to certain tax indemnifications regarding contingencies that could arise after the June 17, 2011 acquisition, and tax payments or refunds that were finalized after June 17, 2011, but which related to periods prior to that date. In February 2015, a settlement was reached with a local taxing authority regarding the refund of income tax payments made by the Company prior to June 17, 2011. As of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Medpace had $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets related to the tax refund due from the local taxing authority, and $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities, representing an obligation to the Former Owners. We had $0.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and $0.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million in other current liabilities as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, associated with refunds from various other taxing authorities that were generated prior to June 17, 2011.

Other

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle and our Senior Vice President of Operations, Susan E. Burwig, each of whom is an executive officer, cohabitate. For information regarding each of their compensation arrangements, see “Executive and Director Compensation.”

We provided our former Chief Operating Officer, Kurt A. Brykman, with a cash severance and reimbursement of COBRA benefits of approximately $0.3 million in connection with his termination of employment in July 2015. For additional information, see “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, has indicated an interest to purchase up to $             million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Dr. Troendle would purchase an aggregate of up to approximately              of              the shares in this offering based on this indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, Dr. Troendle may determine to increase or reduce the amount of his indication of interest, or otherwise elect not to purchase any shares. It is also possible that the number of shares, if any, allocated to Dr. Troendle in the offering may be smaller than the amount of his indication of interest.

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a written policy relating to the approval of related person transactions. Our audit committee will review and approve or ratify all relationships and related person transactions between us and (i) our directors, director nominees, executive officers or their immediate family members, (ii) any 5% record or beneficial owner of our common stock, or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in (i) and (ii) above. The audit committee will review all such related person transactions and, where the audit committee determines that such transactions are in our best interests, approve such transactions in advance of such related person transaction being given effect. As set forth in the related person transaction policy, in the course of its review and approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the audit committee will, in its judgment, consider in light of the relevant facts and circumstances whether the related person transaction is, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated person, the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction and various factors enumerated in the policy.

Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a related person transaction under review or is otherwise not disinterested will not be permitted to participate in the discussions or approval or ratification of the related person transaction. Our policy also includes certain exemptions for related person transactions that need not be reported and provides the audit committee with the discretion to pre-approve certain related person transactions.

 

123


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 and immediately after the completion of this offering by (1) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, (2) each of our directors and director nominees, (3) each of our executive officers and (4) all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

To our knowledge, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the securities shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. The number of securities shown represents the number of securities the person “beneficially owns,” as determined by the rules of the SEC. The SEC has defined “beneficial” ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power. A security holder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such security holder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (1) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (2) the conversion of a security, (3) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (4) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

The percentages reflect beneficial ownership immediately prior to and immediately after the completion of this offering as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and are based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of                , 2016 and assumes there are                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, and there are                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. Except as noted below, the address for all beneficial owners in the table below is c/o Medpace Holdings, Inc. at 5375 Medpace Way, Cincinnati, Ohio 45227.

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. August J. Troendle, has indicated an interest in purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. The following table does not reflect any such potential purchases. If any shares are purchased by Dr. Troendle, the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned after this offering and the percentage of common stock beneficially owned after this offering may differ from that set forth in the table below.

 

 

 

    SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED PRIOR TO
OFFERING
  SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
AFTER OFFERING (ASSUMING
NO EXERCISE OF THE OPTION
TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL
SHARES)
  SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
AFTER OFFERING (ASSUMING
FULL EXERCISE OF THE
OPTION TO PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL SHARES)

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

  NUMBER   PERCENTAGE   NUMBER   PERCENTAGE   NUMBER   PERCENTAGE

5% Shareholders

           

Investment funds affiliated with Cinven Capital Management (1)

           

Medpace Investors, LLC (2)

           

Named Executive Officers

           

Dr. August J. Troendle (3)

           

Jesse J. Geiger (4)

           

Susan E. Burwig (5)

           

Non-Employee Directors and Director Nominees

           

Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan

           

Alexander F.S. Leslie

           

Matthew R. Norton

           

Robert O. Kraft

           

Brian T. Carley

           

All named executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group (8 persons)

           

 

124


Table of Contents

 

 

 

(1)    Includes              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund (No. 1) Limited Partnership (“LP1”),              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund (No. 2) Limited Partnership (“LP2”),              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund (No. 3) Limited Partnership (“LP3”),              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund (No. 4) Limited Partnership (“LP4”),              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund (No. 5) Limited Partnership (“LP5”),              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund (No. 6) Limited Partnership (“LP6” and, together with LP1, LP2, LP3, LP4 and LP5, the “Limited Partnerships”),              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund FCP-SIF (“FCP”) and              shares held by Fifth Cinven Fund Co-Investment Partnership (“CIP”). Each of the Limited Partnerships is managed and controlled by Cinven Capital Management (V) Limited Partnership Incorporated (“GPLP”), their Managing General Partner. Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited (“Cinven MGP” and together with GPLP, CIP, FCP and the Limited Partnerships, the “Cinven Entities) is the Managing General Partner of GPLP. FCP is managed and controlled by Cinven Manco S.A.R.L. (“Manco”). Cinven MGP also exercises investment discretion and control over the shares held by each of FCP and CIP, which are subject to contractual commitments that each invest and divest side-by-side with the Limited Partnerships. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held by the Cinven Entities are made by the majority vote of the board of directors of Cinven MGP, comprised of Brian Linden, Hayley Tanguy, John Boothman, Robin Hall, Rupert Dorey and William Scott. Each such director disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

The principal business address for each of Cinven MGP, GPLP and the Limited Partnerships is East Wing, Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3PP. The principal business address of CIP is Warwick Court, Paternoster Square, London, EC4M 7AG. The principal business address of each of Manco and FCP is 7, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748, Luxembourg.

 

(2)    Dr. August J. Troendle, as the sole manager of Medpace Investors, LLC, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares held by Medpace Investors, LLC.

 

(3)    Includes              shares of common stock and              shares of common stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus, in each case, directly held by Dr. August J. Troendle, and              shares of common stock held by Medpace Investors, LLC. Dr. August J. Troendle, as the sole manager of Medpace Investors, LLC, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares held by Medpace Investors, LLC.

 

(4)    Includes              shares of common stock and              shares of common stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

 

(5)    Includes              shares of common stock and              shares of common stock which may be acquired upon the exercise of stock options which have vested or will vest within 60 days of the filing of this prospectus.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capital

As of the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

 

  n   250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which                 shares will be issued and outstanding, and;

 

  n   5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

Unless our Board determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to which shareholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, a holder or group of holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the consummation of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board has the authority, without action by the shareholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the powers, rights, preferences, and privileges of each class or series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of the common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

The purpose of authorizing our Board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a shareholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while

 

126


Table of Contents

providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of our common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Exclusive Venue

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by shareholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board is elected each year. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed from our Board for cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our common stock. See “Management—Board of Directors.” The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors are fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board.

 

127


Table of Contents

Business Combinations

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Accordingly, a holder or group of holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock are able to elect all of the directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Shareholder Meetings, Director Nominations and Shareholder Proposals

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that shareholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a qualified shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the shareholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to applicable law, special meetings of the shareholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any shareholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the advance notice and duration of ownership requirements set forth in our bylaws and provide us with certain information. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of us or our management.

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board or a committee of the Board. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a shareholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the shareholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our company.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that shareholder action by written consent will be permitted only if the action to be effected by such written consent and the taking of such action by such written consent have been previously approved by the board of directors.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon consummation of this offering, our

 

128


Table of Contents

amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the votes which all our shareholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the votes which all our shareholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate described above.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board and in the policies formulated by our Board and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for shares of our common stock and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority shareholders.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our shareholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of shares of our common stock at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law and such suit is brought in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. See “—Exclusive Venue” above.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Cinven or any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Cinven or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

 

129


Table of Contents

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our shareholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

 

  n   any breach of his duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

 

  n   acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  n   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or

 

  n   improper distributions to shareholders.

These provisions may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Voting Agreement

We understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, Cinven and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, intend to enter into the Voting Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement, for so long as Cinven and Dr. Troendle collectively hold at least 40% of our outstanding voting shares, or the Voting Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, Cinven will agree to vote its shares of our common stock in favor of the election of Dr. Troendle to our Board (so long as Dr. Troendle remains our Chief Executive Officer) upon his nomination by our Board and Dr. Troendle will agree to vote his shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with Cinven upon their nomination by our Board; provided, that in the event that Cinven holds less than (a) 40% but greater than or equal to 25% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall be required to vote for two directors affiliated with Cinven, after giving effect to the directors then sitting on the Board, (b) 25% but greater than or equal to 10% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall be required to vote for one director affiliated with Cinven, after giving effect to the directors then sitting on the Board and (c) 10% of our voting shares then outstanding, Dr. Troendle shall not be required to vote for any directors affiliated with Cinven. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Voting Agreement.”

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with Cinven and Dr. August J. Troendle, our Chief Executive Officer and founder, pursuant to which such holders will have specified rights to require us to register all or any portion of their shares under the Securities Act. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “MEDP.”

 

130


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on NASDAQ, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of                 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining                 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

In addition, of the                 shares of our common stock that will be subject to stock options outstanding immediately after this offering, options to purchase                 shares of common stock will be vested immediately after this offering and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock–up agreements described below and the holding requirements of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

In addition, under the Plan, we intend to grant to certain of our employees in connection with this offering equity awards with respect to an aggregate of up to 2% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of the offering. We have not yet determined the allocation of such equity awards among the individuals. The shares issuable with respect to these awards not held by our affiliates will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, however, they will be subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangements described under “—Lock-Up Agreements.” See “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Offering Grants to Employees under the 2016 Incentive Award Plan.”

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors, director nominees and holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n   sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act; or

 

  n   otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially; or

 

  n   publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

 

131


Table of Contents

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  n   1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  n   the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and NASDAQ concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held shares of our common stock for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under the Plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to the Plan shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of                 shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

132


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

  n   U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  n   persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  n   persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

  n   banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

  n   brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

  n   “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  n   partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

  n   tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

  n   persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

  n   persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

  n   tax-qualified retirement plans.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

 

133


Table of Contents

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

  n   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  n   a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

  n   an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  n   a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  n   the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

  n   the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

134


Table of Contents
  n   our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and/or constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not

 

135


Table of Contents

have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding tax under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

136


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated             , 2016, among us and Jefferies LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITERS

   NUMBER OF
SHARES

Jefferies LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The shares of common stock will constitute a new class of securities with no established trading market. The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share of common stock. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

137


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

 

 

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $            . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including up to an aggregate of $                in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on NASDAQ under the trading symbol “MEDP.”

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors, director nominees and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding capital stock and other securities have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n   sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, or

 

138


Table of Contents
  n   otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

  n   publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

The underwriters may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on NASDAQ in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of shares of our common stock in this offering and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

139


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriter and certain of its affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and certain of its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In particular, an affiliate of Jefferies LLC serves as the administrative agent, swingline lender and co-documentation agent of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and certain affiliates of Jefferies LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC serve as joint lead arrangers, joint bookrunners and syndication agents of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and certain affiliates of Jefferies LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC serve as lenders under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As described in “Use of Proceeds” we intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay $         million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. Because of their affiliates’ lending relationships Jefferies LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will receive some of the net proceeds of this offering.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and certain of its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to customers that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (i) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized, (ii) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or (iii) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been taken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the shares of common stock in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any shares of common stock or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of

 

140


Table of Contents

its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of the shares of common stock by it will be made on the same terms.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  n   to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  n   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters or the underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

  n   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common shares shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer common shares to the public” in relation to the common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to the common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

  n   a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

  n   a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

  n   a person associated with the Company under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

  n   a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

 

141


Table of Contents

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the securities issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong, or SFO, and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, or CO, or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the underwriters will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  n   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  n   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  n   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

142


Table of Contents
  n   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  n   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  n   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  n   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

143


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with this offering, including the validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby, will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Medpace Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (Successor) and for the year ended December 31, 2015 (Successor), and the periods from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (Successor), January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor) included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares of common stock offered hereby, you should refer to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. When we complete this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all or any portion of the registration statements and the filings may be obtained from such offices upon payment of prescribed fees. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

You may also obtain a copy of any of our filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

5375 Medpace Way

Cincinnati, Ohio 45227

(513) 579-9911

 

144


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended December  31, 2015, for the Periods April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, for the Periods April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, for the Periods April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended December  31, 2015, for the Periods April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

     PAGE  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March  31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

     F-41   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-42   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-43   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-44   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-45   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Medpace Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Medpace Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 (Successor), and the periods from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (Successor), January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Medpace Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (Successor), and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 (Successor), and the periods from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (Successor), January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

March 1, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     DECEMBER 31,
2015
    DECEMBER 31,
2014
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,880      $ 54,285   

Restricted cash

     2,857        1,104   

Accounts receivable:

    

Billed, net (includes $2.3 million and $0.7 million with related parties at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     46,352        52,468   

Unbilled Services (includes $0.6 million and $0.2 million with related parties at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     18,736        12,780   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     11,896        12,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     94,721        133,321   

Property and equipment, net

     37,512        38,084   

Goodwill

     660,981        670,294   

Intangible assets, net

     186,743        249,885   

Deferred income taxes

     157        138   

Other assets

     3,927        5,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 984,041      $ 1,096,912   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 8,728      $ 6,252   

Accrued expenses

     20,111        20,307   

Pre-funded study costs (includes $3.7 million and $2.4 million with related parties at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     46,599        36,686   

Advanced billings (includes $10.2 million and $5.3 million with related parties at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     51,051        58,139   

Other current liabilities

     7,528        12,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     134,017        133,640   

Long-term debt, net, less current portion

     377,882        491,518   

Deemed landlord liability, less current portion

     30,273        31,852   

Deferred income tax liability

     21,104        33,768   

Other long-term liabilities

     7,291        4,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     570,567        694,942   

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 9)

    

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Successor common stock—$0.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 44,043,030 and 42,237,440 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

     440        422   

Additional paid-in capital

     438,602        417,444   

Accumulated deficit

     (23,009     (14,336

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,559     (1,560
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     413,474        401,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 984,041      $ 1,096,912   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,

2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Service revenue, net (includes $24.0 million, $11.8 million, $2.0 million and $3.3 million with related parties for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and Period ended December 31, 2014, and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, respectively)

   $ 320,101      $ 219,791       $ 70,250      $ 244,270   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue (includes $6.9 million, $2.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million with related parties for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and Period ended December 31, 2014, and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, respectively)

     38,958        28,708         7,679        28,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     359,059        248,499         77,929        272,890   

Operating Expenses:

           

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

     163,707        117,550         38,759        119,779   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses (includes $6.9 million, $2.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million with related parties for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and Period ended December 31, 2014, and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, respectively)

     38,958        28,708         7,679        28,620   

Selling, general and administrative

     56,998        29,465         10,203        35,109   

Acquisition and integration

            9,297         12,420          

Impairment of goodwill

     9,313                         

Depreciation

     6,379        4,610         1,832        6,665   

Amortization

     63,142        56,422         5,199        23,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     338,497        246,052         76,092        214,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     20,562        2,447         1,837        58,863   

Other (expense) income, net:

           

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

     (1,133     (301      1,213        (1,718

Interest expense, net

     (27,259     (23,185      (3,272     (18,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (28,392     (23,486      (2,059     (19,718
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (7,830     (21,039      (222     39,145   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     843        (6,703      1,014        14,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (8,673   $ (14,336    $ (1,236   $ 24,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common shareholders:

           

Basic

   $ (0.20   $ (0.34    $ (0.05   $ 0.99   

Diluted

   $ (0.20   $ (0.34    $ (0.05   $ 0.95   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

           

Basic

     42,317,125        41,673,479         25,047,188        25,204,079   

Diluted

     42,317,125        41,673,479         25,047,188        26,150,149   

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,

2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Net (loss) income

   $ (8,673   $ (14,336    $ (1,236   $ 24,844   

Other comprehensive loss:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes

     (999     (1,560      (11     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (9,672   $ (15,896    $ (1,247   $ 24,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

    COMMON
STOCK
    ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
    (ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT)
RETAINED
EARNINGS
    ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    TOTAL  

BALANCE—January 1, 2013—Predecessor

  $ 25      $ 250,843      $ (28,721   $ (1,331   $ 220,816   

Net loss

        24,844          24,844   

Foreign currency translation

          (32     (32

Stock issued

      1,177            1,177   

Stock options exercised

      452            452   

Stock-based compensation expense

      1,958            1,958   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

      16            16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2013—Predecessor

  $ 25      $ 254,446      $ (3,877   $ (1,363   $ 249,231   

Net loss

        (1,236       (1,236

Foreign currency translation

          (11     (11

Stock options exercised

    2        15,219            15,221   

Stock-based compensation expense

      7,340            7,340   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

      5,270            5,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—March 31, 2014—Predecessor

  $ 27      $ 282,275      $ (5,113   $ (1,374   $ 275,815   

Close Predecessor shareholders’ equity at the acquisition date

    (27     (282,275     5,113        1,374        (275,815

Stock issued

    414        413,586            414,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—April 1, 2014—Successor

  $ 414      $ 413,586      $      $      $ 414,000   

Net loss

        (14,336       (14,336

Foreign currency translation

          (1,560     (1,560

Stock-based compensation expense

    8        3,049            3,057   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

      809            809   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2014—Successor

  $ 422      $ 417,444      $ (14,336   $ (1,560   $ 401,970   

Net loss

        (8,673       (8,673

Stock issued

    1        607            608   

Foreign currency translation

          (999     (999

Stock-based compensation expense

    17        21,110            21,127   

Stock options exercised

      250            250   

Tax benefit deficiency from stock-based compensation

      (809         (809
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2015—Successor

  $ 440      $ 438,602      $ (23,009   $ (2,559   $ 413,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD FROM
APRIL 1, 2014
THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
2014
    PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 2014
THROUGH
MARCH 31,

2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net (loss) income

  $ (8,673   $ (14,336   $ (1,236   $ 24,844   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation

    6,379        4,610        1,832        6,665   

Amortization

    63,142        56,422        5,199        23,854   

Stock-based compensation expense

    22,324        5,423        7,340        1,958   

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount

    2,687        2,064        371        1,918   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                         1,523   

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

    (12,690     (9,557     300        5,982   

Impairment of goodwill

    9,313                        

Loss on the sale of cost method investment

                         2,250   

Other

    (242     (225     (721     209   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

         

Restricted cash

    (1,753     544        (400     438   

Accounts receivable, net and unbilled services

    337        (1,103     (10,543     1,604   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (181     (846     (4,617     4,760   

Accounts payable

    2,481        558        13,708        628   

Accrued expenses

    320        10,987        (4,957     8,335   

Pre-funded study costs

    9,981        299        1,561        1,691   

Advanced billings

    (7,002     5,995        6,330        10,651   

Other assets and liabilities, net

    (2,306     1,704        (1,360     832   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    84,117        62,539        12,807        98,142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Property and equipment expenditures

    (6,465     (4,225     (1,090     (4,561

Acquisition of Predecessor, net of cash received

           (903,453              

Other

    33        38        263        89   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (6,432     (907,640     (827     (4,472
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Proceeds from sale of common stock

    608        414,000               1,177   

Proceeds from stock option exercises

    250                      452   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

           809        5,270        16   

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of original issue discount

           527,350                 

Payment of debt

    (116,055     (25,217     (23,073     (96,431

Proceeds from revolving loan

           1,575                 

Payment of revolving loan

           (1,575              

Debt issuance costs

           (15,487            (1,065

Payment of deemed landlord liability

    (1,292     (1,284     (165       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (116,489     900,171        (17,968     (95,851
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (601     (785     (25     159   

(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (39,405     54,285        (6,013     (2,022

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

    54,285               23,858        25,880   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

  $ 14,880      $ 54,285      $ 17,845      $ 23,858   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION—

         

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

  $ 10,552      $ 4,513      $ 125      $ 5,784   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

  $ 24,435      $ 21,060      $ 2,961      $ 16,223   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment—non-cash

  $ 176      $ 153      $ 312      $ 376   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Periods April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, and the Year Ended December 31, 2013.

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Medpace Holdings, Inc. together with its subsidiaries, (the “Company” or “Medpace”), a Delaware Corporation, is a global provider of clinical research-based drug and medical device development services. The Company partners with pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device companies in the development and execution of clinical trials. The Company’s drug development services focus on full service Phase I-IV clinical development services and include development plan design, central laboratory, project management, regulatory affairs, clinical monitoring, data management and analysis, pharmacovigilance new drug application submissions, and post-marketing clinical support. The Company also provides coordinated central laboratory services, bio-analytical laboratory services, clinical human pharmacology, imaging services, and electrocardiography reading support for clinical trials.

The Company’s operations are principally based in North America, Europe, and Asia.

2. CHANGE IN CONTROL

In February 2014, investment funds managed by Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited (“Cinven”), a private equity firm, incorporated Scioto Holdings, Inc. in the first of multiple steps that would result in a change of control for the Company. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) dated February 22, 2014, Scioto Holdings, Inc. (the “Successor”), through its wholly owned subsidiary Scioto Acquisition, Inc. (the “Purchaser”) and the Purchaser’s wholly owned subsidiary Scioto Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Merger Sub”), purchased 100% of the outstanding shares of Medpace Holdings, Inc. (“Predecessor”) for an aggregate purchase price of $921.3 million on April 1, 2014 (the “Transaction”). Per the terms of a Contribution and Subscription Agreement, Medpace Investors, LLC (“Medpace Investors” or “MPI”), owned by certain employees of the Company, agreed to contribute shares held in the Predecessor in exchange for a percentage stake in the Successor. The Transaction was financed through the sale of the Successor’s equity and debt financing under a new credit facility entered into by Merger Sub as the initial borrower. Upon Transaction consummation, Merger Sub ceased to exist and Medpace Holdings, Inc. became the borrower under the credit facility. The proceeds from the transaction were used to purchase Predecessor’s equity interests, extinguish debt which had immediately come due as a result of the change in control, and pay Predecessor’s acquisition-related selling expenses. The Predecessor’s acquisition-related selling expenses of $12.4 million, including $10.1 million related to success based advisory fees, are reflected in the Acquisition and integration expense line in the consolidated statement of operations for the Predecessor January 1 through March 31, 2014 period. The Successor’s acquisition-related buying expenses of $9.3 million, including $3.3 million related to success based advisory fees, are reflected in the Acquisition and integration expense line in the consolidated statement of operations for the Successor April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 period.

Prior to the Transaction, CCMP Capital (“CCMP”), a private equity firm, held 80% of the Predecessor’s equity interests and the noncontrolling interests were held by certain current and former members of management, along with former members of the Board of Directors of Medpace, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Medpace Holdings, Inc.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The sources and uses of the purchase price consideration were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Sources of cash consideration:

  

Sale of Successor common Stock

   $ 414,000   

Long-term debt issuance

     530,000   

Revolving loan

     1,575   

Original issue discount

     (2,650

Loan origination fees

     (15,487
  

 

 

 

Debt proceeds, net

     513,438   
  

 

 

 

Total sources of consideration paid

   $ 927,438   
  

 

 

 

Uses of cash consideration:

  

Purchase of Predecessor common stock

   $ 780,829   

Proceeds from stock option exercise

     (15,221

Payment of Predecessor debt

     143,728   

Payment of Predecessor’s selling expenses

     11,962   
  

 

 

 

Total uses of consideration paid

   $ 921,298   
  

 

 

 

 

 

The excess cash generated from the transaction of $6.1 million is not considered purchase price consideration as the funds were used to pay a portion of the Successor’s acquisition related expenses. The Successor’s acquisition related expenses are reflected in the Acquisition and integration expense line in the consolidated statements of operations for the period ended December 31, 2014.

In May 2014, Scioto Holdings, Inc. was renamed Medpace Holdings, Inc. (“Successor”). Furthermore, the Predecessor Medpace Holdings, Inc. was merged with another wholly owned subsidiary and renamed Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc. For the avoidance of doubt and for purposes of these consolidated financial statements, Successor refers to the consolidated Medpace Holdings reporting entity after the Transaction and Predecessor refers to the consolidated Medpace Holdings reporting entity prior to the Transaction.

Immediately following the Transaction, Cinven and Medpace Investors owned approximately 75% and 25%, respectively, of the Successor entity.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to the total purchase price (in thousands):

 

 

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,845   

Restricted cash

     1,648   

Accounts receivable

     39,311   

Unbilled services

     13,065   

Reimbursable pass-through expenses

     12,184   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     12,205   

Property and equipment

     39,661   

Goodwill

     670,294   

Intangible assets

     306,307   

Deferred income taxes

     26,246   

Other assets

     3,237   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     1,142,003   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     16,608   

Pre-funded study costs

     36,483   

Advanced billings

     52,475   

Deemed landlord liability

     34,251   

Debt

     1,551   

Deferred income taxes

     69,448   

Other liabilities

     9,889   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     220,705   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 921,298   
  

 

 

 

 

 

The Company accounts for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. The Successor consolidated financial statements reflect the final allocation of the aggregate purchase price of $921.3 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on fair values at the date of the Transaction. The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were determined primarily by using an income approach which was based on assumptions and estimates made by management. Significant assumptions utilized in the income approach were based on company-specific information and projections, which are not observable in the market and are thus considered Level 3 measurements by authoritative guidance. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill and represents the estimated future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized such as assembled workforce and growth opportunities.

The Merger Agreement includes certain indemnifications between the sellers (led by CCMP) and the buyers (led by Cinven) with regards to Predecessor contingencies that arise after the Transaction and through April 1, 2015, as well as tax payments or refunds that are finalized after April 1, 2014 but which relate to periods prior to the Transaction. The Successor had $0.3 and $0.9 million in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and $0.5 and $0.8 million in Other assets on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, associated with refunds due from various taxing authorities that were generated in a Predecessor period. The Successor had $1.4 and $5.2 million in Other current liabilities and $0.5 and $0.9 million in Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, associated with the anticipated settlement of these items, net of consulting fees and related tax, and other tax refunds received by the Successor Company prior to December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Immediately prior to the Transaction, the Predecessor Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to accelerate the vesting on unvested stock options and restricted share awards.

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and include the accounts and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and its related statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows presented subsequent to the Transaction for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 1 through December 31, 2014 are referenced herein as the successor financial statements (the “Successor” or “Successor Financial Statements”). The period April 1 through December 31, 2014 is referenced herein as the “Successor Period ended December 31, 2014.” The Company’s consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 1 through March 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 are referenced herein as the predecessor financial statements (the “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Financial Statements”). The January 1 through March 31, 2014 period is referenced herein as the “Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014.”

Reclassifications

The Company reclassified certain expenses from Miscellaneous (expense) income, net to Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations to more appropriately reflect the nature of the expense items in the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. These changes have no impact on previously reported total revenue, net (loss) income, total comprehensive (loss) income, total assets, total liabilities, and shareholders’ equity.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Significant items that are subject to management estimates and assumptions include service revenue, net, allowances for doubtful accounts, acquisition purchase price allocations, long-lived asset impairment and useful lives, exit liabilities, the valuation of share-based compensation, uncertain income tax positions and contingencies.

Reportable Segments

The Company emphasizes its full service outsourcing model, providing services focused on the development, management and execution of clinical trials. As part of this full service approach, the Company utilizes centralized systems, customer interface technology, support functions and processes that cross service offerings and align resources to deliver efficient clinical trial services. Given the full service approach, the chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) assesses the allocation of resources based on key metrics including revenue, backlog, and net awards by service offering and consolidated profitability and consolidated cash flows. Based on the Company’s full service model, internal management and reporting structure, and key metrics used by the CODM to make resource allocation decisions, management has determined that the Company’s operations consist of a single operating segment. Therefore, results of operations are presented as a single reportable segment.

Foreign Currencies

Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies on foreign subsidiary financial statements are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, while equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are recorded at average rates of exchange during the year. Translation adjustments are recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Separately, net realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in Miscellaneous (expense) income, net, on the consolidated statements of operations. Foreign currency transactions resulted in net losses of $1.3 million, $1.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The Company generally enters into contracts with customers to provide services ranging in duration from a few months to several years. The contract terms generally provide for payments based on a fixed fee or unit-of-service arrangement. Revenue on these arrangements is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service offering has been delivered to the customer, the arrangement consideration is determinable and the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes revenue for services provided on fixed fee arrangements based on the proportional performance methodology, which is determined by assessing the proportion of performance completed or delivered to date compared to total specific measures to be delivered or completed under the terms of the arrangement. The measures utilized to assess performance are specific to the service provided, and the Company generally compares the ratio of hours completed to the total estimated hours necessary to complete the contract. A detailed project budget by hours is developed based on many factors, including but not limited to the scope of the work, the complexity of the study, the participating geographic locations, and the Company’s historical experience. Management believes the reporting and estimation of hours is the best available measure of progress on many of the services provided and best reflects the pattern in which obligations to customers are fulfilled. To assist with the estimation of hours expected to complete a project, regular contract reviews for each project are performed in which performance to date is compared to the most current estimate to complete assumptions. The reviews include an assessment of effort incurred to date compared to expectations based on budget assumptions and other circumstances specific to the project. The total estimated hours necessary to complete a fixed-fee contract, based on these reviews, are updated and any revisions to the existing hours budget result in cumulative adjustments to the amount of revenue recognized in the period in which the revisions are identified.

Fixed-fee contracts provide for pricing modifications upon scope of work changes. The Company recognizes revenue related to work performed in connection with scope changes when the underlying services are performed, a binding contractual commitment has been executed with the customer and collectability is reasonably assured. Costs are not deferred in anticipation of contracts being awarded or amendments being finalized, but are expensed as incurred.

For unit-of-service arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue in the period in which the unit is delivered. Service unit elements largely consist of various project management, consulting and analytical testing services.

Many contractual arrangements combine multiple service elements. For these contracts, arrangement consideration is allocated to identified units of account based on the relative selling price of each unit of account. The best evidence of selling price of a unit of account is vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), which is the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, management uses relative third party evidence, if available. When neither VSOE nor third party evidence of selling price exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available.

Most contracts are terminable by the customer, either immediately or according to advance notice terms specified within the contracts. These contracts require payment of fees to the Company for services rendered through the date of termination and may require payment for subsequent services necessary to conclude the study or close out the contract. Final settlement amounts are typically subject to negotiation with the customer. These amounts are included in Service revenue, net when realization is reasonably assured.

The Company occasionally enters into volume rebate arrangements with customers that provide for rebates if certain specified spending thresholds are met. These rebate obligations are recorded as a reduction of revenue when it appears probable that the customer will earn the rebates and the related amount is estimable. Service revenue is presented net of rebates of $0.1 million, $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million in the consolidated statements of operations during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company records revenue net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities that are imposed and concurrent with specific revenue generating transactions.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The cash and cash equivalent balances are held and maintained with financial institutions with reputable credit ratings and, consequently, the Company believes that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk.

The Company generally does not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables. In the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, credit losses have been immaterial and within management’s expectations. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no customers accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable.

Costs and Expenses

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, include direct labor and related employee benefits, laboratory supplies, and other expenses contributing to service delivery. Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, are expensed as incurred and are not deferred in anticipation of contracts being awarded or finalization of changes in scope. Selling, general and administrative includes administrative payroll and related employee benefits, sales and marketing expenses, administrative travel, and other expenses not directly related to service delivery. Rent, utilities, supplies, and software license expenses are allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative based on the estimated contribution among service delivery and support function efforts on a percentage basis. Depreciation and amortization is reported separately in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Costs of sales and marketing activities not subject to recovery pursuant to customer contracts, such as feasibility assessments and negotiation of contracts, are expensed as incurred and recorded as a component of Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising expenses are recorded as a component of Selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising expenses of $0.4 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.3 million were incurred during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

Reimbursed Out-of-Pocket Expenses

The Company incurs on behalf of its clients various out-of-pocket expenditures including, but not limited to, travel, meetings, printing, and shipping and handling fees, which are reflected as a separate component of operating expenses and recorded in Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Reimbursements received are reflected in Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue without mark-up or profit in the consolidated statements of operations.

Fees paid to investigators and other disbursements in which the Company acts as an agent on behalf of the client are recorded net in the consolidated statements of operations with no impact on the Company’s revenue or expenses. Funds received in advance of study expenditures are recorded as Pre-funded study cost liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Any pre-funded amounts remaining at the conclusion of a study are returned to the client. Pre-funded study cost disbursements of $114.4 million, $92.5 million, $30.9 million, and $104.6 million were made during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return is comprised of its U.S. subsidiaries and a small number of its foreign subsidiaries. All foreign subsidiaries of the Company file tax returns in their local jurisdictions.

The Company provides for income taxes on all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting guidance governing income tax accounting. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted.

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recorded for tax benefit carryforwards using tax rates anticipated to be in effect in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. If it does not appear more likely than not that the full value of a deferred tax asset will be realized, the Company records a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset, with an offsetting charge to the Company’s income tax provision or benefit. The value of the Company’s deferred tax assets is estimated based on, among other things, the Company’s ability to generate a sufficient level of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, the Company has considered both positive and negative evidence, such as historical and forecasted results of operations, and has considered the implementation of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

A provision has not been made for U.S. or additional foreign taxes on the undistributed portion of earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings of $10.4 million as of December 31, 2015, have been permanently reinvested.

The Company follows accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes which requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the possible outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgments as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate, and, consequently, the Company’s consolidated financial results. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. The Company determines its liability for uncertain tax positions globally. If the payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when it is determined the liabilities are no longer necessary. If the calculation of the liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or tax benefit would result. Interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions are recognized as components of the Company’s Income tax provision (benefit).

Research and Development Credits

Research and development credits are available to the Company under tax laws in certain jurisdictions, based on qualifying research and development spend as defined under those tax laws. Certain tax jurisdictions provide refundable credits that are not wholly dependent on the Company’s income tax status or income tax position. In these circumstances the benefit of the credits is recorded as a reduction of operating expense. When they are wholly dependent upon the Company’s income tax position, research and development credits are recognized as a reduction of income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has stock-based employee compensation plans for which it incurs compensation expense.

Successor Equity Awards

The Successor, coinciding with the Transaction, created an equity incentive plan for employees (the “Successor Plan”), providing for the future issuance of vested shares, stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in Medpace Holdings, Inc.’s common stock (the “Successor Awards”). The Successor Awards are subject to either equity or liability-classification pursuant to the terms of the participant’s award agreement and the Successor Plan based on accounting guidance which governs such transactions.

Stock-based compensation expense is calculated using the fair value method on the grant date. The Successor expenses stock-based compensation using a graded vesting schedule. For liability-classified awards, the Company records fair value adjustments up to and including the settlement date. Changes in the fair value of the stock compensation liability that occur during the requisite service period are recognized as compensation cost over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of the stock compensation liability that occur after the end of the requisite service period but before settlement, are compensation cost of the period in which the change occurs.

Stock-based compensation expense is allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations based on the underlying classification and scope of work for the employees receiving the Successor Awards. The stock-based compensation expense represents awards ultimately expected to vest and, as such, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Predecessor Equity Awards

The Predecessor awards, consisting of stock options and restricted share awards, are equity-classified instruments based on the terms of the Predecessor’s equity incentive plans and on accounting guidance which governs such transactions.

The Predecessor determined the fair value of stock options and restricted shares on the grant date and recognized the associated compensation expense, net of assumed forfeitures, according to a graded vesting schedule as the requisite services were rendered. Restricted shares and stock options vested ratably over three and four years, respectively, from the date of grant.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings or loss per share (“EPS”) are computed using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation that determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Successor Company’s RSAs are considered participating securities because they are legally issued at the date of grant and holders are entitled to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting term. Basic EPS is computed by dividing the Company’s net income or loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and, if appropriate, participating securities outstanding during the period. Participating securities are included in the basic EPS denominator during periods when there is consolidated net income but excluded from the denominator during periods of a consolidated net loss as the shares have no contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. The computation of diluted EPS includes additional common shares, such as unvested RSUs and stock options with exercise prices less than the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the period (“in-the-money options”), which would be considered outstanding under the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes that additional shares would have to be issued in cases where the exercise price of stock options is less than the value of the common stock being acquired because the cash proceeds received from the stock option holder would not be sufficient to acquire that same number of shares. The Company does not compute diluted EPS in cases where the inclusion of such additional shares would be anti-dilutive in effect.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the denominators for the EPS calculations as well as additional share data that was excluded from the denominators when the additional shares had an anti-dilutive effect caused by the consolidated net loss during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
     PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Basic, weighted average shares:

             

Common Shares

     42,317         41,673         25,047         24,987   

RSAs

                             217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares—basic

     42,317         41,673         25,047         25,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted, weighted average shares:

             

RSUs, unvested

                             55   

In-the-money options

                             891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares—diluted

     42,317         41,673         25,047         26,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exclusions from EPS denominator:

             

Exclusions from basic, weighted average shares:

             

RSAs (no obligation to share in losses)

     775         338         237           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional exclusions from diluted, weighted average shares:

             

RSUs, unvested

     116         70                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti-dilutive shares

     116         70                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares excluded from diluted EPS denominator

     891         408         237           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the computation of diluted EPS also excludes the effect of 2,423,205 and 1,473,130 stock options, respectively, due to the Company’s net loss positions as well as the respective period’s average fair value of the Company’s common stock exceeded the exercise prices. During the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, there are no additional dilutive shares as all stock options and restricted shares were vested, exercised, or terminated, as applicable, at period end.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows accounting guidance related to fair value measurements that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value. This hierarchy maximizes the use of “observable” inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy specifies three levels based on the inputs, as follows:

Level 1: Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Valuations based on directly observable inputs or unobservable inputs corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Valuations based on unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity representing management’s determination of assumptions of how market participants would price the assets or liabilities.

The fair value of financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, billed accounts receivable, net, unbilled services, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and advanced billings approximate their carrying amounts due to their short term maturities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements as of December 31, 2015. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, or the Predecessor year ended 2013.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are measured on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. Total assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis, identified as Level 3 measurements, as of December 31, 2015 are $693 million, comprised of $661 million of goodwill and $32 million of identified indefinite-lived intangible assets. During 2015, the Company recognized approximately $9.3 million of impairment related to goodwill.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, including Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, are invested in demand deposits, all of which have an original maturity of three months or less. Restricted cash consists of customer funds received in advance and subject to specific restrictions, as well as amounts placed in escrow for contingent payments resulting from acquisitions or other contractual arrangements. The Company includes changes in restricted cash balances as part of operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

In addition, Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets include $0.7 million and $0.8 million of cash held as collateral in support of a property mortgage in Leuven, Belgium at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The property mortgage was fully repaid during 2015 and the Company received a full refund during the first quarter of 2016.

Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Services

Accounts receivable represent amounts due from the Company’s customers who are concentrated primarily in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. Unbilled services represent service revenue recognized to date that is currently not billable to the customer pursuant to contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable upon the achievement of negotiated contractual events or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules. Amounts classified to Unbilled services are those billable to customers within one year from the respective balance sheet date.

The Company grants credit terms to its customers prior to signing a service contract and monitors the creditworthiness of its customers on an ongoing basis. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific identification of accounts receivable that are at risk of not being collected. Uncollectible accounts receivable are written off only after all reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. Moreover, in some cases the Company requires advance payment from its customers for a portion of the study contract price upon the signing of a service contract. These advance payments are deferred and recognized as revenue as services are performed.

Inventory

Inventory, which consists primarily of laboratory supplies, is valued at the lower of cost or market. Inventory is stated at purchased cost using the first-in, first out (FIFO) cost method. The inventory balance is included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method at rates adequate to allocate the cost of the applicable assets over their estimated useful lives, which is three to five years for computer hardware, software, phone, and medical imaging equipment, five to seven years for furniture and fixtures and other equipment, and thirty to forty years for buildings. The Company capitalizes costs of computer software developed for internal use and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, not to exceed three years. Leasehold improvements and deemed assets from landlord building construction are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the associated remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Leases

The Company leases facilities and equipment to be used in its operations, some of which require capitalization in accordance with US GAAP. Upon the execution of new leases, the Company determines the appropriate

 

F-17


Table of Contents

classification of the lease as operating or capital and reflects the impact of this classification in its consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, or as indicators of potential impairment are identified, at the reporting unit level. The reporting units are Phase II-IV clinical research services, Laboratories, and Clinics as of December 31, 2015.

The Company performs its annual impairment tests during the fourth quarter each year, utilizing the quantitative two step model defined by accounting guidance which governs such assessments. The first step involves the Company comparing each of its reporting unit carrying values, inclusive of assigned goodwill, to their respective estimated fair values. Fair value is estimated using a combination of the income approach, a discounted cash flow analysis, and the market approach, utilizing the guideline company method.

If the calculation in the first step results in any of the reporting units’ carrying values exceeding their respective estimated fair values, a second step is performed. The second step requires the Company to allocate the fair value of the reporting unit derived in the first step to the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets. Any fair value in excess of amounts allocated to such net assets represent the implied fair value of goodwill for that reporting unit. Any excess of reporting unit carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill results in an impairment. The annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the fourth quarter of 2015 resulted in an impairment charge of $9.3 million related to the Company’s Clinics reporting unit.

Intangible Assets

The Company has an indefinite lived intangible asset related to its trade name. The carrying value of the trade name asset is reviewed at least annually for impairment, or as indicators of potential impairment are identified. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter each year in conjunction with its annual assessment of goodwill. The assessment consists of comparing the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible asset to its estimated fair value, utilizing the relief from royalty method, an income approach valuation. There was no indication of impairment related to the trade name asset based on the fourth quarter 2015 assessment.

Finite-lived intangible assets consist mainly of the value assigned to customer relationships, backlog and developed technologies. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized straight-line or using an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which range in term from seventeen months to fifteen years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment and the reasonableness of the estimated useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable or that a change in useful life may be appropriate. Recoverability for long-lived assets is determined by comparing the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of the operation to which the assets relate to the carrying amount of the assets. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, then the Company reduces the carrying value of the assets to estimated fair values, which are primarily based upon forecasted discounted cash flows. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined based on a combination of discounted cash flows and market multiples.

Advanced Billings

Advanced billings represents cash received from customers or billed amounts per an agreed upon payment schedule where cash has not been received in advance of services being performed or revenue being recognized.

Deemed Landlord Liabilities

Deemed landlord liabilities are recorded at their net present value when the Company enters into qualifying leases and are reduced as the Company makes periodic lease payments on the properties.

Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities

Deferred rent represents the cumulative additional portion of rent expense recognized on a straight line basis in conjunction with the Company’s current leases at the balance sheet date. The Company defers incentives received

 

F-18


Table of Contents

from landlords for the purpose of making leasehold improvements. These liabilities are amortized as a component of rent expense over the term of the respective lease.

Exit liabilities, if any exist, are recorded at their net present value to the extent the Company no longer receives any benefit from the related property and when the Company has ceased all use of the property.

Asset retirement obligations, to the extent they exist, are recorded at their net present value and accreted to the Company’s estimate of liability at the time the obligation would be required to be satisfied.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” ASU No. 2015-03 requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the associated debt liability. ASU No. 2015-03 was to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2015-03 during 2015 and as a result, $12.1 million in debt issuance costs previously reported in Other Assets were reclassified to Long-term Debt, net, less current portion, in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17 “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” ASU No. 2015-17 requires entities to present deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. ASU No. 2015-17 simplifies the current guidance, which requires entities to separately present deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. ASU No. 2015-17 was to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2015-17 during 2015 and as a result, $3.3 million of Current deferred income tax assets were reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity or cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 ‘‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers,’’ to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date,” which delayed the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year and modified the standard to allow early adoption. For public entities, the standard is now effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued amendments to ASC 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern,” through issuance of ASU 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” This ASU requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not anticipate that this ASU will have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement,” which provides guidance for a customer’s accounting for cloud computing costs. Under ASU 2015-05, if a software cloud computing arrangement contains a software license, customers should account for the license element of the arrangement in a manner consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If the arrangement does not contain a software license, customers should account for the arrangement as a service contract. This standard may be applied either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date, or retrospectively. ASU 2015-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within

 

F-19


Table of Contents

those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE BILLED, NET

Accounts receivable billed, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     2015     2014  

Accounts receivable, billed

   $ 40,721      $ 52,733   

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

     7,355        5,590   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,724     (5,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable billed, net

   $ 46,352      $ 52,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

A rollforward of allowance for doubtful account activity is as follows:

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR      PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
     PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts—beginning balance

   $ (5,855   $ (5,595    $ (5,573

Current year provision

     (642     (624      (49

Write-offs and recoveries

     4,773        364         27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts—ending balance

   $ (1,724   $ (5,855    $ (5,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     2015     2014  

Land

   $ 940      $ 1,036   

Equipment

     8,218        6,773   

Furniture, fixtures, and leasehold improvements

     8,563        6,515   

Computer hardware, software, and phone equipment

     4,569        2,090   

Buildings

     2,839        3,147   

Deemed assets from landlord building construction

     22,752        22,752   

Construction-in-progress

     304        292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment at cost

     48,185        42,605   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (10,673     (4,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 37,512      $ 38,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense, which includes amortization from capital leases, was $6.4 million for the year ended 2015, $4.6 million for Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, $1.8 million for the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, and $6.7 million for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

In 2011, Medpace, Inc. entered into two multi-year lease agreements governing the future occupancy of additional office space in Cincinnati, Ohio. The Company assumed occupancy of both spaces during 2012 and began making

 

F-20


Table of Contents

lease payments at that time. The leases expire in 2027 and the Company has one 10-year option to extend the term of the leases.

In accordance with the accounting guidance related to leases, the Company was deemed in substance to be the owner of the property during the construction phase. The accounting guidance requires that a lessee be considered the owner of a real estate project during the construction period if a related party of the lessee is an owner of the real estate. Given that a related party of Medpace made an equity investment in the lessor, Medpace was considered the owner of the property for accounting purposes during the buildings’ construction. Accordingly, the Company reflected the building and related liabilities as Deemed assets from landlord building construction (“Deemed Assets”) and Deemed landlord liabilities, respectively in the consolidated balance sheets. The Deemed Assets are being fully depreciated, on a straight line basis, over the 15-year term of the lease.

6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013—Predecessor

   $ 322,692   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014—Predecessor

     322,692   

Elimination of Predecessor Goodwill

     (322,692

Goodwill from Transaction

     670,294   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014—Successor

     670,294   
  

 

 

 

Impairment of Goodwill

     (9,313
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015—Successor

   $ 660,981   
  

 

 

 

 

 

The annual impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2015 resulted in an impairment charge of $9.3 million related to the Company’s Clinics reporting unit. The current year goodwill impairment charge represents the total accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of December 31, 2015.

In 2014, the Company eliminated its Predecessor goodwill and recorded $670.3 million of Successor goodwill based on the purchase price allocation resulting from the Transaction.

Accumulated impairment charges for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2013 were $0.3 million.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets, Net

The Company’s intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     GROSS
CARRYING
AMOUNT
     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
     NET  

Balances as of December 31, 2015—Successor:

        

Backlog

   $ 72,630       $ 72,630       $   

Customer relationships

     145,051         26,991         118,060   

Developed technologies

     54,475         19,066         35,409   

Trade name (indefinite-lived)

     31,646                 31,646   

Other

     2,505         877         1,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 306,307       $ 119,564       $ 186,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2014—Successor:

        

Backlog

   $ 72,630       $ 39,777       $ 32,853   

Customer relationships

     145,051         8,099         136,952   

Developed technologies

     54,475         8,171         46,304   

Trade name (indefinite-lived)

     31,646                 31,646   

Other

     2,505         375         2,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 306,307       $ 56,422       $ 249,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, estimated amortization expense of the Company’s intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2016

   $ 50,672   

2017

     37,790   

2018

     29,371   

2019

     14,639   

2020

     7,797   

Thereafter

     14,828   
  

 

 

 

Total future amortization expense

   $ 155,097   
  

 

 

 

 

 

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     2015      2014  

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 17,195       $ 18,216   

Other

     2,916         2,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 20,111       $ 20,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

8. DEBT

Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     2015     2014  

Term loan

   $ 390,000      $ 505,000   

Mortgage notes payable

            1,051   

Capital lease

     59        138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     390,059        506,189   

Less unamortized discount

     (1,984     (2,360

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

     (10,134     (12,056

Less current portion of long-term debt

     (59     (255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net, less current portion

   $ 377,882      $ 491,518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on debt are due as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2016

   $ 59   

2017

       

2018

       

2019

       

2020

       

Thereafter

     390,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 390,059   
  

 

 

 

 

 

Successor Company Credit Facilities

On April 1, 2014, in connection with the Transaction, the Successor entered into a $530.0 million credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), consisting of a $530.0 million term loan issued at 99.50% and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) issued at 99.00%. The term loan portion of the Credit Agreement has a seven year term and the Revolver has a five year term.

The Credit Agreement provides for the Company’s option, interest at the Eurocurrency rate or Base rate for term loan and Revolver borrowings. Base rate is the higher of several published customary market rates, including Federal Funds rate or Prime at time of borrowing. The Company, at its discretion, may choose interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, which determines the interest rate to be applied. Interest on Eurocurrency loans continues to be payable at the end of the selected Eurocurrency term and interest on Base rate loans are payable quarterly in conjunction with any required principal payments.

The Credit Agreement initially provided for Eurocurrency loans at interest rates of 4.00% and 3.75% and interest rates of 3.00% and 2.75% with respect to Base rate for term loans and Revolver borrowings, respectively. Upon expiration of initial interest periods, term loan and Revolver borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable spread, with pricing levels providing for an interest rate reduction of 25 basis points upon achievement of a defined financial net debt leverage ratio, plus a Eurocurrency or Base rate. The defined net debt leverage ratio required for the reduced interest level was achieved in the second quarter of 2015 and has subsequently maintained. Term loan Eurocurrency rates are subject to a minimum floor of 1.00% or a Base rate which is subject to a floor of 2.00%. However, Revolver borrowings are not subject to minimum floor rates. The applicable spread for the term loan is 3.75% or 4.00% for the Eurocurrency rate and 2.75% or 3.00% with respect to the Base rate. The applicable spread for the Revolver is 3.50% or 3.75% for the Eurocurrency rate and 2.50% or 2.75% with respect to the Base rate.

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Medpace pays commitment fees on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused borrowings under the Revolver, which is recorded as a component of Interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The commitment fee is subject to a pricing level reduction to 0.375% upon achievement of a defined financial net debt leverage. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had met the requirements for the pricing level reduction.

The original issue discount of $2.7 million related to the issuance of the term loan was recorded as a reduction of the underlying debt issuances and is being amortized over the life of the debt using the effective-interest method. Per the terms of the Credit Agreement, principal is scheduled to be paid quarterly on the last business day of March, June, September and December of each year, beginning September 2014. However, the Company is no longer subject to the quarterly term loan amortization as a result of voluntary prepayments in term loan principal during 2015 and 2014.

Origination fees of $15.5 million were originally capitalized related to the issuance of the Credit Agreement and are being amortized over the life of the debt using the effective-interest method. The unamortized portion of these fees related to the term loan were $10.1 million and $12.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are recorded within Long-term debt, net, less current portion. The unamortized portion of the origination fees attributable to the Revolver were $1.3 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and were recorded as a component of Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to customary covenants relating to financial ratios and restrictions on certain types of transactions including restricting the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire and dispose of assets, make investments, pay dividends, or engage in mergers and acquisitions. The Successor was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

As of December 31, 2015 the Company did not have any outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement resulting in $60.0 million in undrawn capacity available under the Revolver. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $2.2 million in outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement resulting in $57.8 million in undrawn capacity available under the Revolver. The gross term loan balance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $390.0 million and $505.0 million, respectively, and is currently at the Eurocurrency minimum floor interest rate of 4.75%.

The estimated fair value of the Successor’s term loan at December 31, 2015 and 2014, based on Level 1 quoted market prices, approximates $386.3 million and $500.9 million compared to the carrying value of $388.0 million and $502.6 million.

Predecessor Company Credit Facilities

On June 17, 2011, the Predecessor Company entered into a $335.0 million credit agreement (the “Predecessor Credit Agreement”), consisting of a $285.0 million term loan issued at 98.50% and a $50.0 million revolving credit facility (“Predecessor Revolver”). The Predecessor Credit Agreement, which was terminated in 2014 in connection with the Transaction, was guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries and was subject to covenants relating to financial ratios and restrictions on certain types of transactions. The Predecessor was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013.

The Predecessor Credit Agreement initially provided borrowings at interest rates based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of 5.00%, or a base rate plus a margin of 4.00%. Prior to the amendment discussed below, the EuroDollar rate was subject to a minimum floor of 1.50% and the base rate was subject to a minimum floor of 2.50%. Interest on the EuroDollar margin tranche of the loan was payable at the end of the selected EuroDollar term, which was typically a 30-day term or a 60-day term. Interest on the base rate tranche of the loan was payable quarterly in conjunction with any required principal payments. The Predecessor paid commitment fees on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused amount of borrowings, which was recorded as a component of Interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The term loan portion of the Predecessor Credit Agreement had a six year term and the Predecessor Revolver had a five year term.

The original issue discount of $4.3 million from the issuance of the term loan was recorded as a reduction of the underlying debt balance and was being amortized over the life of the debt using a method which approximated the

 

F-24


Table of Contents

effective-interest method. Per the terms of the Predecessor Credit Agreement, principal was scheduled to be paid quarterly on the last business day of March, June, September and December of each year. However, as a result of voluntary prepayments in term loan principal during 2013, the Predecessor was not subject to the quarterly term loan amortization from that point forward.

A total of $5.9 million in loan origination fees were initially capitalized in conjunction with the issuance of the Predecessor Credit Agreement and those fees, net of the adjustment discussed below, were amortized over the life of the debt using a method which approximated the effective-interest method.

The gross term loan balance was $166.7 million at December 31, 2013 and was subject to interest at the EuroDollar minimum floor rate of 5.25%.

Amendment of the Predecessor Company Credit Facilities

On April 11, 2013, the Predecessor amended its credit facilities, primarily to modify the borrowing rate. The Predecessor Credit Agreement, as amended, provided for borrowings at interest rates that were based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of 4.25%, or a base rate plus a margin of 3.25%. The EuroDollar rate was subject to a minimum floor of 1.25% and the base rate was subject to a minimum floor of 2.25%.

In connection with amendment of the Predecessor Credit Agreement, three of the Predecessor’s previous lenders exited the credit facility. Pursuant to the accounting guidance governing such transactions, the Predecessor recorded a $1.5 million loss on the extinguishment of debt for the pro-rata share of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount associated with those lenders. The loss on extinguishment was recorded in Miscellaneous (expense) income, net on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. The original unamortized costs associated with the remaining lenders, in addition to the $1.1 million in new loan origination fees incurred in connection with the refinancing, were being amortized over the remaining term of the debt using a method which approximated the effective-interest method.

The outstanding term loan balance of $143.7 million as of March 31, 2014 was paid in full in connection with the Transaction and the Predecessor Credit Agreement was terminated.

Mortgage Notes Payable

Medpace entered into a mortgage contract with a European bank in 2006 related to the purchase of a laboratory facility in Leuven, Belgium. The Euro-denominated mortgage bears a fixed annual interest rate of 4.90%, requires monthly payments of principal and interest, and has a final maturity of December 2021. The mortgage is secured by building and land and also requires that Medpace maintain a cash balance held as collateral with the bank. During 2015, the mortgage was fully repaid and the Company received a full refund of cash collateral during the first quarter of 2016.

9. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES

Lease Obligations

The Company has payment obligations under non-cancellable operating and capital leases, primarily for office space and furniture and fixtures to support its global operations. These leases often contain customary scheduled rent increases or escalation clauses and renewal options. Rent expense is recorded on a straight line basis. As of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

December 31, 2015, minimum future lease payments required under these leases are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     RELATED PARTY
CAPITAL LEASE
     RELATED PARTY
OPERATING LEASE
     NON-RELATED
PARTIES OPERATING
LEASES
     TOTAL
OPERATING
LEASES
 

2016

   $ 62       $ 2,112       $ 4,048       $ 6,160   

2017

             2,112         2,786         4,898   

2018

             2,112         2,650         4,762   

2019

             2,112         1,482         3,594   

2020

             2,112         1,134         3,246   

Thereafter

             3,872         3,759         7,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 62       $ 14,432       $ 15,859       $ 30,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

     3            
  

 

 

          

Present value of net minimum lease payments (including $59 classified to other current liabilities)

   $ 59            
  

 

 

          

 

 

The related party capital lease relates to assets utilized in the Company’s medical device operations. The related party operating lease is for one of the Company’s three buildings within its corporate headquarters. The non-related party operating leases are for the Company’s remaining leases throughout the world consisting primarily of office space, fixtures and vehicles.

Rental expense under operating leases totaled $5.8 million, $4.3 million, $1.4 million and $7.4 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively, and is allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.

Deemed Landlord Liabilities

As of December 31, 2015, minimum annual payments required in conjunction with the Deemed landlord liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     RELATED PARTY
MINIMUM
LEASE
PAYMENTS
     LESS:
INTEREST
     PRINCIPAL
AMOUNTS DUE
 

2016

   $ 3,757       $ 2,207       $ 1,550   

2017

     3,837         2,091         1,746   

2018

     3,886         1,961         1,925   

2019

     3,937         1,819         2,118   

2020

     3,988         1,662         2,326   

Thereafter

     27,973         5,815         22,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 47,378       $ 15,555       $ 31,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Commitments

In May 2013, Medpace committed to the aggregate purchase of $2.0 million of software services from a vendor during the period from June 1, 2013 through May 31, 2016. In return for the commitment, Medpace receives preferential fixed rate pricing and a 5% discount on all purchases made pursuant to this agreement during its three-year term. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had met the aggregate purchase commitment.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

Medpace periodically becomes involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to its business. Management believes, after consultation with counsel, that no matters currently pending would, in the event of an adverse outcome, have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, or cash flows.

In March 2012, the Company filed a legal claim against one of its customers, citing as a basis for its claim the customer’s non-payment of more than $6.5 million in outstanding invoices. In response, the customer filed a counterclaim against the Company for compensatory damages, asserting that the Company had willfully and wrongly withheld clinical study data alleged to be owned by the customer. The Company objected to these allegations and believed it had meritorious defenses against these claims and also believed that it would ultimately prevail in this matter. During 2015, a Settlement and Mutual Release Agreement (the “Agreement”) was entered into whereas the Company agreed to settle all outstanding claims for payment of $2.0 million from the customer and both parties waived the right to file any future suits. The customer paid the $2.0 million settlement during 2015 and the Company recorded a bad debt recovery of $2.0 million in Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.

10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Successor Company

Successor Awards

The Successor Plan for employees and directors provides for the issuance of vested shares, stock options, RSAs and RSUs in Medpace Holdings, Inc.’s common stock. The Successor Plan has reserved 5,116,854 shares for issuance of restricted awards or stock options, of which approximately 573,000 awards were available for future grants as of December 31, 2015. The Successor Plan expires in 2024, except for awards then outstanding and is administered by the Board of Directors.

The Awards are granted to key employees as additional compensation for services rendered and as a means of retention over the vesting period, typically three to four years. RSAs awarded under the plan are subject to automatic forfeiture upon departure until vested and entitle the shareholder to all rights of common stock ownership except that they may not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of during the restriction period, except as noted in the following paragraph. The Successor Plan also allows for the issuance of non-qualified stock options to employees, officers, and directors under this plan (collectively, “the Participants”). Under the Successor Plan, options may be granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of common stock at the grant date as determined by the Board of Directors. The stock options, if unexercised, expire seven years from the date of grant.

As a condition to exercising stock options and acceptance of certain restricted shares, employees must execute a Contribution and Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) that provides for the exchange of the shares issued for incentive units (the “Incentive Units”) in Medpace Investors upon the occurrence of certain events. The Incentive Units are tied directly to common stock ownership in Medpace Holdings, Inc. and entitle the Incentive Unit holder to participate in the risks and rewards of owning the Successor Company’s stock through ownership in Medpace Investors. The Successor Awards containing this condition are liability-classified instruments as they are inevitably settled in the equity of a non-consolidated related party. Restricted share awards excluding the requirement to execute a Contribution and Subscription Agreement and settlement in common shares of Medpace Holdings, Inc. are equity-classified instruments.

At the grant date for RSAs that are liability-classified, restricted shares are legally issued and exchanged for MPI Incentive Units on behalf of the employee. If the RSAs are not yet vested and an employee leaves the Successor Company’s employment, the restricted shares of Medpace Holdings, Inc. revert back to the Successor Company and are available for re-issuance under the Successor Plan. Upon the vesting of RSAs and RSUs and upon the exercise of stock options, the stock-based compensation liability is settled by exchanging the Successor Company’s stock for MPI Incentive Units. If an employee leaves the Successor Company’s employment after they vest in the Awards and the exchange for Incentive Units has been made, Medpace Investors may exercise a call option to repurchase an

 

F-27


Table of Contents

employee’s Incentive Units at a price determined by the manager and majority unit holder of Medpace Investors, who is also the chief executive officer of Medpace. If Medpace Investors exercises the call right, it may do so up to the later of twelve months following the employee’s departure date or six months following the determination that the former employee is directly or indirectly engaged in competitive business activities.

Pursuant to the Successor Company’s Shareholder Agreement (the “Successor Shareholder Agreement”), in the event Medpace Investors dissolves or distributes any common stock of Medpace Holdings, Inc. to the Medpace Investors’ members prior to a public offering, the Successor Company has a call right to repurchase the common stock at a price equal to the fair market value of the stock as determined by the Board of Directors, provided that in no case shall any shares held by the chief executive officer or his affiliates be subject to the call rights.

Restricted Awards Modification

On December 17, 2015, the Board of Directors approved a resolution to accelerate the vesting period for all issued, outstanding and unvested RSAs and RSUs to vest on December 31, 2015, so long as the recipient of each restricted share or unit is in good standing, has not provided notice of resignation and continues to be employed by the Company as of December 31, 2015. In total, 929,956 unvested restricted awards held by 158 current employees were modified resulting in settlement of 929,956 shares.

According to the authoritative guidance for stock-based compensation, under these circumstances a company should recognize additional stock-based compensation expense in the amount of the incremental fair value of the modified award. Because the restricted awards that were modified are liability-classified, the awards are at fair value at the time of the modification and no incremental cost was recognized. While there is no incremental cost related to fair value of the awards, $5.7 million of stock-based compensation expense was recorded in 2015 related to previously unrecognized stock-based compensation cost for awards expected to vest in 2016, 2017 and 2018.

Predecessor Company

Predecessor Awards

In 2011, the Predecessor Company adopted a stock option plan (the “2011 Stock Option Plan”) and was authorized to issue non-qualified stock options to employees, officers, and directors under this plan (collectively “the Participants”). Under the 2011 Stock Option Plan, options may be granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of common stock at the date of the grant as determined by the Board of Directors. In April 2012, the Board of Directors amended the 2011 Stock Option Plan to increase the maximum number of shares available for issuance as options to the Participants. Options granted under the plans may be exercised at certain times subsequent to certain events, as set forth in the grant. The stock options, if unexercised, expire ten years from the date of grant.

In December 2012, the Predecessor Company’s Board of Directors established a restricted stock plan (the “2012 Restricted Stock Plan”) and approved the issuance of RSAs and RSUs (collectively, the “Restricted Shares”) up to an authorized amount of 350,000 total Restricted Shares. These shares are subject to certain restrictions, and are issued to key employees of the Company as a means of retention. RSAs awarded under the plan entitle the shareholder to all rights of common stock ownership except that they may not be sold, transferred, pledged, exchanged or otherwise disposed of during the restriction period.

The terms of the 2011 Stock Option Plan and the 2012 Restricted Stock Plan (collectively, the “Predecessor Equity Plans”) permitted, but did not require, the acceleration of vesting for awards upon a change in control. On March 24, 2014, the Predecessor’s Board of Directors approved the acceleration of vesting for outstanding Restricted Share awards and stock options, the effect of which took place immediately prior to the April 1, 2014 Transaction. The Predecessor’s Board of Directors, at the same time, also approved the cancellation of any remaining unvested equity awards and terminated the Predecessor Equity Plans. The acceleration of vesting was determined to be a modification of the Predecessor Equity Plans and, pursuant to accounting guidance governing such transactions, the Predecessor Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation expense of $7.1 million. The modification of the Predecessor Equity Plans resulted in accelerated vesting for 172,492 Restricted Shares and 992,412 stock options. This change impacted 266 employees. In connection with the Transaction, all Participants exercised their options, resulting in exercise proceeds aggregating $15.2 million.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Treasury Shares

The Predecessor Company’s Shareholder Agreement (the “Predecessor Shareholder Agreement”) permitted the Company to directly purchase the shares of employee shareholders that separated from the Company. The Predecessor Company did not exercise its option to repurchase shares from separated employees during any Predecessor period covered by the Predecessor’s Financial Statements.

Successor and Predecessor Equity Awards

Valuation Assumptions

The Company determines the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merten option pricing model (the “BSM Model”). The BSM Model is primarily affected by the fair value of the Successor’s common stock (see restricted share valuation discussion below), the expected holding period for the option, expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, the risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends.

The following table sets forth the key weighted-average assumptions used in the BSM Model to calculate the fair value of options:

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
     PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
           PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Expected holding period—years

     4.2         5.4              N/A         3.1   

Expected volatility

     36.4%         41.8%              N/A         37.4%   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.2%         1.7%              N/A         0.3%   

Expected dividend yield

     0.0%         0.0%              N/A         0.0%   

 

 

The Successor’s assumptions in the table above represent those used during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, for the fair value calculations of the stock options as required for liability-classified stock compensation accounting. The assumptions used by the Predecessor reflect grant date inputs used to arrive at the grant date fair values as the Predecessor awards are subject to equity-classified stock compensation accounting.

The expected holding period represents the period of time the grants are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses the simplified method, as prescribed by accounting guidance governing such awards, to calculate the expected holding period for options granted to employees as we do not have sufficient historical evidence data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected holding period. For options valued by the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the expected holding period is based on an average between the midpoint of the vesting date and the expiration date of the options and the estimated time expected until a change in control. For options issued during the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, the expected holding period was based on a probability-weighted assessment of an anticipated liquidity event.

The Company estimates expected volatility primarily by using the historical volatility of a publicly traded peer group that operates in the clinical research and development industry. The Company does not have adequate data to calculate its own volatility and believes the Company’s expected volatility will approximate the historical experience of the peer group. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on U.S. Treasury obligations with remaining durations equal to the expected holding period of the options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero based on recent and anticipated dividend activity.

The Company determines the fair value of restricted shares by obtaining an independent valuation of the fair value of the Company’s equity, applying a discount for lack of marketability, and then calculating the implied share price. The fair value of the Company is estimated primarily using an income approach which is based on assumptions and estimates made by management and, secondarily, using other market-related factors in current industry trends as well as observed transaction values. In determining the estimated future cash flows used in the income approach,

 

F-29


Table of Contents

the Company developed and applied certain estimates and judgments, including current and projected future levels of income based on management’s plans, business trends, prospects and market and economic conditions, including market-participant considerations. Significant assumptions utilized in the income approach were based on company specific information and projections, which are not observable in the market and are thus considered Level 3 measurements by authoritative guidance (see discussion of fair value measurements). The discount for lack of marketability (the “Marketability Discount”) was applied to reflect what a market participant would consider in relation to the post-vesting restrictions imposed regarding the inability to sell, transfer, or pledge the shares during the restriction period. The Marketability Discount was estimated by using the BSM Model to calculate the cost of a theoretical put option to hedge the fluctuation in value of the investment between the valuation date and an anticipated liquidity date.

The following table summarizes the grant date fair values of stock options and restricted shares issued during the period as well as the allocation of stock-based compensation expense to Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative reported in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
     PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
           PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Weighted average, grant date fair value

                

Stock options

   $ 2.82       $ 3.21              N/A       $ 1.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted shares (RSAs and RSUs)

   $ 9.28       $ 8.00              N/A       $ 8.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense allocated to:

                

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

   $ 9,243       $ 4,399            $ 5,422       $ 601   

Selling, general and administrative

     13,081         1,024              1,918         1,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 22,324       $ 5,423            $ 7,340       $ 1,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Award Activity

The following table sets forth the Successor’s and Predecessor’s stock option activity:

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR         PREDECESSOR  
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2014
         PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31, 2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013
 
    OPTIONS     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
    SHARES     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
         SHARES     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
    SHARES     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
 

Outstanding—Beginning of period

    1,473,130      $ 10.67             $            1,438,800      $ 11.03        1,267,900      $ 10.00   

Granted

    1,201,450      $ 12.35        1,528,280      $ 10.67                 $        378,300      $ 14.00   

Exercised

    (23,500   $             $            (1,388,000   $ 10.97        (45,200   $ 10.00   

Forfeited

    (227,875   $ 11.50        (55,150   $ 10.67            (32,200   $ 12.53        (162,200   $ 10.18   

Expired

         $             $            (18,600   $ 11.27             $   
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

   

Outstanding—end of period

    2,423,205      $ 11.42        1,473,130      $ 10.67                 $        1,438,800      $ 11.03   
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

   

Exercisable—end of period

    327,970      $ 10.67             $                 $        395,588      $ 10.00   
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Successor and Predecessor’s Restricted Share activity:

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
          PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 
     SHARES     SHARES           SHARES     SHARES  

Outstanding and unvested—beginning of period

     549,654                    176,643        216,898   

Granted

     1,692,900        955,490                    59,990   

Vested

     (2,066,734     (382,196          (172,492     (90,998

Forfeited

     (53,820     (23,640          (4,151     (9,247
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and unvested—end of period

     122,000        549,654                    176,643   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative vested shares—end of period

     2,448,930        382,196             263,490        90,998   

 

 

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, 787,160 and 382,196 Restricted Shares were granted and immediately vested upon issuance (the “Vested Shares”), respectively. The stock-based compensation liability related to 312,160 and 382,196 Vested Shares granted during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, respectively, were settled by exchanging the awards for Medpace Investors’ Incentive Units. The stock-based liability related to the residual 475,000 Vested Shares granted during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 were settled by exchanging the awards for the Company’s common stock.

The following table summarizes information about stock options expected to vest, stock options exercisable, and unvested restricted share awards expected to vest at December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

ISSUED IN SUCCESSOR YEAR ENDED

  WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
    STOCK
OPTIONS
    RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
LIFE (YEARS)
 

December 31, 2015

       

Number of stock options expected to vest

  $ 11.54        1,989,761               6.0   

Number of Restricted Shares expected to vest

             115,900     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total expected to vest—December 31, 2015

      1,989,761        115,900     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stock options exercisable—December 31, 2015

  $ 10.67        327,970          5.5   
   

 

 

     

Unrecognized compensation cost—December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

    $ 3,653      $ 1,254     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted average years over which unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized

      1.7        3.0     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised, the fair values of awards vested, and share based liabilities settled during the respective periods (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
           PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

   $ (36   $            $ 25,378       $ 181   

Total grant-date fair value of stock options vested

   $ 1,168      $            $ 3,446       $ 1,034   

Total grant-date fair value of restricted shares vested

   $ 18,284      $ 3,057            $ 1,466       $ 773   

Total settlement date fair value of restricted shares vested

   $ 21,134      $ 3,057              N/A         N/A   

Total share-based liabilities settled

   $ 16,858      $ 3,057              N/A         N/A   

 

 

The stock-based compensation liability of $3.6 million at December 31, 2015 is related to outstanding stock options. The stock-based compensation liability of $2.4 million at December 31, 2014 is related to outstanding stock options and unvested Restricted Awards. Further, $1.7 million and $1.3 million is included in Other current liabilities and $1.9 million and $1.1 million is included in Other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The actual tax benefits recognized related to stock-based compensation totaled $4.6 million, $3.3 million, $8.2 million, and $0.1 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company provides a 401(k) plan that covers substantially all U.S. employees. Participants can elect to contribute up to 50% of their eligible earnings on a pre-tax basis, subject to Internal Revenue Service annual limitations.

The U.S.-based plan offers a year-end employer matching contribution, requiring the participant to be an employee at year-end to qualify for the match. Participants with one year or more of service are eligible for the matching contribution. Participants fully vest in the employer contributions after three years of service. The employer contribution represents a percentage of a participant’s eligible compensation. The Company’s 401(k) Plan costs were $1.7 million, $1.1 million, $0.3 million, and $1.2 million during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 respectively, and were allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has various defined contribution arrangements for eligible employees of non-U.S. entities. These defined contribution arrangements provide employees with retirement savings and life insurance benefits. The Company incurred expenses related to these arrangements of $0.7 million, $0.5 million, $0.2 million, and $0.5 million in the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively, and were allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company is also required to pay certain minimum statutory post-employment benefits. The Company recognizes a liability and the associated expense for these benefits when it is probable that employees are entitled to the benefit.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

12. INCOME TAXES

The Company files income tax returns for U.S. federal and various U.S. states, as well as various foreign jurisdictions. The liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits are carried in Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets because the payment of cash is not anticipated within one year of the balance sheet date.

The components of (loss) income before income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
          PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Domestic

   $ (12,294   $ (23,893        $ (1,069   $ 37,046   

Foreign jurisdictions

     4,464        2,854             847        2,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (7,830   $ (21,039        $ (222   $ 39,145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     CURRENT      DEFERRED     TOTAL  

Successor Year ended December 31, 2015:

       

U.S. Federal

   $ 11,067       $ (11,995   $ (928

U.S. state and local

     1,119         (761     358   

Foreign jurisdictions

     1,372         41        1,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 13,558       $ (12,715   $ 843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor Period ended December 31, 2014:

       

U.S. Federal

   $ 1,817       $ (8,941   $ (7,124

U.S. state and local

     245         (606     (361

Foreign jurisdictions

     853         (71     782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,915       $ (9,618   $ (6,703
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014:

       

U.S. Federal

   $ 342       $ 659      $ 1,001   

U.S. state and local

     52         (38     14   

Foreign jurisdictions

     320         (321     (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 714       $ 300      $ 1,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor Year ended December 31, 2013:

       

U.S. Federal

   $ 6,165       $ 6,352      $ 12,517   

U.S. state and local

     1,011         784        1,795   

Foreign jurisdictions

     860         (871     (11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,036       $ 6,265      $ 14,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The difference between the statutory rate for federal income tax and the effective income tax rate was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

    SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
         PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,

2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Income tax expense calculated at the federal statutory rate

  $ (2,740     35.0%      $ (7,363     35.0%          $ (78     35.0%      $ 13,701        35.0%   

Effect of:

                   

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

    487        (6.2     219        (1.0         208        (93.8     1,189        3.0   

Tax on foreign earnings, net of tax credits and deductions

    (330     4.2        (261     1.2            (440     197.8        (746     (1.9

Change in valuation allowance

                                    789        (354.3              

Permanent items:

                   

Goodwill impairment

    2,106        (26.9                                              

Stock-based awards

    778        (9.9     332        (1.6         278        (125.2              

Other

    185        (2.4     730        (3.5         296        (133.1     (22     (0.1

State tax credits

    (931     11.9        (573     2.7            (208     93.6        (554     (1.4

Change in liability for uncertain tax positions

    1,250        (16.0     249        (1.2         169        (76.1     985        2.5   

Other

    38        (0.5     (36     0.2                          (252     (0.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 843        (10.8%   $ (6,703     31.8%          $ 1,014        (456.1%     14,301        36.5%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $10.4 million and $8.2 million, respectively, and have been permanently reinvested. It is not practicable to determine the amount of the additional taxes that would result if these earnings were repatriated.

Components of the Company’s net deferred tax liability included in the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     2015     2014  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued liabilities

   $ 15,746      $ 16,802   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,995        2,241   

Foreign operating loss carryforward

     250        274   

Foreign tax credit carryforward

     4        5   

U.S. state and local tax credits and carryforward

     153        421   

Other

     1,128        1,396   

Valuation allowance

     (1,021     (1,086
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     18,255        20,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (38,970     (52,791

Prepaid expenses

     (161     (153

Other

     (71     (739
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (39,202     (53,683
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (20,947   $ (33,630
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The deferred tax asset attributable to U.S. state and local tax credits and carryforwards above includes $0.1 million for U.S. state and local operating loss carryforwards that expire at various times from 2015 to 2029.

The Company has foreign operating loss carryforwards for which a deferred tax asset of $0.3 million has been established. The Company has a valuation allowance of $0.2 million against this deferred tax asset based upon its assessment that it is more likely than not that this amount will not be realized. The ultimate realization of this tax benefit is dependent upon the generation of sufficient operating income in the respective tax jurisdictions. Approximately 92% of the foreign net operating loss carryforwards can be utilized over an indefinite period whereas the remainder will expire in 2020 if not utilized.

In December 2013, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $2.3 million and an associated deferred tax asset of $0.8 million on its cost method investment in a related party. In March 2014, the investment was sold and the company incurred a capital loss. This loss is limited to offset future capital gains which the Company does not anticipate will be generated, thus a valuation allowance of $0.8 million has been recorded as it is more likely than not that realization cannot be assured.

Annual activity related to the Company’s valuation allowance is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
          PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Beginning Balance

   $ 1,086      $ 1,103           $ 305       $ 510   

Additions charged to expense

                        798           

Reductions from utilization, reassessments and expirations

     (65     (17                  (205
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 1,021      $ 1,086           $ 1,103       $ 305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
          PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Beginning Balance

   $ 1,353      $ 1,092           $ 938       $ 162   

Increases in tax positions for prior years

            31             134           

Decreases in tax positions for prior years

     (14     (8                    

Increases in tax positions for current year

     1,265        238             20         776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 2,604      $ 1,353           $ 1,092       $ 938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions are recognized as components of Income tax provision (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations. There was no material change to tax-related interest and penalties during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, the Company has a liability for interest and penalties of $0.6 million and $0.3 million that is associated with related tax liabilities of $1.8 million and $0.8 million for uncertain tax positions.

The Company operates in various foreign, state and local jurisdictions. The number of tax years for which the statute of limitations remains open for foreign, state and local jurisdictions varies by jurisdiction and is approximately four

 

F-35


Table of Contents

years (2012 through 2015). For federal tax purposes, the Company’s open tax years are 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015.

13. MISCELLANEOUS (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR          PREDECESSOR  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2014
          PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31,
2014
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2013
 

Net loss on foreign-currency transactions

   $ (1,307   $ (1,156        $ (114   $ (338

Impairment loss on equity investment

                               (2,250

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                               (1,523

Other income

     174        855             1,327        2,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

   $ (1,133   $ (301        $ 1,213      $ (1,718
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Employee Loans

The Company periodically extends short term loans or advances to employees, typically upon commencement of employment. Total receivables as a result of these employee advances of $0.2 million and $0.3 million existed at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively and are included in the Prepaid expenses and other current assets line item of the consolidated balance sheets.

Management Fees

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Successor Company incurred management fees to Cinven of $0.3 million and $0.2 million and $0.1 million and $0.1 million in related travel expenses, respectively. As of the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, respectively, the Company had outstanding accounts payable to Cinven of $0.1 million and $0.1 million. The Successor and Predecessor paid Transaction-related expenses on behalf of or to Cinven and CCMP.

The Predecessor Company was obligated to pay management fees to a subsidiary of CCMP and incurred $0.1 million and $0.3 million in such fees during the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

Consulting Fees

In 2014, the Successor Company paid $1.7 million in consulting fees to an investment banking firm in connection with the Transaction. A managing member of this firm was previously a Medpace board member.

Related Party Capital Lease

The Company assumed a capital lease with a former employee associated with the Company’s medical device operations. The capital lease liability is $0.1 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company made lease payments that were inclusive of interest expense totaling $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

Service Agreements

Symplmed Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Symplmed”)

During 2013, the chief executive officer of Medpace acquired a majority ownership interest in Symplmed, a new pharmaceutical development company, and was elected to the board of directors along with two other executives. Also in 2013, Medpace entered into a Master Services Agreement (“MSA”) with Symplmed to perform clinical trials.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

In 2013, the Predecessor Company evaluated its relationship with Symplmed and concluded that Symplmed was not a variable interest entity. As the Company has no direct ownership interest or relationship other than the MSA, there were no other factors that required consolidation of Symplmed’s financial results.

During 2014 and 2015, the chief executive officer and other executives of Medpace made equity investments in Symplmed. Also in 2014, Symplmed entered into an Amended Master Services Agreement (the “Amended MSA”) with Medpace. The Amended MSA provides for a revised financing arrangement which allows for Symplmed to defer payments of the services provided by the Company while incurring premium service charges as consideration for the deferred payment concessions.

The equity contributions made by the Medpace executives prompted the Successor Company to reassess whether Symplmed is a variable interest entity. Based on the evaluation performed, Symplmed is not a variable interest entity and no other direct ownership interests exist that would require consolidation of Symplmed’s financial results.

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014 the Company recognized related party transactions of $1.2 million and $1.2 million as service revenue in the consolidated statements of operations, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 the Company had accounts receivable from Symplmed of $0.3 million recorded in the consolidated balance sheet.

Coherus BioSciences, Inc. (“Coherus”) and MX II Associates, LLC (“MXII”)

During 2011 a related party of the Company in which the Company’s chief executive officer is the managing member, MXII, made an investment in Coherus. In early 2012 the Company made a $2.5 million investment in Coherus. Concurrent with the initial investment, MXII secured the exclusive rights for Medpace to perform Phase I through Phase III clinical trial work for certain Coherus’ “bio-similar” drug compounds executed through a MSA. In return, Medpace agreed to pay a 10% sales commission to MXII on cash received from Coherus. The commission agreement between the Company and MXII was terminated during 2015 but did not impact the MSA between the Company and Coherus. Accordingly, Medpace paid a $0.3 million sales commission during 2012 pursuant to a $2.5 million advance payment received from Coherus for the aforementioned clinical trial work. In addition, Medpace paid commissions of $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 million during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, respectively, and were recorded in Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized service revenue of $22.1 million, $10.6 million, $2.0 million, and $3.3 million from Coherus in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, respectively. In addition, the company recognized Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue and Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses with Coherus in the consolidated statements of operations of $6.9 million, $2.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 the Company had accounts receivable from Coherus of $2.0 million and $0.7 million recorded in the consolidated balance sheets, respectively. In addition, the Company had Advanced billings of $8.4 million and $5.3 million and Pre-funded study costs of $3.5 million and $2.4 million with Coherus recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the Predecessor Company recorded an impairment loss of $2.3 million on its cost method investment in Coherus in contemplation of the ultimate liquidation of this investment prior to the Transaction. The impairment loss is reflected as a component of Miscellaneous (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations. In March 2014, the investment was sold to Medpace Investors for $0.3 million and was reflected in the other income component of Miscellaneous (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014.

Xenon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Xenon”)

Certain executives and employees of the Company, including the chief executive officer, have equity investments in Xenon, a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company. In addition, a Medpace employee was a director of Xenon until May 2015. During July 2015 the Company and Xenon entered into an amended MSA agreement for the Company to

 

F-37


Table of Contents

provide certain clinical development services. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 the Company recognized service revenue of $0.7 million in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $1.8 million and $0.2 million of Advanced billings and Pre-funded study costs, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

Medpace Investors, LLC

Medpace Investors is a noncontrolling shareholder and related party of Medpace Holdings, Inc. Medpace Investors is owned and managed by employees of the Company. The chief executive officer of Medpace is also the manager and majority unit holder of Medpace Investors. The Successor Company acts as a paying agent for Medpace Investors with taxing authorities principally in instances when employee tax payments or remittance of withholdings related to equity compensation are required. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Successor Company paid $0.9 million and $1.4 million to various taxing authorities on behalf of Medpace Investors.

Leased Real Estate

Headquarters Lease

The Predecessor Company entered into an operating lease with 100 Medpace Way, LLC (“100 MW”), which is wholly owned by the chief executive officer of the Company, for an initial term of twelve years with a renewal option for one 10-year term at prevailing market rates. The Company pays rent, taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses that arise from the use of the property. Annual base rent in effect at December 31, 2015 under the lease agreement is $2.1 million. The lease allows for adjustments to the rental rate annually for increases in the consumer price index.

For the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, lease expense for 100 MW of $2.1 million, $1.6 million, $0.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, was allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization, and Selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the Successor Company prepaid $0.2 million in lease payments to 100 MW which is recorded as a component of Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014.

Deemed Assets and Deemed Landlord Liabilities

The Predecessor Company entered into two multi-year leases of office space commencing in July 2012 and September 2012 with 200 Medpace Way, LLC (“200 MW”) and 300 Medpace Way, LLC (“300 MW”), respectively. Both 200 MW and 300 MW are wholly owned by the Company’s chief executive officer and certain of his immediate family. The Company recognizes Deemed landlord liabilities according to their term in the consolidated balance sheets. The obligation was initially recorded by the Predecessor Company at its net present value using the notional rates implicit in the lease agreements. The Successor Company revalued the liability by calculating the net present value using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the time of the Transaction. Accretion expense is being recorded over the term of the lease as a component of Interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014, the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013, the Company paid $3.4 million, $3.1 million, $0.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively, in rents, which are accounted for as principal and interest payments on the Deemed landlord liability in accordance with the accounting guidance governing such transactions.

Travel Services

ATSB Aviation

The Company incurs expenses for travel services for company executives provided by a private aviation charter company which is owned by the chief executive officer and another executive of the Company (“Private Aviation Charter”). The Company may contract directly with the private aviation charter for the use of its aircraft or indirectly through a third party aircraft management and jet charter company (the “Aircraft Management Company”). The travel services provided are primarily for business purposes, with any personal travel paid for as part of the executives’ compensation arrangements. The Aircraft Management Company also makes the Private Aviation Charter aircraft available to other third parties. The Company incurred travel expenses of $0.9 million, $0.5 million and

 

F-38


Table of Contents

$0.1 million during the Successor year ended December 31, 2015, the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, respectively, related to these travel services, and are recorded in Selling, general and administrative in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Common Stock Purchases

During 2015, an employee of the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement (“SPA”) with the Company that permitted the purchase of 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the then-current value for those shares. There was no stock-based compensation expense recognized in relation to the SPA due to no required services to be rendered in exchange for shares. The proceeds from this SPA are reflected as Proceeds from sale of common stock in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the Successor year ended 2015.

During 2013, the chief executive officer of the Company entered into a SPA with the Company that permitted him to purchase 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the then-current market value for those shares. In exchange, the chief executive officer agreed to forfeit his ownership of 80,000 unvested stock options that were originally scheduled to vest at various dates through 2016. The proceeds from this stock purchase are reflected as Stock issued and Proceeds from sale of common stock, respectively, in the Predecessor Company’s consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013.

Assets and Obligations Related to Former Owners

Pursuant to the Medpace, Inc. Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 17, 2011 (the “Predecessor Purchase Agreement”), certain tax indemnifications between the sellers (a group led by the former majority shareholder who is the current chief executive officer, the “Former Owners”) and the buyers (led by CCMP) were entered into regarding contingencies that could arise after the June 17, 2011 transaction, as well as tax payments or refunds that were finalized after June 17, 2011 but which relate to periods prior to the Predecessor Purchase Agreement date. In February 2015, a settlement was reached with a local taxing authority regarding the refund of income tax payments made by the Company prior to June 17, 2011. On the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Successor has $0.4 million and $0.6 million in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets related to the tax refund due from the local taxing authority and $0.4 million and $0.6 million in Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities representing the obligation to the Former Owners. The Successor has $0.1 million and $0.1 million in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and $0.1 million and $0.3 million in Other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, associated with refunds from various other taxing authorities that were generated prior to June 17, 2011.

15. ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION EXPENSES

The Successor Company and the Predecessor Company incurred $9.3 million and $12.4 million of one-time Acquisition and integration expenses related to the Transaction during the Successor Period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014, respectively, primarily for investment banking, legal, accounting, consulting and other advisory fees.

16. ENTITY WIDE DISCLOSURES

Operations By Geographic Location

The Company conducts operations in North America, Europe, Africa, Asia-Pacific and Latin America through wholly-owned subsidiaries and representative sales offices. The Company attributes service revenue to geographical locations based upon the location of the contracting entity. Service revenue attributable to the U.S. represent approximately 98% of total consolidated service revenue, net. No other country or region represents more than 5% of service revenue, net.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes property and equipment, net by geographic region and is further broken down to show countries which account for 10% or more of total as of December 31, (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SUCCESSOR  
     2015      2014  

Property and equipment, net:

     

United States

   $ 28,152       $ 29,928   

Europe:

     

Belgium

     3,896         3,947   

Other

     3,968         2,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

     7,864         6,666   

Other

     1,496         1,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 37,512       $ 38,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Products & Services

Clinical research services and laboratory services represented approximately 87% and 13%, 85% and 15%, 85% and 15%, and 86% and 14% of consolidated service revenue, net for the Successor year ended December 31, 2015 and period ended December 31, 2014 and the Predecessor Period ended March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 1, 2016, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, to determine if either recognition or disclosure of significant events or transactions was required. No such subsequent events were noted.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

     AS OF  
     MARCH 31,
2016
    DECEMBER 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,181      $ 14,880   

Restricted cash

     2,761        2,857   

Accounts receivable:

    

Billed, net (includes $3.4 million and $2.3 million with related parties at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)

     58,155        46,352   

Unbilled services (includes $0.7 million and $0.6 million with related parties at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)

     16,851        18,736   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,227        11,896   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     115,175        94,721   

Property and equipment, net

     39,591        37,512   

Goodwill

     660,981        660,981   

Intangible assets, net

     174,075        186,743   

Deferred income taxes

     160        157   

Other assets

     4,014        3,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 993,996      $ 984,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 6,956      $ 8,728   

Accrued expenses

     15,190        20,111   

Pre-funded study costs (includes $3.8 million and $3.7 million with related parties at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)

     47,921        46,599   

Advanced billings (includes $10.4 million and $10.2 million with related parties at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)

     60,783        51,051   

Other current liabilities

     8,392        7,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     139,242        134,017   

Long-term debt, net, less current portion

     378,457        377,882   

Deemed landlord liability, less current portion

     29,853        30,273   

Deferred income tax liability

     20,795        21,104   

Other long-term liabilities

     7,787        7,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     576,134        570,567   

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 10)

    

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock—$0.01 par-value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 44,058,055 and 44,043,030 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively

     441        440   

Additional paid-in capital

     438,969        438,602   

Accumulated deficit

     (19,561     (23,009

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,987     (2,559
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     417,862        413,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 993,996      $ 984,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2016     2015  

Revenue:

    

Service revenue, net (includes $7.8 million and $5.9 million with related parties for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

   $ 87,800      $ 76,030   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket revenue (includes $1.2 million and $0.9 million with related parties for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

     11,786        7,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     99,586        83,033   

Operating Expenses:

    

Direct costs, excluding depreciation and amortization

     46,981        39,125   

Reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses (includes $1.2 million and $0.9 million with related parties for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

     11,786        7,003   

Selling, general and administrative

     13,509        11,742   

Depreciation

     1,773        1,573   

Amortization

     12,668        17,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     86,717        76,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     12,869        6,389   

Other Expense, Net:

    

Miscellaneous expense, net

     (935     (976

Interest expense, net

     (5,973     (7,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (6,908     (8,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     5,961        (1,660

Income tax provision (benefit)

     2,513        (1,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,448      $ (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.08      $   

Diluted

   $ 0.08      $   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     44,044        41,808   

Diluted

     44,044        41,808   

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
         2016              2015      

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,448       $ (59

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes

     572         (524
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 4,020       $ (583
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2016     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,448      $ (59

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     1,773        1,573   

Amortization

     12,668        17,201   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,009        3,671   

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount

     672        655   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (310     (3,618

Other

     46        218   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash

     96        (265

Accounts receivable, net and unbilled services

     (9,927     3,614   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,264     (813

Accounts payable

     (2,027     (1,280

Accrued expenses

     (5,004     (7,279

Pre-funded study costs

     1,305        (170

Advanced billings

     9,669        (6,467

Other assets and liabilities, net

     567        (2,186
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     12,721        4,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Property and equipment expenditures

     (3,456     (685

Other

     32          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,424     (685
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     7          

Payment of debt

     (18     (30,064

Payment of deemed landlord liability

     (369     (229
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (380     (30,293
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     384        (156

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     9,301        (26,339

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

     14,880        54,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

   $ 24,181      $ 27,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

MARCH 31, 2016

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Business

Medpace Holdings, Inc. together with its subsidiaries (“Medpace” or the “Company”) is a global provider of clinical research-based drug and medical device development services. The Company partners with pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device companies in the development and execution of clinical trials. The Company’s drug development services focus on full service Phase I-IV clinical development services and include development plan design, coordinated central laboratory, project management, regulatory affairs, clinical monitoring, data management and analysis, pharmacovigilance new drug application submissions, and post-marketing clinical support. The Company also provides bio-analytical laboratory services, clinical human pharmacology, imaging services, and electrocardiography reading support for clinical trials.

The Company’s operations are principally based in North America, Europe, and Asia.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and are unaudited. In the opinion of the Company’s management, all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation have been reflected. Certain financial information that is normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, but that is not required for interim reporting purposes, has been omitted. The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results and outcomes could differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The new guidance is intended to simplify certain aspects of accounting for share-based payments to employees including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but all guidance must be adopted in the same period. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net). ASU 2016-08 clarifies the interpretation guidance in ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” specifically related to principal versus agent considerations and adds illustrative examples to assist in the application of the guidance. The effective date and transition requirements in ASU 2016-08 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of ASU 2014-09. ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. The Company will adopt the clarified guidance in ASU 2016-08 by January 1, 2018, as required. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in ASU 2016-02 supersedes the lease recognition requirements in ASC Topic 840, Leases (FAS 13). ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases, along with additional

 

F-45


Table of Contents

qualitative and quantitative disclosures. ASU 2016-02 will be applied on a modified retrospective basis and to each prior reporting period presented and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

2. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) are computed using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation that determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including outstanding participating securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share is similar to basic net income (loss) per share, but adjusts for the effect of potential issuance of common shares. The Company’s restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) contain non-forfeitable rights or dividend equivalents and participate in periods of net income but are not contractually obligated to share in the Company’s losses. As a result, RSAs are included in the number of shares in our basic and diluted EPS in periods of net income but are excluded in the number of shares in our basic and diluted EPS in periods of net loss.

The following table reconciles the basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
         2016              2015      

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     44,044         41,808   

Effect of dilutive securities

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     44,044         41,808   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive shares

     356         955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exclusions from basic, weighted average shares:

     

RSAs (no obligation to share in losses)

             488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The anti-dilutive shares disclosed above were calculated using the treasury stock method. During the three month period ended March 31, 2016, the Company had stock options that were excluded due to the exercise price exceeding the average fair value of the Company’s common stock during the period. During the three month period ended March 31, 2015, the Company had stock options that were anti-dilutive due to the Company being in a net loss position during the period as well as the exercise price exceeding the average fair value of the Company’s commons stock during the period.

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows accounting guidance related to fair value measurements that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value. This hierarchy maximizes the use of “observable” inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy specifies three levels based on the inputs, as follows:

Level 1: Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Valuations based on directly observable inputs or unobservable inputs corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Valuations based on unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity representing management’s determination of assumptions of how market participants would price the assets or liabilities.

The fair value of financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, billed accounts receivable, net, unbilled services, accounts payable, accrued expenses and advanced billings approximate their carrying amounts due to their short term maturities.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements as of March 31, 2016. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the three month periods ended March 31, 2016 or March 31, 2015.

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are measured on the accompanying interim condensed consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets, which include indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill, are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or when a triggering event occurs. Total assets carried on the balance sheet that are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis, identified as Level 3 measurements, as of March 31, 2016 are $692.6 million, comprised of $661.0 million of goodwill and $31.6 million of identified indefinite-lived intangible assets.

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE BILLED, NET

Accounts receivable, billed, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2016
    DECEMBER 31,
2015
 

Accounts receivable, billed

   $ 53,709      $ 40,721   

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

     6,096        7,355   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,650     (1,724
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 58,155      $ 46,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     AS OF  
     MARCH 31,
2016
    DECEMBER 31,
2015
 

Intangible assets:

    

Finite-lived intangible assets:

    

Carrying amount:

    

Backlog

   $ 72,630      $ 72,630   

Customer relationships

     145,051        145,051   

Developed technologies

     54,475        54,475   

Other

     2,505        2,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

     274,661        274,661   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization:

    

Backlog

     (72,630     (72,630

Customer relationships

     (36,810     (26,991

Developed technologies

     (21,790     (19,066

Other

     (1,002     (877
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated amortization

     (132,232     (119,564
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets, net

     142,429        155,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade name (indefinite-lived)

     31,646        31,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   $ 174,075      $ 186,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, estimated amortization expense of the Company’s intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Remainder of 2016

   $ 38,004   

2017

     37,790   

2018

     29,371   

2019

     14,639   

2020

     7,797   

Thereafter

     14,828   
  

 

 

 

Total future amortization expense

   $ 142,429   
  

 

 

 

 

 

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2016
     DECEMBER 31,
2015
 

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 11,083       $ 17,195   

Other

     4,107         2,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 15,190       $ 20,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

7. DEBT

Debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     AS OF  
     MARCH 31,
2016
    DECEMBER 31,
2015
 

Term loan

   $ 390,000      $ 390,000   

Capital lease

     44        59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     390,044        390,059   

Less unamortized discount

     (1,890     (1,984

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

     (9,653     (10,134

Less current portion of long-term debt

     (44     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net, less current portion

   $ 378,457      $ 377,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on debt are due as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2016 (remaining)

   $ 44   

2017

       

2018

       

2019

       

2020 and thereafter

     390,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 390,044   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The estimated fair value of the Company’s term loan based on Level 1 quoted market prices, approximates $385.2 million and $386.3 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, compared to the carrying value of $388.1 million and $388.0 million.

Credit Agreement

On April 1, 2014 the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), consisting of a $530 million term loan and a $60 million revolving credit facility (“revolver”). The term loan portion of the Credit Agreement expires in April 2021 and the revolver portion expires in April 2019. The Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to customary covenants relating to financial ratios and restrictions on certain types of transactions including restricting the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, acquire and dispose of assets, make investments, pay dividends, or engage in mergers and acquisitions.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a Eurocurency rate based on LIBOR for U.S. dollar deposits for loans denominated in dollars, EURIBOR for Euro deposits for loans denominated in Euros and the offer rate for any other currencies for loans denominated in such other currencies for the relevant interest period, plus 4.00% per annum if our total net leverage ratio is greater than 4.75:1.00, or 3.75% if our total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.75:1.00; provided that the relevant Eurocurrency rate shall be deemed to be no less than 1.00% per annum; (b) a base rate, which is defined as the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate on such day plus  12 of 1.00%, (ii) the Prime Lending Rate on such day, (iii) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for loans denominated in U.S. dollars published on such day for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% and (iv) 2.00%, plus 3.00% per annum if our total net leverage ratio is greater than 4.75:1.00, or 2.75% if our total leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.75:1.00; provided that the base rate shall be deemed to be no less than 2.00% per annum. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Credit Agreement without premium or penalty. As of March 31, 2016, the interest applicable on the term loan was the Eurocurrency minimum floor interest rate of 4.75%.

In addition, the Company is required to pay to the lenders a commitment fee of 0.5% quarterly for unused commitments on the revolver, subject to a step-down to 0.375% based upon achievement of a certain leverage ratio as defined within the Credit Agreement. At March 31, 2016 the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the revolver resulting in $60.0 million in undrawn capacity available under the Revolver. In addition, the Company did not have any outstanding letters of credit, which are secured by the revolving credit facilities at March 31, 2016.

Also within the Credit Agreement, if we have drawn greater than 30% of the commitments under the Credit Agreement as of the last date of any quarter, then we are required to report compliance with a financial covenant that is tested at the end of each quarter. This financial covenant requires us to maintain a net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio (as defined under the Credit Agreement) of less than or equal to 8.00:1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2016 and 7.50:1.00, thereafter. As of March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Credit Agreement.

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has a long-term incentive plan (the “Plan”) that provides for long-term equity incentive compensation for key employees, officers and directors. A variety of discretionary awards (collectively, the “Awards”) for employees and non-employee directors are authorized under the Plan, including vested shares, stock options, restricted share awards (“RSAs”), and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The Plan expires in 2024, except for awards then outstanding and is administered by the Board of Directors.

The Company granted 47,000 stock options vesting equally over four years and 15,000 restricted awards which immediately vested upon issuance, during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations related to the Awards are summarized below (in thousands):

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,  
         2016              2015      

Direct costs

   $ 563       $ 2,463   

Selling, general and administrative

     446         1,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,009       $ 3,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The majority of the Awards are classified as liability instruments due to a condition upon accepting the awards. Participants must execute a Contribution and Subscription Agreement that provides for the exchange of the shares issued for incentive units in the equity of a non-consolidated related party. The stock-based compensation liability was $4.2 million, of which $2.0 million is included in Other Current Liabilities and $2.2 million is included in Other Long-Term Liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2016. The stock-based compensation liability was $3.6 million, of which $1.7 million is included in Other Current Liabilities and $1.9 million is included in Other Long-Term Liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

9. INCOME TAXES

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 42.2% and 96.4% for the three month periods ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively. The Company’s effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 varied from the U.S. statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to the impact of domestic and foreign uncertain tax positions.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in legal proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including employment claims and claims related to other business transactions. The Company cannot predict with certainty the outcome of such proceedings, but it believes that adequate reserves have been recorded and losses already recognized with respect to such actions were immaterial as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. There is a reasonable possibility that a loss exceeding amounts already recognized may be incurred related to these actions; however, the Company believes that such potential losses were immaterial as of March 31, 2016.

Purchase Commitment

In May 2013, the Company committed to the aggregate purchase of $2.0 million of software services from a vendor during the period from June 1, 2013 through May 31, 2016. In return for the commitment, the Company receives preferential fixed rate pricing and a 5% discount on all purchases made pursuant to this agreement during its three-year term. During 2014, the Company met the aggregate purchase commitment.

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Employee Loans

The Company periodically extends short term loans or advances to employees, typically upon commencement of employment. Total receivables as a result of these employee advances of $0.2 million existed at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and are included in the Prepaid expenses and other current assets line item of the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Management Fees

During the quarter ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred management fees to Cinven Limited of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and related travel expenses of $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had outstanding accounts payable to Cinven Limited of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Service Agreements

The chief executive officer and other executives of Medpace have majority ownership interests and are board members of Symplmed Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Symplmed”), a pharmaceutical development company, and the chief executive officer is also Chairman of the Board. Medpace entered into a Master Services Agreement (“MSA”) with Symplmed to perform clinical trials. The MSA also provides for a financing arrangement which allows for Symplmed to defer payments of the services provided by the Company while incurring premium service charges as consideration for the deferred payment concessions. The Company has evaluated its relationship with Symplmed and concluded that Symplmed is not a variable interest entity because the Company has no direct ownership interest or relationship other than the MSA. During the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized service revenue of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The chief executive officer of the Company is a member of Coherus BioSciences, Inc.’s (“Coherus”) board of directors, making Coherus a related party. The Company has secured an agreement to perform Phase I through Phase III clinical trial work for certain Coherus “bio-similar” drug compounds. The agreement provides for a minimum fee commitment for clinical trial services and is cancelable without cause by either party upon 30 days prior notification. During the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 the Company recognized service revenue from Coherus of $7.1 million and $5.6 million, respectively, in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, the Company had accounts receivable from Coherus of $2.9 million and $2.0 million recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, the Company had, from Coherus, $8.4 million and $8.4 million of Advanced billings and $3.7 million and $3.5 million of Pre-funded study costs, in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Certain executives and employees of the Company, including the chief executive officer, have equity investments in Xenon, a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company. In addition, a Medpace employee was a director of Xenon until May 2015. During July 2015 the Company and Xenon entered into an amended MSA agreement for the Company to provide certain clinical development services. During the quarter ended March 31, 2016, the Company recognized service revenue from Xenon of $0.3 million and less than $0.1 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2015 in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, the Company had, from Xenon, $2.0 million and $1.8 million of Advanced billings and $0.1 million and $0.2 million of Pre-funded study costs, in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Leased Real Estate

Headquarters Lease

The Company has entered into operating leases for its corporate headquarters and a storage space facility with a related party which is wholly owned by the chief executive officer of the Company. The Company has evaluated its relationship with the related party and concluded that the related party is not a variable interest entity because the Company has no direct ownership interest or relationship other than the leases. The lease for headquarters is for an initial term of twelve years through November 2022 with a renewal option for one 10-year term at prevailing market rates. The lease for storage space is through June 2016. The Company pays rent, taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses that arise from the use of the properties. Annual base rent for the corporate headquarters allows for adjustments to the rental rate annually for increases in the consumer price index. Lease expense recognized for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 was $0.5 million, respectively, and was allocated between Direct costs, excluding depreciation, amortization, and Selling, general and administrative in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Deemed Assets and Deemed Landlord Liabilities

The Company entered into two multi-year lease agreements with a related party governing the future occupancy of additional space of two buildings in Cincinnati, Ohio. The related parties are wholly owned by the Company’s chief executive officer and certain of his immediate family members. In accordance with the accounting guidance related to leases, the Company was deemed in substance to be the owner of the property during the construction phase and at completion. Accordingly, the Company reflected the buildings and related liabilities as deemed assets from landlord building construction in Property and equipment, net and Deemed landlord liabilities, respectively, on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company assumed occupancy in 2012 and the leases expire in 2027

 

F-51


Table of Contents

with the Company having one 10-year option to extend the lease term. The deemed assets are being fully depreciated, on a straight line basis, over the 15-year term of the lease. Deemed landlord liabilities are recorded at their net present value when the Company enters into qualifying leases and are reduced as the Company makes periodic lease payments on the properties. Accretion expense is being recorded over the term of the lease as a component of Interest expense, net in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company paid $0.9 million and $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The current and long-term portions of the Deemed landlord liability at March 31, 2016 were $1.6 million and $29.9 million, respectively. The current and long-term portions of the Deemed landlord liability at December 31, 2015 were $1.6 million and $30.3 million, respectively. The Company has recognized deemed assets, net of $19.3 million and $19.8 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Travel Services

The Company incurs expenses for travel services for company executives provided by a private aviation charter company which is owned by the chief executive officer and another executive of the Company (“private aviation charter”). The Company may contract directly with the private aviation charter for the use of its aircraft or indirectly through a third party aircraft management and jet charter company (the “Aircraft Management Company”). The travel services provided are primarily for business purposes, with certain personal travel paid for as part of the executives’ compensation arrangements. The Aircraft Management Company also makes the private aviation charter aircraft available to third parties. The Company incurred travel expenses of $0.3 million and $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 related to these travel services, respectively, and are recorded in Selling, general and administrative in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 25, 2016, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, to determine if either recognition or disclosure of significant events or transactions was required. No such subsequent events were noted.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

 

 

Shares

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

Jefferies

Credit Suisse

UBS Investment Bank

Wells Fargo Securities

Co-Managers

Baird

William Blair

                , 2016

Through and including                 , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth all fees and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable solely by Medpace Holdings, Inc. in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimated except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

 

 

     AMOUNT TO BE
PAID
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 15,105   

FINRA filing fee

     23,000   

Exchange listing fee

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Printing expenses

      

Transfer agent and registrar fees

      

Blue sky fees and expenses

      

Miscellaneous expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $  
  

 

 

 

 

 

*   To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of Medpace Holdings, Inc. shall be personally liable to it or its shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Upon consummation of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

State of Delaware. We will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for the reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act,) against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

All of the grants described below, except for the grant of 475,000 fully vested shares of our common stock to our Chief Executive Officer on July 31, 2015, were made pursuant to our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

On June 10, 2014, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,122,280 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.67 per share, (ii) 279,996 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 419,994 restricted shares of our common stock, in each case to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

On July 7, 2014, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 371,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.67 per share, (ii) 96,200 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 144,300 restricted shares of our common stock, in each case to certain of our executives and employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

On September 1, 2014, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 15,000 fully vested shares of our common stock at a price of $10.67 per share to an employee in connection with services provided to us by such party.

On September 9, 2014, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.67 per share, (ii) 6,000 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 9,000 restricted shares of our common stock, in each case to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

On March 23, 2015, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 787,950 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.00 per share, (ii) 255,160 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 382,740 restricted shares of our common stock and restricted share units, in each case to certain of our employees and executives in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

On May 15, 2015, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.00 per share, (ii) 2,000 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 3,000 restricted shares of our common stock, in each case to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

On July 31, 2015, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 93,500 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.50 per share to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties, (ii) 475,000 fully vested shares of our common stock to our Chief Executive Officer in connection with services provided to us by him and (iii) 340,000 restricted shares of our common stock to our Chief Executive Officer in connection with services provided to us by him.

On August 31, 2015, we issued and sold 50,000 shares of common stock at a price of $12.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $608,000, and granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.50 per share, (ii) 40,000 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 60,000 restricted shares of our common stock, in each case to an employee in connection with services provided to us by him.

Additionally, from September 22, 2015 to November 10, 2015, certain of our officers and employees exercised stock options granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase a total of 23,500 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.67 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $250,745.

On December 22, 2015, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 215,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $13.50 per share, (ii) 15,000 fully vested shares of our common stock and (iii) 120,000 restricted shares of our common stock, in each case to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

On January 14, 2016, an employee exercised stock options granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase a total of 625 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.67 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6,700.

On March 23, 2016, we granted (i) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 47,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $13.50 per share and (ii) 15,000 fully vested shares of our common stock, in each case to certain of our employees in connection with services provided to us by such parties.

The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented

 

II-3


Table of Contents

their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statements.

(a) Exhibits

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth in the schedules is either not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Medpace Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Medpace Holdings, Inc. has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Medpace Holdings, Inc. of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of Medpace Holdings, Inc. in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Medpace Holdings, Inc. will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by Medpace Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Medpace Holdings, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on June 24, 2016.

 

Medpace Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/S/    DR. AUGUST J. TROENDLE        

 

Dr. August J. Troendle

President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Medpace Holdings, Inc. hereby constitutes and appoints, Dr. August J. Troendle and Jesse J. Geiger and each of them any of whom may act without joinder of the other, the individual’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement of Medpace Holdings, Inc. on Form S-1, and any other registration statement relating to the same offering (including any registration statement, or amendment thereto, that is to become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments to the registration statement), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the date indicated above.

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/S/    DR. AUGUST J. TROENDLE        

Dr. August J. Troendle

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 24, 2016

/S/    JESSE J. GEIGER        

Jesse J. Geiger

   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Laboratory Operations (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   June 24, 2016

/S/    DR. SUPRAJ R. RAJAGOPALAN        

Dr. Supraj R. Rajagopalan

   Director   June 24, 2016

/S/    ALEXANDER F.S. LESLIE        

Alexander F.S. Leslie

   Director   June 24, 2016

/S/    MATTHEW R. NORTON        

Matthew R. Norton

   Director   June 24, 2016

 

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

EXHIBIT
NO.

    
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Medpace Holdings, Inc., to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Medpace Holdings, Inc. to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
  4.2*    Form of Voting Agreement, to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.
  5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1**    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Scioto Acquisition, Inc., Scioto Merger Sub, Inc., Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc., Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and swingline lender, and other agents and lenders party thereto.
10.2**    Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Scioto Acquisition, Inc., Scioto Merger Sub, Inc., Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc., each other direct or indirect subsidiary of Medpace Holdings, Inc. party to the Guaranty Agreement and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent.
10.3**    Security Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Scioto Acquisition, Inc., Scioto Merger Sub, Inc., Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc., each other direct or indirect subsidiary of Medpace Holdings, Inc. party to the Security Agreement and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent.
10.4**    Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among Scioto Acquisition, Inc., Scioto Merger Sub, Inc., Medpace IntermediateCo, Inc., each other direct or indirect subsidiary of Medpace Holdings, Inc. party to the Pledge Agreement and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent.
10.5†**    Employment Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2011, by and between Medpace, Inc. and Dr. August J. Troendle.
10.6†**    Scioto Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7†    Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan.
10.8†    Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.
10.9*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement, to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.
10.10**    Lease, dated as of October 7, 2010, by and between Medpace, Inc. and 100 Medpace Way, LLC.
10.11**    Lease, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and between Medpace, Inc. and 200 Medpace Way, LLC.
10.12**    Lease, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and between Medpace, Inc. and 300 Medpace Way, LLC.
10.13*†
   Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice.
10.14*†

 

   Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement.
10.15*†    Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan Restricted Unit Award Notice.
10.16*†    Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan Sub-Plan for UK Participants.
10.17†    Form of Medpace Holdings, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.18*†    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Medpace Holdings, Inc. and Dr. August J. Troendle.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NO.

    
21.1**    List of Subsidiaries of Medpace Holdings, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP as to Medpace Holdings, Inc.
23.2*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
99.1   

Consent to be named Director Nominee of Robert O. Kraft.

99.2    Consent to be named Director Nominee of Brian T. Carley.

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.

 

  Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-7

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

[] Shares of Common Stock

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2016

JEFFERIES LLC

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule A

c/o JEFFERIES LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

c/o CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010-3629

Attn: GC-IBCM

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Introductory. Medpace Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [●] shares of its common stock, par value $[●] per share (the “Shares”). The [●] Shares to be sold by the Company are called the “Firm Shares.” In addition, the Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional [●] Shares as provided in Section 2. The additional [●] Shares to be sold by the Company pursuant to such option are collectively called the “Optional Shares.” The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Shares are collectively called the “Offered Shares.” Jefferies LLC (“Jefferies”) and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”) have agreed to act as representatives of the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the “Representatives”) in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-[●] which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, in the form in which it became effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, is called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares is called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and from and after the date and time of filing of any such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The prospectus, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered Shares or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act, is called the “Prospectus.” The preliminary prospectus dated [●], 2016, describing the Offered Shares and the offering thereof is called the “Preliminary Prospectus,” and the Preliminary Prospectus and any other prospectus in preliminary form


that describes the Offered Shares and the offering thereof and is used prior to the filing of the Prospectus is called a “preliminary prospectus.” As used herein, “Applicable Time” is [●][a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on [●], 2016. As used herein, “free writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the Preliminary Prospectus together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B hereto. As used herein, Road Show means a “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) relating to the offering of the Offered Shares contemplated hereby that is a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act). As used herein, “Section 5(d) Written Communication” means each written communication (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that is made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company to one or more potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers (“QIBs”) and/or institutions that are accredited investors (“IAIs”), as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 144A and Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “Section 5(d) Oral Communication” means each oral communication, if any, made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company made to one or more QIBs and/or one or more IAIs to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “Marketing Materials” means any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Shares, including any road show or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); and “Permitted Section 5(d) Communication” means the Section 5(d) Written Communication(s) and Marketing Materials listed on Schedule C attached hereto.

All references in this Agreement to (i) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus), or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, or any free writing prospectus, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) and (ii) the Prospectus shall be deemed to include any “electronic Prospectus” provided for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3(n) of this Agreement.

In the event that the Company has only one subsidiary, then all references herein to “subsidiaries” of the Company shall be deemed to refer to such single subsidiary, mutatis mutandis.

The Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriters as follows:

Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and as of each Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:

(a) Compliance with Registration Requirements. The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act. The Company has complied with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information, if any. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

(b) Disclosure. Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR, was identical (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act) to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares. Each of

 

2


the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became or becomes effective, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus did not, and at the First Closing Date (as defined in Section 2) and at each applicable Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 2), will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Prospectus, as of its date, did not, and at the First Closing Date and at each applicable Option Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the three immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus or the Time of Sale Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses; Road Show. As of the determination date referenced in Rule 164(h) under the Securities Act, the Company was not, is not or will not be (as applicable) an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending, and each such free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Shares did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus and not superseded or modified. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B, and electronic road shows, if any, furnished to you before first use, the Company has not used or referred to, and will not, without your prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus. Each Road Show, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. Prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2, (ii) the completion of the Underwriters’ distribution of the Offered Shares or (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Representatives, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified on Schedule B hereto and any Permitted Section 5(d) Communications.

 

3


(e) The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(f) Authorization of the Offered Shares. The Offered Shares have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase the Offered Shares or other securities of the Company.

(g) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights. There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been duly waived.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change being referred to herein as a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, including without limitation any losses or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood, earthquakes, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any strike, labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, or has entered into any material transactions not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has not been any material decrease in the capital stock or any material increase in any short-term or long-term indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries and there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, by any of the Company’s subsidiaries on any class of capital stock, or any repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.

(i) Independent Auditors. Deloitte & Touche LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ,and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”), and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), (ii) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (iii) a registered public accounting firm as defined by the PCAOB whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.

(j) Financial Statements. The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the

 

4


related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. The financial data set forth in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Capitalization” fairly present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus and any free writing prospectus, that constitute non-GAAP financial measures (as defined by the rules and regulations under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable. To the knowledge of the Company, no person who has been suspended or barred from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(k) Companys Accounting System. The Company and its subsidiaries make and keep books and records that are accurate in all material respects and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(l) Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The Company has designed a system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that will comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act within the time period required and has been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been no significant deficiencies or material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company is not aware of any change in its internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(m) Incorporation and Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in the State of Ohio and each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), earnings, business, properties, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

5


(n) Subsidiaries. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries (for purposes of this Agreement, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) has been duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and is validly existing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has the power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or adverse claim, other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus ”), or except as otherwise would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed on Schedule D hereto.

(o) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans, or upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in each case described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares (including the Offered Shares) conform (or will conform when issued, as applicable) in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding Shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The descriptions of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents in all material respects the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

(p) Stock Exchange Listing. The Offered Shares have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (the “NASDAQ”) subject only to official notice of issuance.

(q) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“Default”) under any indenture, loan, credit agreement, note, lease, license agreement, contract, franchise or other instrument (including, without limitation, any pledge agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other instrument or agreement evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or relating to indebtedness) to which the Company or any of

 

6


its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of their respective properties or assets are subject (each, an “Existing Instrument”), except for such Defaults as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares (including the use of proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or any subsidiary (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for such conflicts, breaches, Defaults, liens, charges, encumbrances or violations specified in subsections (ii) and (iii) above that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act and such as may be required under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or FINRA. As used herein, a “Debt Repayment Triggering Event” means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(r) No Material Actions or Proceedings. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation brought by or before any governmental entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, if determined adversely to the Company, would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent.

(s) Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess all inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), trade names, service names, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and as being owned or licensed by any of them or which is necessary for the conduct of, or material to, any of their respective businesses (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), and the Company is unaware of any claim to the contrary or any challenge by any other person to the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Intellectual Property, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has infringed or is infringing the

 

7


intellectual property of a third party, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received notice of a claim by a third party to the contrary, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(t) All Necessary Licenses, etc. The Company and its subsidiaries possess, or qualify for applicable exemptions to, such valid and current certificates, authorizations, permits or licenses required by state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (“Licenses”), including, without limitation, all such Licenses required by the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”) or any other applicable state, federal or foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of drugs, biologics, medical devices or diagnostics, or preclinical or clinical trials, tests or studies relating to any of the same, except where the failure to possess the same or so qualify would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any of such Licenses or, has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such License, except for any such violations, defaults or proceeds relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such License that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) Title to Properties. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of the real and personal property and other assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(j) above (or elsewhere in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or except for such other security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company or any of its subsidiaries are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company or such subsidiary.

(v) Tax Law Compliance. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns or have properly requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them except as may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, in each case except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(j) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w) Insurance. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by recognized, institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as the Company reasonably deems adequate and customary for their businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and earthquakes and policies covering the Company and its subsidiaries for product liability claims and clinical trial liability claims. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and

 

8


when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any material insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(x) Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements; (iii) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(y) ERISA Compliance. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the Company or its subsidiaries are in compliance with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which the Company or such subsidiary is a member. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA), for which notice has not been waived, has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates , (ii) no “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates has failed or would reasonably be expected to fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, (iii) neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor any of their ERISA Affiliates has incurred or would reasonably be expected to incur any liability under (A) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (B) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code and (iv) each employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified or is in the process of being submitted for approval or will be so submitted during the applicable remedial amendment period and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

9


(z) Company Not an Investment Company. The Company is not, and will not be, either after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares or after the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Investment Company Act).

(aa) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or of any “reference security” (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act (Regulation M)) with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.

(bb) Related-Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

(cc) FINRA Matters. All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Company, and to the knowledge of the Company, its counsel, its officers and directors and the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the Company in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares is true, complete, correct and compliant with FINRA’s rules and any letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules or NASD Conduct Rules is true, complete and correct.

(dd) Parties to Lock-Up Agreements. The Company has furnished to the Underwriters a letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Lock-up Agreement) from each of the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B hereto. If any additional persons shall become directors or officers of the Company prior to the end of the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below), the Company shall cause each such person, prior to or contemporaneously with their appointment or election as a director or officer of the Company, to execute and deliver to Jefferies a Lock-up Agreement.

(ee) Statistical and Market-Related Data. All statistical, demographic and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any free writing prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate in all material respects. To the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(ff) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee or agent acting on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

(gg) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, collectively, the

 

10


FCPA”) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the FCPA or any other applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery or anti-corruption statute or regulation; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, such foreign official or employee; and the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and all other applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery or anti-corruption statutes or regulations, and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(hh) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are, and have been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(ii) OFAC. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(jj) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 relating to loans.

(kk) Brokers. Except pursuant to this Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement.

(ll) Forward-Looking Statements. Each financial or operational projection or other “forward-looking statement” (as defined by Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus was so included by the Company in good faith and with reasonable basis after due consideration by the Company of the underlying assumptions, estimates and other applicable facts and circumstances.

(mm) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged in any Section 5(d) Written Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

11


(nn) Communications. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in communications with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act other than Permitted Section 5(d) Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are QIBs or IAIs and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in such communications; the Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Marketing Materials, Section 5(d) Oral Communications and Section 5(d) Written Communications; as of the Applicable Time, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, if any, does not, as of the date hereof, conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the Company has filed publicly on EDGAR at least 15 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act), any confidentially submitted registration statement and registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Offered Shares.

(oo) Clinical Data and Regulatory Compliance. The preclinical and clinical trials, tests, and other studies (collectively, “Studies”) conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries are being and have been conducted in all material respects in accordance with the protocols designed for such Studies and in accordance with applicable laws; except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have made all such filings and obtained all such approvals as may be required by the FDA, HHS, the EMA or from any other federal, state or foreign government agency or body engaged in the regulation of drugs, biologics, medical devices or diagnostics, or of any Studies, or a health care facility Institutional Review Board (collectively, the “Regulatory Agencies”); neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice of, or written correspondence or other official communication from, any Regulatory Agency requiring the termination, suspension or modification of any Studies, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company has not received written notice of any claim, litigation, arbitration, enforcement, hearing, investigation, proceeding, or similar action by a Regulatory Agency, and the Company and its subsidiaries have no knowledge that any Regulatory Agency is considering such action.

(pp) Compliance with Health Care Laws. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company, its subsidiaries, and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees or other third parties acting on behalf of or at the direction of the Company are not in violation of any applicable Health Care Laws. For purposes of this Agreement, “Health Care Laws” means (i) the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. Section 301 et seq.) and the regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.) (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and any comparable state privacy and security laws; (iii) federal, state, local and foreign health care related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the U.S. Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3729 et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7 and 42 U.S.C. Section 1395nn, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes); (iv) the U.S. Controlled Substances Act; (v) Titles XVIII and XIX of the U.S. Social Security Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and (vii) any and all other applicable health care laws and regulations, in any jurisdiction where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business. Additionally, neither the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any of its employees, officers, directors or other third parties acting on behalf of or at the direction of the Company in matters relating to

 

12


the Health Care Laws has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any federal health care program or is subject to or has been threatened in writing or via another official communication with an inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar matter that would subject the Company, or any of its employees, officers, directors or other third parties acting on behalf of or at the direction of the Company, to exclusion, suspension or debarment.

(qq) No Contract Terminations. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sent or received any communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew, any material contracts or agreements referred to or described in any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus, or referred to or described in, or filed as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to any such contract or agreement, which threat of termination or non-renewal has not been rescinded as of the date hereof.

(rr) Dividend Restrictions. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying dividends to the Company, or from making any other distribution with respect to such subsidiary’s equity securities or from repaying to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company any amounts that may from time to time become due under any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any property or assets to the Company or to any other subsidiary.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and delivered to any Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering, or the purchase and sale, of the Offered Shares shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company (and not by such officer in his or her personal capacity) to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

The Company has a reasonable basis for making each of the representations set forth in this Section 1. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

Section 2. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Offered Shares.

(a) The Firm Shares. Upon the terms herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [●] Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A. The purchase price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company shall be $[●] per share.

(b) The First Closing Date. Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (or such other place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on [●], 2016, or such other time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York City time, on [●], 2016, as the Representatives shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called the “First Closing Date”). The Company hereby acknowledges that circumstances under which the Representatives may provide notice to postpone the First Closing Date as originally scheduled include, but are not limited to, any determination by the Company or the Representatives to recirculate to the public copies of an amended or supplemented Prospectus or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of Section 11.

 

13


(c) The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date. In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of [●] Optional Shares from the Company at the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time in whole or in part upon notice by the Representatives to the Company, which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement. Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and (ii) the time, date and place at which certificates for the Optional Shares will be delivered (which time and date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the term “First Closing Date” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and such Optional Shares). Any such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called an “Option Closing Date,” shall be determined by the Representatives and shall not be earlier than three or later than five full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares. The Representatives may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.

(d) Public Offering of the Offered Shares. The Representatives hereby advise the Company that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public, initially on the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Representatives, in their sole judgment, have determined is advisable and practicable.

(e) Payment for the Offered Shares. (i) Payment for the Offered Shares shall be made at the First Closing Date (and, if applicable, at each Option Closing Date) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company.

(ii) It is understood that the Representatives have been authorized, for their own account and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. Each of Jefferies and Credit Suisse, individually and not as the Representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Offered Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representatives by the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(f) Delivery of the Offered Shares. The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, through the book-entry facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Firm Shares to be sold by them at the First Closing Date, against release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Company shall also deliver, or cause to be delivered, through the book-entry facilities of the DTC for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase from them at the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against the release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Offered Shares shall be delivered to such accounts and in such denominations as the Representatives shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the

 

14


case may be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City as the Representatives may designate. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.

Section 3. Additional Covenants of the Company.

The Company further covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Delivery of Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company shall furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Representatives Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), the Company (i) will furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable period of time prior to the proposed time of filing of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, a copy of each such amendment or supplement and (ii) will not amend or supplement the Registration Statement without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Prior to amending or supplementing any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the time of filing or use of the proposed amendment or supplement, a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement. The Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by or referred to by the Company as such Underwriter may reasonably request. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares (but in any event if at any time through and including the First Closing Date) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict so that the statements in such free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances

 

15


prevailing at such time, not misleading, as the case may be; provided, however, that prior to amending or supplementing any such free writing prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of such proposed amended or supplemented free writing prospectus, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any such amended or supplemented free writing prospectus without the Representatives’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Filing of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) Amendments and Supplements to Time of Sale Prospectus. If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Offered Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company shall (subject to Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) hereof) promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) Certain Notifications and Required Actions. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly advise the Representatives in writing of: (i) the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission; (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Shares from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 424(b), Rule 433 and Rule 430A under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

 

16


(g) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. During the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus so that the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company agrees (subject to Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) hereof) to promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the Company’s obligations under Section 3(b) or Section 3(c). As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(h) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for sale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state securities or blue sky laws or Canadian provincial securities laws (or other foreign laws as the Representatives shall reasonably request) of those jurisdictions reasonably designated by the Representatives, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares sold by it in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(j) Transfer Agent. The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Shares.

(k) Earnings Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the date of this Agreement that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

17


(l) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Offered Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), file on a timely basis with the Commission and the NASDAQ all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Offered Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(m) Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Offered Shares on the NASDAQ.

(n) Company to Provide Copy of the Prospectus in Form That May be Downloaded from the Internet. If requested by the Representatives, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the Representatives an “electronic Prospectus” to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. As used herein, the term “electronic Prospectus” means a form of Time of Sale Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representatives and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Offered Shares; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper Time of Sale Prospectus, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic Prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, that will allow investors to store and have continuously ready access to the Time of Sale Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time). The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(o) Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional Shares. During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 180th day following the date of the Prospectus (such period being referred to herein as the “Lock-up Period”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Jefferies (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly: (i) sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend any Shares or Related Securities (as defined below); (ii) effect any short sale, or establish or increase any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) of any Shares or Related Securities; (iii) pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in any Shares or Related Securities; (iv) in any other way transfer or dispose of any Shares or Related Securities; (v) enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of any Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise; (vi) announce the offering of any Shares or Related Securities; (vii) file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of any Shares or Related Securities (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offered Shares); or (viii) publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that the Company may (A) effect the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) issue Shares or options to purchase Shares, or issue Shares upon exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock

 

18


plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, but only if the holders of such Shares or options agree in writing with the Underwriters not to sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer any such Shares or options during such Lock-up Period without the prior written consent of Jefferies (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), (C) file a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to any securities issued or issuable pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, (D) assist any stockholder of the Company in the establishment of a trading plan by such stockholder pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-up Period, and the establishment of such plan does not require or otherwise result in any public filing or other public announcement of such plan during such Lock-up Period and such plan is otherwise permitted to be implemented during the Lock-up Period pursuant to the terms of the lock-up agreement between such stockholder and the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares, (E) issue shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or business entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with any such acquisition or (F) issue shares of Common Stock, of restricted stock awards or of options to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each case, in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided that, in the case of immediately preceding clauses (E) and (F), the aggregate number of restricted stock awards and shares of Common Stock issued in connection with, or issuable pursuant to the exercise of any options issued in connection with, all such acquisitions and other transactions does not exceed 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the recipients of the shares of Common Stock or Related Securities agrees in writing to be bound by the same terms described in the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. For purposes of the foregoing, “Related Securities” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, Shares.

(p) Future Reports to the Representatives. During the period of three years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, c/o Jefferies LLC, at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Global Head of Syndicate, as soon as practicable after the filing or furnishing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other report filed or furnished by the Company with or to the Commission or any securities exchange; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 3(p) shall be satisfied to the extent that such reports, statement, communications, financial statements or other documents are available on EDGAR.

(q) Investment Limitation. The Company shall not invest or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its sale of the Offered Shares in such a manner as would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

(r) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. The Company will not take, and will ensure that no controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any reference security with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and the Company will, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.

 

19


(s) Enforce Lock-Up Agreements. During the Lock-up Period, the Company will enforce all agreements between the Company and any of its security holders that restrict or prohibit, expressly or in operation, the offer, sale or transfer of Shares or Related Securities or any of the other actions restricted or prohibited under the terms of the form of Lock-up Agreement. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements, including, without limitation, “lock-up” agreements entered into by the Company’s officers and directors and security holders pursuant to Section 6(i) hereof.

(t) Company to Provide Interim Financial Statements. Prior to the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, the Company will furnish the Underwriters, as soon as they have been prepared by or are available to the Company, a copy of any unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for any quarterly period subsequent to the quarter covered by the most recent financial statements appearing in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(u) Amendments and Supplements to Permitted Section 5(d) Communications. If at any time following the distribution of any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication during the Prospectus Delivery Period there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(v) Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) the time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is not required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) and (ii) the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined herein).

(w) Announcement Regarding Lock-ups. The Company agrees to announce the Underwriters’ intention to release any director or “officer” (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) of the Company from any of the restrictions imposed by any Lock-Up Agreement, by issuing, through a major news service, a press release in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives promptly following the Company’s receipt of any notification from the Representatives in which such intention is indicated, but in any case not later than the close of the third business day prior to the date on which such release or waiver is to become effective; provided, however, that nothing shall prevent the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, from announcing the same through a major news service, irrespective of whether the Company has made the required announcement; and provided, further, that no such announcement shall be made of any release or waiver granted solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of a Lock-Up Agreement in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto.

The Representatives, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company of any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.

Section 4. Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of

 

20


the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, each free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and each preliminary prospectus, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or blue sky laws or the provincial securities laws of Canada, and, if requested by the Representatives, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey” or memorandum and a “Canadian wrapper”, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions, (vii) the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with determining their compliance with the rules and regulations of FINRA related to the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Shares, including any related filing fees and the legal fees of (not to exceed $30,000 with respect to this clause (vii)), and disbursements by, counsel to the Underwriters, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show”, any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication undertaken in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives, employees and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, with the other 50% being paid by the Underwriters, (ix) the fees and expenses associated with listing the Offered Shares on the NASDAQ, and (x) all other fees, costs and expenses of the nature referred to in Item 13 of Part II of the Registration Statement. Except as provided in this Section 4 or in Section 7, Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

Section 5. Covenant of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally and not jointly covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not, but for such actions, be required to be filed by the Company under Rule 433(d).

Section 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder to purchase and pay for the Offered Shares as provided herein on the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:

(a) Comfort Letter. On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountant’s “comfort letters” to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any.

 

21


(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from FINRA.

(i) The Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective.

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

(iii) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(c) No Material Adverse Change or Ratings Agency Change. For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and through and including the First Closing Date and, with respect to any Optional Shares purchased after the First Closing Date, each Option Closing Date:

(i) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as that term is used in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of such date, in such form and substance as previously agreed to with the Representatives.

(e) Opinion of the General Counsel for the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of the General Counsel for the Company, dated as of such date, in such form and substance as previously agreed to with the Representatives.

(f) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated as of such date, with executed copies for each of the other Underwriters named on the Prospectus cover page.

(g) Officers Certificate. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect set forth in Section 6(b)(ii) and further to the effect that:

(i) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;

 

22


(ii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such date; and

(iii) the Company has complied with all the agreements hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such date.

(h) CFOs Certificate. On the date hereof and on the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall receive from the Company’s Chief Financial Officer a certificate with respect to certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any, and the Prospectus, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(i) Bring-down Comfort Letter. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, which letter shall: (i) reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to Section 6(a), except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be; and (ii) cover certain financial information contained in the Prospectus.

(j) Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives an agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto from each of the persons listed on Exhibit B hereto, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date.

(k) Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. In the event that a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission on the date of this Agreement and shall have become effective automatically upon such filing.

(l) Approval of Listing. At the First Closing Date, the Offered Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(m) Additional Documents. On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably request for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

23


If any condition specified in this Section 6 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by written notice from Jefferies to the Company at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time on or prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 7. Reimbursement of Underwriters Expenses. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 6, Section 11 or Section 12(i)(a), (v) or (vi), or if the sale to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters as have terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves), severally, upon demand for all documented out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Representatives and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering and sale of the Offered Shares, including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges.

Section 8. Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

Section 9. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent and controlling person for any and all reasonable and documented expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any such free writing prospectus, any

 

24


Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus, that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433 of the Securities Act, any Marketing Materials, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such free writing prospectus, such Marketing Materials, such Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement), in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. The Company hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Representatives have furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) are the statements set forth in (i) the second sentence of the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” (ii) the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Commission and Expenses,” (iii) the statements concerning stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions under the caption “Underwriting—Stabilization” and (iv) the first sentence of the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.

(c) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party to the extent the indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure and shall not in any event relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have

 

25


otherwise than on account of this agreement. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel (together with one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by Jefferies (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(a) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(b) above)) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred.

(d) Settlements. The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 9(c) hereof, the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault or culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

Section 10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect

 

26


of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(c), any documented legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(c) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 9(c) for purposes of indemnification.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 10.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A. For purposes of this Section 10, each affiliate, director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

Section 11. Default of One or More of the Several Underwriters. If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the several Underwriters shall fail or refuse

 

27


to purchase Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as may be specified by the Representatives with the consent of the non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.

As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” shall be deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 11. Any action taken under this Section 11 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

Section 12. Termination of this Agreement. Prior to the purchase of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters on the First Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by Jefferies by notice given to the Company if at any time: (i)(a) trading or quotation in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by the NASDAQ, or (b) trading in securities generally on either the NASDAQ or the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal or New York authorities; (iii) a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the judgment of Jefferies is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (v) in the judgment of Jefferies there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change; or (vi) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of Jefferies may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured. Any termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4 or Section 7 hereof or (b) any Underwriter to the Company; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

28


Section 13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Offered Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

Section 14. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

Section 15. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

    If to the Representatives:   Jefferies LLC
  520 Madison Avenue
  New York, New York 10022
  Facsimile: (646) 619-4437
  Attention: General Counsel
  Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
  Eleven Madison Avenue
  New York, New York 10010-3629
  Facsimile: (212) 325-4296
  Attention: GC-IBCM
    with a copy to:   Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
  200 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10166-0193
  Facsimile: (212) 351-6333
  Attention: Glenn R. Pollner
If to the Company:   Medpace Holdings, Inc.
  5375 Medpace Way
  Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
  Facsimile: (513) 579-0444
  Attention: General Counsel

 

29


with a copy to:  

Latham & Watkins LLP

 

885 3rd Ave.

 

New York, New York 10022

 

Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

 

Attention: Gregory P. Rodgers

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

Section 16. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof, and to the benefit of the affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “successors” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

Section 17. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

Section 18. Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 19. Waiver of Jury Trial. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by a jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 20. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

30


Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution provisions of Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 hereof fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, each free writing prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements to the foregoing), as contemplated by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

31


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page – Underwriting Agreement]


The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representatives in New York, New York as of the date first above written.

 

JEFFERIES LLC

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

Acting individually and as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in the attached Schedule A.

JEFFERIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page – Underwriting Agreement]


Schedule A

 

Underwriters   

Number of

Firm Shares

to be Purchased

 

Jefferies LLC

     [●]   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     [●]   

UBS Securities LLC

     [●]   

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

     [●]   

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

     [●]   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

     [●]   
  

 

 

 

Total

     [●]   
  

 

 

 


Schedule B

Free Writing Prospectuses Included in the Time of Sale Prospectus

[to be added]


Schedule C

Permitted Section 5(d) Communications

Presentation titled “Medpace / January 2016.”

Presentation titled “Medpace / June 2016.”


Schedule D

Subsidiaries

 

Beijing Medpace Medical Sci. & Tech Ltd.    Medpace IntermediateCo., Inc.
C-MARC, LLC    Medpace Israel, Ltd.
Imagepace, LLC    Medpace Italy S.R.L.
Medpace (Thailand) Ltd.    Medpace Laboratories BVBA
Medpace Acquisition, Inc.    Medpace Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Medpace Argentina S.R.L.    Medpace Medical Consulting GmbH
Medpace Australia Pty. Ltd.    Medpace Medical Device BV
Medpace Austria GesmbH    Medpace Medical Device, Inc.
Medpace Belgium BVBA    Medpace Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
Medpace Bioanalytical Laboratories, LLC    Medpace Netherlands BV
Medpace Brazil LTDA    Medpace Philippines, Inc.
Medpace Canada, Inc.    Medpace Poland z.o.o.
Medpace Chile Limitada    Medpace Portugal Lda.
Medpace Clinical Pharmacology, LLC    Medpace Reference Laboratories, LLC
Medpace Clinical Research India Pvt. Ltd.    Medpace Russia LLC
Medpace Czech Republika s.r.o.    Medpace Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Medpace Europe BV    Medpace South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
Medpace Europe Holding BV    Medpace Spain S.L.
Medpace Finland OY    Medpace Sweden AB
Medpace Germany GmbH    Medpace Switzerland AG
Medpace Hellas (Greece)    Medpace Taiwan Ltd.
Medpace Hong Kong Limited    Medpace Turkey Limited Sirketi
Medpace Hungary kft.    Medpace UK Limited
Medpace Imaging Core Lab France SARL    Medpace Ukraine, LLC
Medpace, Inc.   


Exhibit A

Form of Lock-up Agreement

[            ], 2016

Jefferies LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010-3629

Attention: GC-IBCM

 

RE: Medpace Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)

Ladies & Gentlemen:

The undersigned is an owner of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Shares”) or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares. The Company proposes to conduct a public offering of Shares (the “Offering”) for which Jefferies LLC (“Jefferies”) and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC will act as the representatives of the underwriters. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will benefit each of the Company and the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges that the underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter agreement in conducting the Offering and, at a subsequent date, in entering into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) and other underwriting arrangements with the Company with respect to the Offering.

Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this letter agreement that are not defined in the body of this agreement. Those definitions are a part of this agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, the undersigned will not, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Family Member not to, without the prior written consent of Jefferies, which may withhold its consent in its sole discretion:

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell any Shares or Related Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the undersigned or such Family Member,

 

A-1


    enter into any Swap,

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares or Related Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

    publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.

The foregoing will not apply to the registration of the offer and sale of the Shares, and the sale of the Shares to the underwriters, in each case as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply:

 

  (i) to the transfer of Shares or Related Securities by gift, or by will or intestate succession to a Family Member or to a trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned and/or a Family Member;

 

  (ii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, to (1) transfers of Shares or Related Securities to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of Shares or Related Securities to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned or holders of similar equity interests in the undersigned;

 

  (iii) if the undersigned is a trust, to transfers to the beneficiary of such trust;

 

  (iv) to transfers to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

  (v) to transfers to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv);

 

  (vi)

to transfers to the Company (1) pursuant to the exercise, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of any option to purchase Shares granted by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements described in or filed as an exhibit to the registration statement with respect to the Offering, where any Shares received by the undersigned upon any such exercise will be subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement, or (2) for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any option to purchase Shares or the vesting of any restricted stock awards granted by the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in or filed as an exhibit to the registration statement with respect to the Offering, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, where any Shares received by the undersigned upon any such exercise or vesting will be subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement; provided that in the case of any transfer to

 

A-2


  the Company pursuant this clause, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall state that such transfer to the Company relates to a “cashless” or “net exercise” of stock options or a tax withholding of shares in connection with the exercise of stock options or the vesting of a restricted stock award, as applicable, and that any Shares received by the undersigned upon any such exercise or vesting and not transferred to the Company will be continue to be subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement;

 

  (vii) to transfers pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant this clause, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares, shall state that such transfer is pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, unless such a statement would be prohibited by any applicable law, regulation or order of a court or regulatory authority;

 

  (viii) to transfers of Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering; and

 

  (ix) in response to a bona fide third-party takeover bid made to all holders of Shares or any other, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or other similar transaction whereby all or substantially all of the Shares are acquired by a third party;

provided, however, that in the case of (A) any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i) - (v) above, it shall be a condition to such transfer that both clauses (I) and (II) below are satisfied and (B) any transfer pursuant to clause (viii) above, it shall be a condition to such transfer that clause (II) below is satisfied:

 

  (I) each transferee executes and delivers to Jefferies or already has in effect an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Jefferies stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Shares and/or Related Securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Shares and/or Related Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this letter agreement except in accordance with this letter agreement (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto), and

 

  (II) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer.

The restrictions described in this letter agreement shall not apply to the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during such Lock-up Period and no public announcement or filing shall be required or voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith during the Lock-Up Period.

 

A-3


If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase or otherwise receive in the Offering (including pursuant to a directed share program).

In addition, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Jefferies agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, Jefferies will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company (in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement) will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Jefferies hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement that are applicable to the transferor to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or Related Securities held by the undersigned and the undersigned’s Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

With respect to the Offering only, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares and/or any Related Securities owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Offering.

The undersigned confirms that the undersigned has not, and has no knowledge that any Family Member has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares. The undersigned will not, and will use reasonable efforts to cause any Family Member not to take, directly or indirectly, any such action.

Whether or not the Offering occurs as currently contemplated or at all depends on market conditions and other factors. The Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the underwriters.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this letter agreement. This letter agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.

If (i) the Company notifies Jefferies in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed before October 31, 2016 or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) terminates

 

A-4


or is terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares, then in each case, this letter agreement shall automatically, and without any action on the part of any other party, terminate and be of no further force and effect, and the undersigned shall automatically be released from the obligations under this letter agreement.

This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-5


 

Signature

 

Printed Name of Person Signing
(Indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian or trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

A-6


Certain Defined Terms

Used in Lock-up Agreement

For purposes of the letter agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:

 

    Call Equivalent Position shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    Family Member” shall mean the spouse of the undersigned, an immediate family member of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned’s spouse, in each case living in the undersigned’s household or whose principal residence is the undersigned’s household (regardless of whether such spouse or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise). “Immediate family member” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Lock-up Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

 

    Put Equivalent Position” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Related Securities” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares.

 

    Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell” shall mean to:

1. – sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,

2. – effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position

3. – pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or

4. – in any other way transfer or dispose of,

in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.

 

    Swap” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the body of this lock-up agreement.

 

A-7


Exhibit B

Directors, Officers and Others

Signing Lock-up Agreement

 

 

[to be added]

 

B-1

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Medpace Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”) hereby certifies as follows:

(1) The present name of the corporation is Medpace Holdings, Inc. The corporation was incorporated under the name “Camargo Holdings, Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 18, 2014, which was subsequently amended by that (i) certain certificate of amendment, dated as of February 19, 2014, (ii) certain certificate of amendment, dated as of March 27, 2014 and (iii) certain certificate of amendment, dated as of May 29, 2014 (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

(2) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (this “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(3) The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is:

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business of the Corporation and the objects or purposes to be transacted, promoted or carried on by it are as follows: To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”) or any applicable successor act thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 255,000,000 shares. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 250,000,000 shares, $0.01 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 5,000,000 shares, $0.01 par value per share.


A. Common Stock.

1. Voting.

(a) Each holder of Common Stock entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of Common Stock held by such holder on the applicable record date which has voting power upon the matter in question.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of any holders of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a separate vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below) irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

(c) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) or to a Preferred Stock Designation that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

2. Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of capital stock of the Corporation as, if and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

3. Liquidation. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and after making provision for the holders of any series of Preferred Stock entitled thereto, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution, if any, shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of the shares of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such Common Stock holder. A consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Corporation with any other person or persons, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not be considered to be a dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Article FOURTH, Section A.3.

 

2


B. Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide, by resolution or resolutions from time to time, for the issuance, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (the “Preferred Stock Designation”), setting forth such resolution and, with respect to each such series, establishing the number of shares to be included in such series, and fixing the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting power of the shares of such series, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, if any, of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, the determination of the following:

(a) the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;

(b) the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

(c) the amounts or rates at which dividends will be payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

(d) the dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable;

(e) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

(f) the terms and amount of any sinking fund, if any, provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

(g) the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

(h) whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made;

 

3


(i) restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or any other class or series;

(j) the voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series generally or upon specified events; and

(k) any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such shares,

each of which as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such Preferred Stock. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior, rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law. Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

FIFTH: This Article FIFTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

A. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law.

B. Number. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors (each a “Director”) constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized Directors. The initial number of Directors shall be six (6), which may be subsequently modified in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

C. Classification. The Board of Directors (other than those Directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Preferred Stock Directors”)) shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I Directors shall initially serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; Class II Directors shall initially serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and Class III Directors shall initially serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a

 

4


three-year term and until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of Directors (other than Preferred Stock Directors), the number of Directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office as of the date hereof to Class I, Class II or Class III such that such Directors shall be divided into such three classes as nearly equal in number as possible.

D. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office and entitled to vote thereon, even though less than a quorum or by a sole remaining Director entitled to vote thereon, and not by the stockholders of the Corporation. Any Director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such Director shall have been chosen and until his successor shall be elected and qualified. Any such Directors shall be apportioned among Class I, Class II and Class III as nearly equal as possible. No decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

E. Removal. Except for such additional Directors, if any, as are elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any Director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, and any such removal will require the affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Corporation representing at least 66- 23% of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of Directors.

F. Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional Directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of Directors shall automatically be increased by such specified number of Directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional Directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional Director shall serve until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such Director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional Directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of Directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

G. Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of Directors and other business to be brought by stockholders of the Corporation before a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”).

 

5


SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws subject to any limitations contained therein.

SEVENTH: No Director shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Furthermore, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law the Directors and officers of the Corporation (each an “Officer”) if any such person was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or Officer or, while a Director or Officer, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity. Any amendment, modification or repeal of either (or both) of the two preceding sentences shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director or Officer hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

EIGHTH: Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of Directors need not be by written ballot.

NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the General Corporation Law. An affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Corporation representing at least 66- 23% of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of Directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with any of the provisions of Articles FOURTH, FIFTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH and TWELFTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. All rights conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other person herein are granted subject to this reservation.

TENTH: Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise previously approved by the affirmative vote of Directors constituting a majority of the Board of Directors, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be effected by written consent of stockholders of the Corporation in lieu of a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Furthermore, stockholders of the Corporation at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of the annual meeting or brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of

 

6


the Board of Directors or by a qualified stockholder of the Corporation who is of record on the record date for the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the annual meeting, who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation of such qualified stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the annual meeting in accordance with the Bylaws and who otherwise meet the requirements set forth in the Bylaws.

ELEVENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors then in office and may not be called by any other person or persons.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Director, Officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

THIRTEENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited, a Guernsey limited company (“Cinven”), or any of its direct or indirect affiliates or any Director who is not employed by the Corporation (including any Director who is not an employee of the Corporation but who serves as an Officer, in both his or her Director and Officer capacities) or his or her or its affiliates has no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its affiliates engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Cinven or any Director that is not an employee of the Corporation acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or herself or its or his or her affiliates or for the Corporation or its affiliates, such person or entity will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its affiliates and such person or entity may take any such opportunity for himself or herself or itself, or offer it to another person or entity. To the fullest extent permitted under Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, potential corporate or business opportunities that are from time to time presented to (1) Cinven or any of its direct or indirect affiliates or (2) one or more of the Directors or stockholders who are not employed by the Corporation (including, any Director who is not an employee of the Corporation but who serves as an Officer, in both his or her Director and Officer capacities) or his or her affiliates. Additionally, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no corporate or business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate or business opportunity for the Corporation unless (i) the Corporation would be permitted to undertake such

 

7


opportunity under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) at the time that the Corporation receives notice of such opportunity, the Corporation has sufficient financial resources to undertake such opportunity and (iii) such opportunity is in line and consistent with the business activities conducted by the Corporation at the time that the Corporation receives notice of such opportunity.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by the undersigned duly authorized officer this [ ● ]th day of [ ● ], 2016.

 

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

9

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.

Dated as of [ ● ], 2016

 

 

 


CONTENTS

 

             Page  
Article I. Meetings of Stockholders      1   
  Section 1.01   Place of Meetings      1   
  Section 1.02   Annual Meetings      1   
  Section 1.03   Special Meetings      1   
  Section 1.04   Notice of Meetings      1   
  Section 1.05   Adjournments      2   
  Section 1.06   Quorum      2   
  Section 1.07   Organization      2   
  Section 1.08   Voting; Proxies      2   
  Section 1.09   Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record      3   
  Section 1.10   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      4   
  Section 1.11   Action by Written Consent of Stockholders      4   
  Section 1.12   Inspectors of Election      4   
  Section 1.13   Conduct of Meetings      5   
  Section 1.14   Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations      5   
  Section 1.15   Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement      10   
Article II. Board of Directors      10   
  Section 2.01   Number; Qualifications      10   
  Section 2.02   Election; Resignation; Vacancies      10   
  Section 2.03   Regular Meetings      11   
  Section 2.04   Special Meetings      11   
  Section 2.05   Telephonic Meetings Permitted      11   
  Section 2.06   Quorum; Vote Required for Action      11   
  Section 2.07   Organization      11   
  Section 2.08   Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors      12   
  Section 2.09   Compensation of Directors      12   
Article III. Committees      12   
  Section 3.01   Committees      12   
  Section 3.02   Committee Rules      12   
Article IV. Officers      12   
  Section 4.01   Officers      12   
  Section 4.02   Removal, Resignation and Vacancies      13   
  Section 4.03   Chairperson      13   
  Section 4.04   Chief Executive Officer      13   
  Section 4.05   Chief Financial Officer      13   
  Section 4.06   President      14   
  Section 4.07   Vice Presidents      14   


  Section 4.08   Treasurer      14   
  Section 4.09   Controller      14   
  Section 4.10   Secretary      14   
  Section 4.11   Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities      15   
  Section 4.12   Additional Matters      15   
Article V. Stock      15   
  Section 5.01   Certificates      15   
  Section 5.02   Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates      16   
Article VI. Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      16   
  Section 6.01   Right to Indemnification      16   
  Section 6.02   Advancement of Expenses      16   
  Section 6.03   Claims      17   
  Section 6.04   Non-exclusivity of Rights      17   
  Section 6.05   Other Sources      17   
  Section 6.06   Amendment or Repeal      17   
  Section 6.07   Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      17   
  Section 6.08   Fund Indemnification      17   
Article VII. Miscellaneous      18   
  Section 7.01   Fiscal Year      18   
  Section 7.02   Seal      18   
  Section 7.03   Manner of Notice      18   
  Section 7.04   Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees      18   
  Section 7.05   Form of Records      19   
  Section 7.06   Amendment of Bylaws      19   

 

ii


ARTICLE I.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.01 Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of Medpace Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”; and such Stockholders, the “Stockholders”), may be held at any place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”). In the absence of such designation, meetings of Stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of Stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication authorized by and in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 1.02 Annual Meetings. If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of Stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of Stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 1.03 Special Meetings. Special meetings of Stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of [ ● ], 2016 (as the same may be further amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”). Special meetings validly called in accordance with Article ELEVENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation may be held at such date and time as specified in the applicable notice. Business transacted at any special meeting of Stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of Stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 1.04 Notice of Meetings. Whenever Stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which Stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for Stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these amended and restated bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors as of [ ● ], 2016 (as the same may be further amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, these “Bylaws”), the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each Stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.


Section 1.05 Adjournments. Any meeting of Stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of Stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting as provided in Section 1.09(a) of these Bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each Stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 1.06 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of Stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“Stock”) entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the chairperson of the meeting or the Stockholders so present may, by a majority in voting power thereof, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.05 of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend or participate. Shares of Stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to vote shares of Stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 1.07 Organization. Meetings of Stockholders shall be presided over by the chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “Chairperson”), or in his or her absence by any vice chairperson of the Board of Directors (each, a “Vice Chairperson”), if any, or in his or her absence by the chief executive officer of the Corporation (the “Chief Executive Officer”), or in his or her absence by the president of the Corporation (the “President”), or in his or her absence by a Senior Vice President (as defined below), or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting by vote of a majority of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 1.08 Voting; Proxies. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, each Stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of Stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Stock held by such Stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders or express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (if permitted in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation) may authorize another person or

 

2


persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A Stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of Stockholders need not be by written ballot. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of Stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect directors. All other elections and questions presented to the Stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall, unless a different or minimum vote is required by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of Stock which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

Section 1.09 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of Stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for Stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of Stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of Stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining Stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

3


(c) Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 1.10 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the Stockholders entitled to vote as of a date that is no more than ten (10) days before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder as of the record date (or such other date). Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any Stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any Stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the Stockholders entitled to examine the list of Stockholders required by this Section 1.10 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders.

Section 1.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Except as provided by, and in accordance with, the Certificate of Incorporation, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the Stockholders at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders may be effected by written consent of Stockholders in lieu of a meeting of Stockholders.

Section 1.12 Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of Stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed

 

4


or designated is able to act at a meeting of Stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of Stock outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of Stock represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of Stock represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of Stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

Section 1.13 Conduct of Meetings. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the Stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of Stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding over any meeting of Stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of Stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of Stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 1.14 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Stockholders may be made at an

 

5


annual meeting of Stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the nominating and corporate governance committee thereof or (C) by any Stockholder who was a Stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.14 is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.

(ii) For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.14(a)(i)(C) of these Bylaws, the Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for Stockholder action. To be timely, a Stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above. To be in proper form, such Stockholder’s notice must:

 

  (A) as to each person whom the Stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a member of the Board of Directors (a “Director”), set forth (I) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and (II) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected;

 

  (B) with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, include the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.15 of these Bylaws;

 

  (C)

as to any other business that the Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the

 

6


  meeting and any material interest in such business of such Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and

 

  (D) as to the Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, set forth (I) the name and address of such Stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (II) the class or series and number of shares of Stock which are owned beneficially and of record by such Stockholder and such beneficial owner, (III) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such Stockholder and/or such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, including, in the case of a nomination, the nominee, (IV) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Stockholder and such beneficial owners, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of Stock, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Stockholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to securities of the Corporation, (V) a representation that the Stockholder is a holder of record of Stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (VI) a representation whether the Stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of outstanding Stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from Stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (VII) any other information relating to such Stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 1.14(a) shall be deemed satisfied by a Stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination for election as a Director if the Stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such Stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee for election as a Director to furnish such other information as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director.

 

7


(iii) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.14(a)(ii) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 1.14(a)(ii) of these Bylaws and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.14 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Except to the extent required by law, special meetings of Stockholders may be called only in accordance with Article ELEVENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of Stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the nominating and corporate governance committee thereof or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any Stockholder who is a Stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.14 is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.14. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of Stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such Stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the Stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.14(a)(ii) of these Bylaws (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.15 of these Bylaws and any other information, documents, affidavits, or certifications required by the Corporation) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General.

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in

 

8


accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of Stockholders to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14 (including whether the Stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such Stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Stockholder’s representation as required by Section 1.14(a)(ii)(D)(VI) of these Bylaws) and (B) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.14, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14, unless otherwise required by law, if the Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of Stockholders to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1.14, to be considered a qualified representative of the Stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such Stockholder to act for such Stockholder as proxy at the meeting of Stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of Stockholders.

(ii) For purposes of this Section 1.14, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14, a Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.14; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.14 (including clause (a)(i)(C) hereof and clause (b) hereof), and compliance with clauses (a)(i)(C) and (b) of this Section 1.14 shall be the exclusive means for a Stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of clause (a)(ii) hereof, business other than nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this Section 1.14 shall be deemed to affect any rights (x) of Stockholders to request inclusion of

 

9


proposals or nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act or (y) of the holders of any series of preferred Stock of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”) to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 1.15 Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the candidate for nomination must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 1.14 of these Bylaws for persons nominated for election or reelection by a stockholder pursuant to Section 1.14(a)(i)(C) of these Bylaws), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation upon a written request therefor) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (b) a written representation and agreement (in a form provided by the Corporation upon a written request therefor) that such candidate for nomination (i) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (iii) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director of the Corporation (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

ARTICLE II.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.01 Number; Qualifications. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of these Bylaws the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized Directors for the Board of Directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized Directorships. Directors need not be Stockholders.

Section 2.02 Election; Resignation; Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Commencing with the first annual meeting of Stockholders following the original effectiveness of Article FIFTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term and until the

 

10


election and qualification of their respective successors in office. Any Director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of the majority of Directors then in office and entitled to vote thereon, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director entitled to vote thereon, and not by the Stockholders. Any director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

Section 2.03 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, if any, within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 2.04 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson, a Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary, or by any two Directors. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least twenty-four hours before the special meeting.

Section 2.05 Telephonic Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.05 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.06 Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board of Directors the Directors entitled to cast a majority of the votes of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided that, solely for the purposes of filling vacancies pursuant to Section 2.02 of these Bylaws, a meeting of the Board of Directors may be held if a majority of the Directors then in office participate in such meeting. Except in cases in which the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law otherwise provides, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.07 Organization. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairperson, or in his or her absence by any Vice Chairperson, if any, or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer (if also a Director), or in his or her absence (or if the Chief Executive Officer is not also a Director) by the President (if also a Director), or in his or her absence (or if the President is not also a Director) by a Senior Vice President (if also a Director) or by a chairperson chosen at the meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

11


Section 2.08 Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee in accordance with applicable law.

Section 2.09 Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their respective expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary or other compensation as a Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings. Any Director may decline any or all such compensation payable to such Director in his or her discretion.

ARTICLE III.

COMMITTEES

Section 3.01 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of any such committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

Section 3.02 Committee Rules. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 4.01 Officers. The officers of the Corporation (each an “Officer”) shall consist of a Chairperson, a Chief Executive Officer, a chief financial officer (the “Chief Financial Officer”), a President, one or more vice presidents (each, if any, a “Vice President”), a Secretary, a treasurer (the “Treasurer”), a controller (the “Controller”) and such other Officers

 

12


as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, each of whom shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, each to have such authority, functions or duties as set forth in these Bylaws or as determined by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided or determined, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the last sentence of this Section 4.01, each Officer shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and until such person’s successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until such person’s earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, from time to time may determine not to appoint one or more of the Officers identified in the first sentence of this Section 4.01, to leave such Officer position vacant or to combine or separate the positions of Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer. Each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer may appoint such other Officers and agents as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation and each such Officer shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, as applicable, and until such person’s successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until such person’s earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal.

Section 4.02 Removal, Resignation and Vacancies. Any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of such Officer under any contract to which it is a party. Any Officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 4.01 may also be removed, with or without cause, by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, as applicable, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of such Officer under any contract to which such Officer is a party. Any Officer may resign at any time upon written or notice by electronic transmission to the Corporation, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which such Officer is a party. If any vacancy occurs in any office of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may appoint a successor to fill such vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term and until a successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified.

Section 4.03 Chairperson. The Chairperson shall be deemed an Officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall report directly to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, from time to time appoint one or more Vice Chairpersons each of whom shall be deemed an Officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall report directly to the Chairperson.

Section 4.04 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation, shall be responsible for corporate policy and strategy, and shall report directly to the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided in these Bylaws, all other Officers of the Corporation shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise determined by the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present and in the absence of the Chairperson or any Vice Chairperson, preside at meetings of the Stockholders and, if the Chief Executive Officer is also a member of the Board of Directors, of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall exercise all the powers and perform the duties of the office of the chief financial officer and in general have

 

13


overall supervision of the financial operations of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 4.06 President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation, with general responsibility for the management and control of the operations of the Corporation. The President shall have the power to affix the signature of the Corporation to all contracts that have been authorized by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other Officers and shall perform such other duties as such Officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 4.07 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by his or her superior Officer or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other Officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such Officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. In accordance with Section 4.01 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Financial Officer may, in his, her or their discretion, from time to time appoint one or more senior vice presidents of the Corporation (each, a “Senior Vice President”) and/or assistant vice presidents of the Corporation (each, an “Assistant Vice President”).

Section 4.08 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall supervise and be responsible for all the funds and securities of the Corporation, the deposit of all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in depositories of the Corporation, borrowings and compliance with the provisions of all indentures, agreements and instruments governing such borrowings to which the Corporation is a party, the disbursement of funds of the Corporation and the investment of its funds, and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall report to the Chief Financial Officer and, when requested, counsel with and advise the other Officers and shall perform such other duties as such Officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. In accordance with Section 4.01 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Financial Officer may, in his, her or their discretion, from time to time appoint one or more assistant treasurers of the Corporation (each, an “Assistant Treasurer”).

Section 4.09 Controller. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall report to the Chief Financial Officer and, when requested, counsel with and advise the other Officers and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 4.10 Secretary. The powers and duties of the Secretary are: (a) to act as Secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors, of the committees of the Board of Directors and of the Stockholders and to record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; (b) to see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly

 

14


given and served; (c) to act as custodian of the seal of the Corporation and, if required, to affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all certificates of Stock and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; (d) to have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation and see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and (e) to perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary. The Secretary shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other Officers and shall perform such other duties as such Officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. In accordance with Section 4.01 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Financial Officer may, in his, her or their discretion, from time to time appoint one or more assistant secretaries of the Corporation (each, an “Assistant Secretary”).

Section 4.11 Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson, any Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, any of the rights set forth in this Section 4.11 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairperson, a Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer.

Section 4.12 Additional Matters. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation to have the title of Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary. Any employee so designated shall have the powers and duties determined by the officer making such designation. A person designated as an Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary shall not be deemed to be an Officer unless the Board of Directors has adopted a resolution approving such person in such capacity as an officer of the Corporation (including by means of direct appointment by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.01 of these Bylaws).

ARTICLE V.

STOCK

Section 5.01 Certificates. The shares of Stock shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of Stock shall be uncertificated shares. Every holder of Stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the

 

15


Corporation by (a) any one Officer who is the Chairperson, a Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Senior Vice President, and (b) by any one Officer who is the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, with such signatories certifying the number of shares of the applicable class or series of Stock owned by such holder in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any Officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such Officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such Officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 5.02 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate for shares of Stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 6.01 Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (any such action, suit or proceeding, a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a Director or Officer or, while a Director or Officer, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.03 of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.02 Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

 

16


Section 6.03 Claims. If a claim for indemnification under this Article VI (following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after the Corporation has received a claim therefor by the Covered Person, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced, the Covered Person shall thereupon (but not before) be entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim. If successful in whole or in part, the Covered Person shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 6.04 Non-exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquires under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of Stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise.

Section 6.05 Other Sources. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

Section 6.06 Amendment or Repeal. Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered Person arising hereunder shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of these Bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

Section 6.07 Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. This Article VI shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

Section 6.08 Fund Indemnification. Any Director or Officer entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance coverage, in each case pursuant to this Article VI or applicable law, and that is a director, officer or employee of Cinven Partners LLP or any of its affiliates (each a “Sponsor” and each such director, officer or employee a “Sponsor Indemnitee”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by or on behalf of a Sponsor and/or any of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws or otherwise with respect to the obligations as set forth in this Article VI: (i) the Corporation is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., the Corporation’s obligations to each Sponsor Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by each Sponsor Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) the Corporation will be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by each Sponsor Indemnitee and will be liable for the full amount of all liabilities, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as

 

17


required by this Article VI, without regard to any rights each Sponsor Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws or otherwise, no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of a Sponsor Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Sponsor Indemnitee has sought indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation will affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors will to the fullest extent permitted by law have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Sponsor Indemnitee against the Corporation. The Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Article VI.

ARTICLE VII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.02 Seal. The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.03 Manner of Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notices to Directors and Stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the Directors or Stockholders at their respective addresses appearing in the books of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to Stockholders, and except as prohibited by applicable law, any notice to Stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to Stockholders who share an address if consented to by the Stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the Stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any Stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice permitted under this Section 7.03, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. Notice to Directors may be given in person, by mail or by e-mail, telephone, telecopier or other means of electronic transmission.

Section 7.04 Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees. Any waiver of notice, given by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of such meeting, to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Stockholders, Board of Directors, or members of a committee of the Board of Directors need be specified in a waiver of notice.

 

18


Section 7.05 Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

Section 7.06 Amendment of Bylaws. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws made, only by (a) the Board of Directors or (b) the affirmative vote of Stockholders representing at least 66- 23% of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of Directors.

*        *        *

 

19

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.

2016 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Medpace Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Medpace Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

2.1 “Administrator” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 12. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more Persons pursuant to Section 12.6, or as to which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such Person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

2.2 “Applicable Accounting Standards” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

2.3 “Applicable Law” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation: (a) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (b) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (c) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.4 “Automatic Exercise Date” shall mean, with respect to an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, the last business day of the applicable Option Term or Stock Appreciation Right Term that was initially established by the Administrator for such Option or Stock Appreciation Right (e.g., the last business day prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of grant of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right if the Option or Stock Appreciation Right initially had a seven-year Option Term or Stock Appreciation Right Term, as applicable).


2.5 “Award” shall mean an Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, an Other Stock or Cash Based Award or a Dividend Equivalent award, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan.

2.6 “Award Agreement” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

2.7 “Award Limit” shall mean, with respect to Awards that shall be payable in Shares or in cash, as the case may be, the respective limit set forth in Section 3.2.

2.8 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.9 “Change in Control” shall mean and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any Person directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any acquisition which complies with Sections 2.9(c)(i), 2.9(c)(ii) or 2.9(c)(iii); or (iv) in respect of an Award held by a particular Holder, any acquisition by the Holder or any group of Persons including the Holder (or any entity controlled by the Holder or any group of Persons including the Holder); or

(b) The Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; or

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the Person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such Person, the “Successor Entity”)), or Cinven beneficially owning, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and


(ii) after which no Person beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no Person shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.9(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; and

(iii) after which at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Successor Entity were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such transaction; or

(d) The date which is 10 business days prior to the completion of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.10 “Cinven” shall mean Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited and its Control Investment Affiliates (excluding, for purposes of the definition of Change in Control, any operating portfolio companies of the foregoing).

2.11 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award.

2.12 “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board described in Article 12 hereof.

2.13 “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

2.14 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.


2.15 “Consultant” shall mean any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.

2.16 “Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise, and “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

2.17 “Control Investment Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity investments in one or more companies.

2.18 “Covered Employee” shall mean any Employee who is, or could become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.19 “Director” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

2.20 “Director Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.21 “Dividend Equivalent” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 10.2.

2.22 “DRO” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

2.23 “Effective Date” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

2.24 “Eligible Individual” shall mean any Person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Administrator.

2.25 “Employee” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Subsidiary.

2.26 “Equity Restructuring” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

2.27 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.


2.28 “Expiration Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 13.1(c).

2.29 “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.30 “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).

2.31 “Holder” shall mean a Person who has been granted an Award.

2.32 “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

2.33 “Incumbent Directors’ shall mean for any period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a Person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.9(a) or 2.9(c)) whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least a majority


(either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such Person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the 12-month period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

2.34 “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

2.35 “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.36 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.37 “Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

2.38 “Option Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

2.39 “Organizational Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Company’s articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other similar organizational documents relating to the creation and governance of the Company, and (b) the Committee’s charter or other similar organizational documentation relating to the creation and governance of the Committee.

2.40 “Other Stock or Cash Based Award” shall mean a cash payment, cash bonus award, stock payment, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 10.1, which may include, without limitation, deferred stock, deferred stock units, performance awards, retainers, committee fees, and meeting-based fees.

2.41 Performance-Based Compensation” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

2.42 “Performance Criteria” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based


compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) expenses; (xv) working capital; (xvi) earnings or loss per share; (xvii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xviii) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xix) regulatory achievements or compliance; (xx) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxi) market share; (xxii) economic value; (xxiii) productivity; (xxiv) operating efficiency; (xxv) economic value-added; (xxvi) cash flow return on capital; (xxvii) return on net assets; (xxviii) funds from operations; (xxix) funds available for distributions; (xxx) market penetration and geographic business expansion; (xxxi) customer satisfaction/growth; (xxxii) recruitment and retention of personnel; (xxxiii) human resources management; (xxxiv) supervision of litigation and other legal matters; (xxxv) strategic partnerships and transactions; (xxxvi) financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); (xxxvii) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxviii) year-end cash; and (xxxix) acquisition activity and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: (i) items related to a change in Applicable Accounting Standards; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items of an unusual nature or of infrequency of occurrence or non-recurring items, (xii) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; (xix) items attributable to expenses incurred in connection with a reduction in force or early retirement initiative; (xx) items relating to foreign exchange or currency transactions and/or fluctuations; or (xxi) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Law, Applicable Accounting Standards or business conditions. For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.


2.43 “Performance Goals” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business unit, or an individual. The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

2.44 “Performance Period” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, vesting of, and/or the payment in respect of, an Award.

2.45 “Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto), or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account Applicable Law.

2.46 “Person” shall mean any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

2.47 “Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.48 “Program” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

2.49 “Public Trading Date” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.50 “Restricted Stock” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 8 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

2.51 “Restricted Stock Units” shall mean the right to receive Shares awarded under Article 9.

2.52 “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.

2.53 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.54 “Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock.

2.55 “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean an Award entitling the Holder (or other Person entitled to exercise pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion thereof (to


the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of such Award from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Award by the number of Shares with respect to which such Award shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

2.56 “SAR Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

2.57 “Subsidiary” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

2.58 “Substitute Award” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity; provided, however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.59 “Termination of Service” shall mean:

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided, however, that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of any Program, Award Agreement or otherwise,


or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then-applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain a Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares.

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 13.2, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards (including, without limitation, Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan is 8,100,000. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

(b) If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited or expire, are converted to shares of another Person in connection with a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares or other similar event, or such Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part) (including Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 at the same price paid by the Holder), the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following Shares shall not be added to the Shares authorized for grant under Section 3.1(a) and shall not be available for future grants of Awards: (i) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by the Holder or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; (iii) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (iv) Shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options. Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 at the same price paid by the Holder so that such Shares are returned to the Company shall again be available for Awards. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

(c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or


any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

3.2 Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 13.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one Person during any calendar year shall be 1,500,000 and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid in cash to any one Person during any calendar year with respect to one or more Awards payable in cash shall be $5,000,000; provided, however, that the foregoing limitations shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date, if any, on which the “reliance period” described under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(f)(2) expires pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Awards which are canceled shall continue to be counted against the Award Limit.

3.3 Award Vesting Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, but subject to Section 13.2 of the Plan, Awards granted under the Plan shall vest no earlier than the first anniversary of the date the Award is granted; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Awards that result in the issuance of an aggregate of up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock available pursuant to Section 3.1(a) may be granted to any one or more Eligible Individuals without respect to such minimum vesting provisions. Nothing in this Section 3.4 shall preclude the Administrator from taking action, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the vesting of any Award in connection with or following a Holder’s death, disability, Termination of Service or the consummation of a Change in Control.


ARTICLE 4.

GRANTING OF AWARDS

4.1 Participation. The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. Except for any Non-Employee Director’s right to Awards that may be required pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy as described in Section 4.6, no Eligible Individual or other Person shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other Persons uniformly. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan or any Program shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual or other Person shall participate in the Plan.

4.2 Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (consistent with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Program). Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.4 At-Will Service. Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Subsidiary, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary.

4.5 Foreign Holders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or applicable Program to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange or other Applicable Law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with Applicable Law (including, without limitation, applicable foreign laws or


listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange); (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable; provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1, the Award Limit or the Director Limit; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange.

4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards.

(a) Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion.

(b) Director Limit. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, the sum of the grant date fair value of equity-based Awards and the amount of any cash compensation granted to a Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall not exceed $400,000 (the “Director Limit”).

ARTICLE 5.

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

5.1 Purpose. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, (a) determine whether an Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation and (b) at any time after any such determination, alter such intent for any or no reason. If the Administrator, in its sole discretion, decides to grant an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right), then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan or any applicable Program; provided that, if after such decision the Administrator alters such intention for any reason, the provisions of this Article 5 shall no longer control over any other provision contained in the Plan or any applicable Program. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may (i) grant Awards to Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals or any such other criteria and goals as the Administrator shall establish, but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation and (ii) subject any Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to additional conditions and restrictions unrelated to any Performance Criteria or Performance Goals (including, without limitation, continued employment or service requirements) to the extent such Awards otherwise satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 with


respect to the Performance Criteria and Performance Goals applicable thereto. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

5.2 Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than 90 days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned under such Awards, the Administrator (i) shall, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, have the right to reduce or eliminate the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period, but (ii) shall in no event have the right to increase the amount payable for any reason.

5.3 Payment of Performance-Based Awards. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary throughout the Performance Period. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such Performance Period are achieved.

5.4 Additional Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

ARTICLE 6.

GRANTING OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1 Granting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals. The Administrator is authorized to grant Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.


6.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of the Company’s present or future “parent corporations” or “subsidiary corporations” as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. No Person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the fair market value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. Any interpretations and rules under the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall have any liability to a Holder, or any other Person, (a) if an Option (or any part thereof) which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or (b) for any action or omission by the Company or the Administrator that causes an Option not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, including without limitation, the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or the grant of an Option intended as an Incentive Stock Option that fails to satisfy the requirements under the Code applicable to an Incentive Stock Option.

6.3 Option and Stock Appreciation Right Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to each Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 424 and 409A of the Code.

6.4 Option and SAR Term. The term of each Option (the “Option Term”) and the term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “SAR Term”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the Option Term or SAR Term, as applicable, shall not


be more than (a) ten (10) years from the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted to an Eligible Individual (other than, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, a Greater Than 10% Stockholder), or (b) five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 6.4 and without limiting the Company’s rights under Section 11.7, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option or the SAR Term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise, and may amend, subject to Section 11.7 and 13.1, any other term or condition of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right relating to such Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise.

6.5 Option and SAR Vesting. The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to Section 3.3. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, the applicable Program or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (a) no portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable and (b) the portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire on the date of such Termination of Service.

6.6 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights; Early Exercise of Options. The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price, vesting schedule and remaining term as the substituted Option. The Administrator may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Holder may exercise an Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option in exchange for unvested shares of Restricted Stock with respect to any unvested portion of the Option so exercised. Shares of Restricted Stock acquired upon the exercise of any unvested portion of an Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

ARTICLE 7.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Exercise and Payment. An exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares. Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 7 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.


7.2 Manner of Exercise. Except as set forth in Section 7.3, all or a portion of an exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock plan administrator of the Company or such other Person designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed or otherwise acknowledged electronically by the Holder or other Person then entitled to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right or such portion thereof;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law;

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 11.3 by any Person or Persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such Person or Persons to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes for the Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by the Administrator in accordance with Sections 11.1 and 11.2.

7.3 Expiration of Option Term or SAR Term: Automatic Exercise of In-The-Money Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in an Award Agreement or otherwise or as otherwise directed by an Option or Stock Appreciation Rights Holder in writing to the Company, each vested and exercisable Option and Stock Appreciation Right outstanding on the Automatic Exercise Date with an exercise price per Share that is less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Option or Stock Appreciation Rights Holder or the Company be exercised on the Automatic Exercise Date. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, payment of the exercise price of any such Option shall be made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or 11.1(c) and the Company or any Subsidiary shall be entitled to deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 11.2. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, this Section 7.3 shall not apply to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right if the Holder of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right incurs a Termination of Service on or before the Automatic Exercise Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price per Share that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Automatic Exercise Date shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 7.3.

7.4 Notification Regarding Disposition. The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive


Stock Option which occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Holder, or (b) one year after the date of transfer of such Shares to such Holder. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Holder in such disposition or other transfer.

ARTICLE 8.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 Award of Restricted Stock. The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan or any applicable Program, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate. The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided, however, that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law.

8.2 Rights as Stockholders. Subject to Section 8.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the Plan, any applicable Program and/or the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares to the extent such dividends and other distributions have a record date that is on or after the date on which the Holder to whom such Restricted Stock is granted becomes the record holder of such Restricted Stock; provided, however, that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3. In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.

8.3 Restrictions. All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement, subject to Section 3.3. By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement.

8.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested


Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration on the date of such Termination of Service. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided by Section 3.3, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that upon certain events, including, without limitation, a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and cease to be forfeitable and, if applicable, the Company shall cease to have a right of repurchase.

8.5 Section 83(b) Election. If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE 9.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.

9.2 Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

9.3 Purchase Price. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided, however, that the value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

9.4 Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Subsidiary, one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator, subject to Section 3.3.

9.5 Maturity and Payment. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units, which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if


permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, and subject to compliance with Section 409A, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Section 11.4(f), transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.

9.6 Payment upon Termination of Service. An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall only be payable while the Holder is an Employee, a Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided, however, that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Stock Unit award may be paid subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 10.

AWARD OF OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

10.1 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. The Administrator is authorized to (a) grant Other Stock or Cash Based Awards, including awards entitling a Holder to receive Shares or cash to be delivered immediately or in the future, to any Eligible Individual and (b) determine whether such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Program, the Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including the term of the Award, any exercise or purchase price, performance goals, including the Performance Criteria, transfer restrictions, vesting conditions and other terms and conditions applicable thereto, which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to Section 3.3. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator, and may be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan, as stand-alone payments, as a part of a bonus, deferred bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, and/or as payment in lieu of compensation to which an Eligible Individual is otherwise entitled.

10.2 Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator, either alone or in tandem with another Award, based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date the Dividend Equivalents are granted to a Holder and the date such Dividend Equivalents terminate or expire, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend


Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

ARTICLE 11.

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

11.1 Payment. The Administrator shall determine the method or methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) held for such minimum period of time as may be established by the Administrator having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion, or (e) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

11.2 Tax Withholding. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan or any Award. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, or in satisfaction of such additional withholding obligations as a Holder may have elected, allow a Holder to satisfy such obligations by any payment means described in Section 11.1 hereof, including without limitation, by allowing such Holder to elect to have the Company or any Subsidiary withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares that may be so withheld or surrendered shall be no greater than the number of Shares that have a fair market value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in such Holder’s applicable jurisdictions for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.


11.3 Transferability of Awards.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11.3(b) and 11.3(c):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than (A) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (B) subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for or otherwise subject to the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 11.3(a)(i); and

(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise any exercisable portion of an Award granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any Person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder or a Permitted Transferee of such Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is intended to become a Nonqualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Holder, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than (A) to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder or (B) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award to any Person other than another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder); and (iii) the Holder (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the receiving Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer. In addition, and


further notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and other Applicable Law, the Holder is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other Person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder and any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a Person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the Person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is delivered in writing to the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.

11.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares.

(a) The Administrator shall determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

(b) All share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The Administrator may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares (including, without limitation, restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock).

(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.


(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

(e) The Company, in its sole discretion, may (i) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing Shares until any restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (ii) require that the stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Shares.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

11.5 Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by a Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award and any payments of a portion of an incentive-based bonus pool allocated to a Holder) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such claw-back policy was in place at the time of grant of an Award, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

11.6 Prohibition on Repricing. Subject to Section 13.2, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (a) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per Share, or (b) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares. Furthermore, for purposes of this Section 11.6, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares), the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price per Share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per Share that is less than the exercise price per Share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

11.7 Amendment of Awards. Subject to Applicable Law, the Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or settlement, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Holder’s consent to such action shall be required unless (a) the Administrator determines that the


action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Holder, or (b) the change is otherwise permitted under the Plan (including, without limitation, under Section 13.2 or 13.10).

11.8 Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Holder explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 11.8 by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries may hold certain personal information about a Holder, including but not limited to, the Holder’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and details of all Awards, in each case, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a Holder’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the Holder’s country, or elsewhere, and the Holder’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. Through acceptance of an Award, each Holder authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Holder may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Holder will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Holder’s participation in the Plan. A Holder may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Holder, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Holder, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Holder or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Holder’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Holder may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Holder refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Holders may contact their local human resources representative.

ARTICLE 12.

ADMINISTRATION

12.1 Administrator. The Committee shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein). To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and with respect to Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, including Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, then the Committee shall take all action with respect to such Awards, and the individuals taking such action shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule and an “outside director” for


purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. Additionally, to the extent required by Applicable Law, each of the individuals constituting the Committee shall be an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.1 or the Organizational Documents. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Organizational Documents or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, (a) appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment, (b) Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board and (c) vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms “Administrator” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (ii) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 12.6.

12.2 Duties and Powers of Administrator. It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, all Programs and Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and any Program as are not inconsistent with the Plan, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not materially and adversely affected by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 11.5 or Section 13.10. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee in its capacity as the Administrator under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

12.3 Action by the Administrator. Unless otherwise established by the Board, set forth in any Organizational Documents or as required by Applicable Law, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

12.4 Authority of Administrator. Subject to the Organizational Documents, any specific designation in the Plan and Applicable Law, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;


(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual (including, without limitation, any Awards granted in tandem with another Award granted pursuant to the Plan);

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any Performance Criteria or performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and claw-back and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any Programs, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

(k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 3.3 and Section 13.2.

12.5 Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all Persons.

12.6 Delegation of Authority. The Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant


to this Article 12; provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees with respect to Awards intended to constitute Performance Based Compensation, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided, further, that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under any Organizational Documents and Applicable Law (including, without limitation, Section 162(m) of the Code). Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation or that are otherwise included in the applicable Organizational Documents, and the Board or Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, and the Board or the Committee may abolish any committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority.

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1(b), the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board; provided that, except as provided in Section 11.5 and Section 13.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 13.1(a), the Board may not, except as provided in Section 13.2, take any of the following actions without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after such action: (i) increase the limit imposed in Section 3.1 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or the Award Limit, (ii) reduce the price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan or take any action prohibited under Section 11.6, or (iii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award in violation of Section 11.6.

(c) No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders (such anniversary, the “Expiration Date”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan, the applicable Program and the applicable Award Agreement.


13.2 Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events.

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to: (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit); (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan; and (v) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards:

(i) To provide for the termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 13.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment);

(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;


(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or property) subject to such Award, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement;

(v) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(vi) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 13.2(a) and 13.2(b):

(i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted (and the adjustments provided under this Section 13.2(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company); and/or

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitation in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit).

(d) In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award (other than any portion subject to performance-based vesting), the Administrator may cause (i) any or all of such Award (or portion thereof) to terminate in exchange for cash, rights or other property pursuant to Section 13.2(b)(i) or (ii) any or all of such Award (or portion thereof) to become fully exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all of such Award to lapse. If any such Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder that such Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and such Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

(e) For the purposes of this Section 13.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the


holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

(f) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(g) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent it would (i) with respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, cause such Awards to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, (ii) cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, (iii) result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or (iv) cause an Award to fail to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A.

(h) The existence of the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and/or the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks the rights of which are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(i) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

13.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders. The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.

13.4 No Stockholders Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein or in an applicable Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.


13.5 Paperless Administration. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

13.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

13.7 Compliance with Laws. The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the Person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

13.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

13.9 Governing Law. The Plan and any Programs and Award Agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

13.10 Section 409A. To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A, the Plan, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. In that regard, to the extent any Award under the Plan


or any other compensatory plan or arrangement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to Section 409A, and such Award or other amount is payable on account of a Participant’s Termination of Service (or any similarly defined term), then (a) such Award or amount shall only be paid to the extent such Termination of Service qualifies as a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A, and (b) if such Award or amount is payable to a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A then to the extent required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such Award or other compensatory payment shall not be payable prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death. To the extent applicable, the Plan, the Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may (but is not obligated to), without a Holder’s consent, adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (A) exempt the Award from Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under Section 409A. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to the tax treatment of any Award under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company shall have no obligation under this Section 13.10 or otherwise to take any action (whether or not described herein) to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and shall have no liability to any Holder or any other Person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute non-compliant, “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to the imposition of taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A.

13.11 Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

13.12 Indemnification. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law and the Organizational Documents, each member of the Administrator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Persons may be entitled pursuant to the Organizational Documents, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.


13.13 Relationship to other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.14 Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Medpace Holdings, Inc. on                  , 2016.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Medpace Holdings, Inc. on                  , 2016.

Executed on this      day of             , 2016.

 

 

Corporate Secretary

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

MEDPACE HOLDINGS, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1. Purpose

This Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Medpace Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Bonus Plan is for the benefit of Covered Employees (as defined below).

 

2. Administration

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Bonus Plan.

 

3. Eligibility and Participation

The Compensation Committee shall select the persons eligible to participate in the Bonus Plan, which may include, without limitation, the executives of the Company and its subsidiaries who are or, as determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, may become “covered employees” (as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of the Company and its subsidiaries for the applicable taxable year of the Company (such selected persons, the “Covered Employees”).

 

4. Bonus Determinations

(a) A Covered Employee may receive a bonus payment under the Bonus Plan based upon the attainment of performance objectives which are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial, operational or other metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “Performance Goals”), including but not limited to: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) expenses; (xv) working capital; (xvi) earnings or loss per share; (xvii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xviii) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xix) regulatory achievements or compliance; (xx) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxi) market share; (xxii) economic value; (xxiii) productivity; (xxiv) operating efficiency; (xxv) economic value-added; (xxvi) cash flow return on capital; (xxvii) return on net assets; (xxviii) funds from operations; (xxix) funds available for distributions; (xxx) market penetration and geographic business expansion; (xxxi) customer satisfaction/growth; (xxxii)

 

1


recruitment and retention of personnel; (xxxiii) human resources management; (xxxiv) supervision of litigation and other legal matters; (xxxv) strategic partnerships and transactions; (xxxvi) financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); (xxxvii) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxviii) year-end cash; and (xxxix) acquisition activity and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(b): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Employees under the Bonus Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance objectives relating to the Performance Goals; (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Employees shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee (generally, for performance periods of one year or more, no later than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the Performance Goals relate); and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Employees unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a certification with respect to the attainment of the performance objectives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Employees under the Bonus Plan based upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion determine.

(c) The payment of a bonus to a Covered Employee with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Employee’s employment by the Company on the last day of the performance period; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee may make exceptions to this requirement, in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, in the case of a Covered Employee’s termination of employment, retirement, death or disability.

 

5. Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions

The Compensation Committee may provide that any bonuses paid under the Bonus Plan shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules, regulations or interpretations thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy.

 

6. Other Provisions

(a) Neither the establishment of the Bonus Plan nor the selection of any individual as a Covered Employee shall give any individual any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or any right whatsoever under the Bonus Plan other than to receive bonus payments awarded by the Compensation Committee.

(b) No member of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Compensation Committee shall be liable to any individual in respect of the Bonus Plan for any act or omission of such member, any other member, or any officer, agent or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(c) The Company and its subsidiaries shall be entitled to withhold such amounts as may be required by federal, state or local law from all bonus payments under the Bonus Plan.

 

2


(d) To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Bonus Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or any other jurisdiction.

(e) The Bonus Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted and construed in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (as defined below) (collectively, “Section 409A”). Each bonus payable pursuant to the Bonus Plan shall be intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A such that the bonus will not be subject to any penalty tax imposed under Section 409A and, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, each bonus under the Bonus Plan shall be paid subject to the applicable Covered Employee’s continued employment through the date of payment of such bonus. Notwithstanding any provision of the Bonus Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Company determines that any provision of the Bonus Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the penalty taxes imposed under Section 409A, the Company may adopt such amendments to the Bonus Plan or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A be transferred from a Covered Employee or any other person to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents pursuant to the terms of the Bonus Plan or otherwise.

 

7. Amendment and Termination

The Board of Directors of the Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Bonus Plan at any time in its sole discretion. Any amendments to the Bonus Plan shall require stockholder approval only to the extent required by any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

8. Stockholder Approval

No bonuses shall be paid under the Bonus Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders shall have approved the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders after the initial adoption of the Bonus Plan by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

9. Term of Bonus Plan

The Bonus Plan shall become effective as of the day immediately prior to the first date upon which common stock of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system (the “Effective Date”). The Bonus Plan shall expire on the earliest to occur of: (a) the first material modification of the Bonus Plan (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(h)(1)(iii)); (b) the first meeting of the Company’s stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors of the Company are

 

3


to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (c) such other date, if any, on which the “reliance period” described under Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(f)(2) expires pursuant to the terms of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder. The Bonus Plan is intended to be subject to the relief set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1) and shall be interpreted accordingly.

* * * * *

 

4


I hereby certify that the Bonus Plan was duly authorized, approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of Medpace Holdings, Inc. as of [                    ], 2016, effective as of the Effective Date.

I hereby certify that the Bonus Plan was approved by the stockholders of Medpace Holdings, Inc. as of                     , 2016.

 

 

 

[Name]

[Title]
EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

Medpace Holdings, Inc.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Medpace Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Policy shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board (subject to Section 1(c)(ii)), to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who may be eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company; provided that Non-Employee Directors who are affiliates of Cinven Capital Management (V) General Partner Limited (“Cinven”) shall be paid only the annual retainers described in Section 1. This Policy shall become effective after the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (the date of such effectiveness, the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Policy may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion and if such an initial public offering does not occur on or prior to December 31, 2016 this Policy shall be void ab initio. The terms and conditions of this Policy shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors and between any subsidiary of the Company and any of its non-employee directors. No Non-Employee Director shall have any rights hereunder, except with respect to non-qualified stock options or restricted stock units granted pursuant to this Policy.

1. Annual Retainers. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the retainers described below.

(a) Annual Retainers. Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an annual retainer with a value of $40,000 for service on the Board.

(b) Additional Annual Retainers. In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following annual retainers:

(i) Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer with a value of $20,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer with a value of $7,500 for such service.

(ii) Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer with a value of $7,500 for such service.

(c) Payment of Retainers.

(i) Timing. The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter.

(ii) Form. The annual retainers shall be paid in the form of cash; provided that the Board may, in its discretion, permit a Non-Employee Director, other than any affiliate of Cinven,


to elect to receive any portion of the annual retainer in the form of shares of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) in lieu of cash. If such an election is permitted by the Board and made by a Non-Employee Director, the number of shares of Common Stock to be paid shall be determined by dividing the portion of the annual retainer payable in the form of Common Stock by the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Company’s 2016 Incentive Award Plan or any other applicable Company equity plan then maintained by the Company (such plan, as may be amended from time to time, the “Equity Plan”)) per share of Common Stock on the date the retainer is payable. Shares issued in lieu of cash shall be fully vested and unrestricted shares of Common Stock. Any election by a Non-Employee Director to receive a portion of the annual retainer in shares of Common Stock must be made prior to the applicable payment date for such portion of the annual retainer and pursuant to an election form to be provided by the Company. An election must comply with all rules established from time to time by the Board, including any insider trading policy or similar policy. A Non-Employee Director may not make an election pursuant to this Section 1(c)(ii) during a Company blackout period or when the Non-Employee Director is otherwise in possession of material non-public information.

(ii) Termination of Service. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, such Non-Employee Director shall receive a prorated portion of the retainer(s) otherwise payable to such Non-Employee Director for such calendar quarter pursuant to Section 1(b), with such prorated portion determined by multiplying such otherwise payable retainer(s) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during which the Non-Employee Director serves as a Non-Employee Director or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b) during the applicable calendar quarter and the denominator of which is the number of days in the applicable calendar quarter.

2. Equity Compensation. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below.

(a) Annual Awards. Each Non-Employee Director who (i) serves on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) after the Effective Date and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such Annual Meeting shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Annual Meeting, an option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock (at a per-share exercise price equal to the closing price per share of the Common Stock on the date of such annual meeting (or on the last preceding trading day if the date of the annual meeting is not a trading day)) that has an aggregate fair value on the date of grant of $90,000 (calculated in accordance with FASB Accounting Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”) using the same formula and assumptions as the Company utilized for the purpose of valuing outstanding options in its then-most recently prepared audited annual financial statement). The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as the “Annual Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an Annual Meeting shall receive only an Annual Award in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Initial Award on the date of such Annual Meeting as well.

(b) Initial Awards. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Effective Date on any date other than the date of an Annual Meeting shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Non-Employee Director’s initial election or appointment (such Non-Employee Director’s “Start Date”), an award of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (at a per-share exercise price equal to the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of such annual meeting (or on the last preceding trading day if the date of the annual meeting is not a trading day)) that has an aggregate fair value on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date equal to the product of (i) $90,000 (calculated in accordance with ASC 718 using the same formula and assumptions as the Company utilized for the purpose of valuing outstanding options in its


then-most recently prepared audited annual financial statement) and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is (x) 365 minus (y) the number of days in the period beginning on the date of the Annual Meeting immediately preceding such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date (or, if no such Annual Meeting has occurred, the Effective Date) and ending on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date and the denominator of which is 365. The awards described in this Section 2(c) shall be referred to as “Initial Awards.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board in its sole discretion may determine that the Initial Award for any Non-Employee Director be granted in the form of restricted stock units with equivalent value on the date of grant. For the avoidance of doubt, no Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.

(c) Termination of Employment of Employee Directors. Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(c) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, will be eligible to receive, after termination from service with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Annual Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

(d) Vesting of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors. Each Annual Award and Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable on the earlier of (x) the day immediately preceding the date of the first Annual Meeting following the date of grant and (y) the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service through the applicable vesting date. No portion of an Annual Award or Initial Award that is unvested or unexercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested and exercisable thereafter. All of a Non-Employee Director’s Annual Awards and Initial Awards shall vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), to the extent outstanding at such time.

3. General. The annual retainers (whether provided in the form of cash or equity) and equity awards described herein shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions, including the limitations on the numbers of shares, of the Equity Plan. The equity awards described in Section 2 shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in forms to be approved by the Board. All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Policy as if fully set forth herein, and all retainers and equity grants hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan. All numbers of shares determined hereunder shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan.

 

* * * * *

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 1, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Medpace Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

June 24, 2016

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by Medpace Holdings, Inc. of the Registration Statement (No. 333-                ) on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Medpace Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: June 24, 2016

 

Robert O. Kraft

/s/ Robert O. Kraft

Signature

 

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by Medpace Holdings, Inc. of the Registration Statement (No. 333-            ) on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Medpace Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: June 24, 2016

Brian T. Carley
/s/ Brian T. Carley
Signature